manualshive.com logo in svg

NEC NEAX 7400 IMX, Command Manual

Share
Download
NEC NEAX 7400 IMX Command Manual Download Page 176

ND-70348 (E)

CHAPTER 4

Page 174

Revision 3.0

ASYD

Note 1:

Fixed to data “0” for 1-IMG system, whether the ATTCON is used or not.

Note 2:

This data won’t be valid unless it has been assigned before the system initialization.

Note 3:

Among the SMDR equipment that has the same IOC equipment number, double assignment of port is re-
jected.

Note 4:

The ports to be designated by SYS-1, INDEX 288, 290, 292, and 294 are limited to those designated as
SMDR by AIOC.

Note 5:

This data is assigned at the node to which SMDR with IOC interface is connected. In case SMDR is not
connected to the node, this data setting is fixed to “0”.

SYSTEM

DATA

TYPE 
(SYS)

SYSTEM 

DATA 

INDEX 

(INDEX)

0 – 511

DATA 

(DATA) 
00 – FF 

(Hex)

BIT 

CORRESPONDING 

DATA

SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS

DATA

 0/1

BIT

257

b

0

DLKC Circuit Card for Attendant Console (ATTCON)
0/1 = Not exist in system/Exist in system 

Notes 1, 2

b

1

 ~ b

7

Not used

258

00

Not used

287

00

Not used

1

288

b

0

Output Port for SMDR A Apparatus

• When b

4

 = 0 (IOC equipment No. 0)

b

0

 = Port 0

b

1

 = Port 1

b

2

 = Port 2 

b

3

 = Port 3

• When b

4

 = 1 (IOC equipment No. 1)

b

0

 = Port 4

b

1

 = Port 5

b

2

 = Port 6

b

3

 = Port 7

“1” is to be assigned to each bit corresponding to the Port No.

Notes 3, 4, 5

b

1

b

2

b

3

b

4

b

5

Expanded SMDR Output for SMDR A Apparatus
0/1 = Out/In Service

0

b

6

Not used

0

b

7

289

b

0

Fault detection timer of SMDR A Value for 
the first digit (min):
(0~9) Hex
A~F Hex: Not used

• Timer value ranges 

from 1 to 99 min-
utes.

• 00 Hex: Without 

fault detection

Normally, Assign 00 
Hex.

b

1

b

2

b

3

b

4

Fault detection timer of SMDR A Value for 
the second digit (min):
(0~9) Hex
A~F Hex: Not used

b

5

b

6

b

7

290

b

0

Output Port for SMDR B Apparatus

• When b

4

 = 0 (IOC equipment No. 0)

b

0

 = Port 0

b

1

 = Port 1

b

2

 = Port 2 

b

3

 = Port 3

• When b

4

 = 1 (IOC equipment No. 1)

b

0

 = Port 4

b

1

 = Port 5

b

2

 = Port 6

b

3

 = Port 7

“1” is to be assigned to each bit corresponding to the Port No.

Notes 3, 4, 5

b

1

b

2

b

3

b

4

b

5

Expanded SMDR Output for SMDR B Apparatus
0/1 = Out/In Service

0

b

6

Not used

0

b

7

~

~

~

Summary of Contents for NEAX 7400 IMX

Page 1: ...ND 70348 E ISSUE 5 0 Command Manual DECEMBER 2001 NEC Corporation http www kbase cns nec com au default asp q nec 4996 a d ...

Page 2: ...t any time without notice NEC Corporation has prepared this document for use by its employ ees and customers The information contained herein is the property of NEC Corporation and shall not be reproduced without prior written approval from NEC Corporation Copyright 2000 ISSUE 1 Copyright 1999 NEC Corporation ...

Page 3: ...Serial Dialup Connection to IMX 24 3 TCP IP Considerations 26 4 Installing IMX MAT Software 27 5 IMX MAT Commands 31 6 Configuring IMX MAT 32 6 1 Serial Direct Connection 32 6 2 TCP IP Connection 35 7 Data Assignment Flow Chart 42 7 1 Local Node Stand Alone 43 7 2 Network Control Node 45 7 3 Hotel Command 47 CHAPTER 3 OFFICE DATA DESIGN SHEET 49 1 Trunking Diagram 50 2 Bay Face Layout 52 3 Port Ac...

Page 4: ...CK REFERENCE TABLE FOR ASYD 78 ASYDL 201 QUICK REFERENCE TABLE FOR ASYDL 201 AUNT 217 AIOC 219 ASTD 224 AOFC 226 AUIDL 227 AUIDN 228 ALGDL 228 1 ALGDN 228 2 ANPD 229 ANPDL 230 ASPA 232 ASPAL 239 AMND 245 ARNP 247 ARNPL 248 ANND 249 ANNDL 250 ASTP 251 ASTPL 252 ASTPN 253 AOSP 254 AOSPL 255 AOSPN 256 ACMO 257 ATCP 258 AFRS 259 AFRSL 261 AFRSN 263 AOPR 265 AOPRL 267 AOPRN 269 APIPL 271 APIPN 272 ...

Page 5: ...278 AUNEL 280 ALDN 282 ALDNN 284 AISP 287 AISPL 288 AISPN 289 ARAC 290 ARSC 292 ARSCN 294 ARRC 296 ARRCN 297 ATDP 298 ATDPL 300 ATDPN 302 AARP 304 AARPL 305 AARPN 306 APCR 307 AEFR 308 ASFC 310 ACFR 315 ATNR 316 AABD 318 ASDT 319 ASTN 322 ASCL 323 ASCL_T 325 APHN 326 APHNL 328 APHNN 330 ANDD 332 ANDD_T 333 ALGNL 334 ALGSL 335 ...

Page 6: ... ADRTL 368 ADRTN 369 AICD 370 AICD_T 372 ADIM 374 ADIM_T 375 AIZP 377 AIZPN 378 AHLS 379 AHLSN 380 ADA1_T 381 ADA2 383 ADA2_T 386 AFCD 389 ARTD 391 ARTDN 411 ALRNN 431 ATRK 449 ARTKN 462 AMAT 463 ASAT 464 ASATN 465 ATGL 466 ATGLL 467 AAKP 468 ACOC 471 ACOC_LR 472 ACID 473 APAD 475 APADN 476 AAED 477 AAEDL 479 AAEDN 481 AHMS 483 ...

Page 7: ...CSCN 495 1 ACIC1 496 ACIC1N 496 1 ACIC2 497 ARTI 498 ARTIN 505 ASHP 512 ASHPL 513 ASHPN 514 ASHC 515 ASHCL 517 ASHCN 518 ASHU 519 ASHUL 521 ASHUN 523 AUCD 525 AUCDL 527 AUCDN 529 AUOG 531 AUOGL 532 AUOGN 533 AUAD 534 AUADL 536 AUADN 538 ACPG 540 ACPGL 541 ACPGN 542 ACPE 543 ACPEL 544 ACPEN 545 AISA 546 AISA_T 548 AISD 550 AISD_T 551 ...

Page 8: ...ASIDN 555 1 ANPT 556 ATTD 557 ACFS 559 ACFS_T 560 ACFCL 561 ASLU1 562 ASLU1_T 563 ASLU2 564 ADAI 566 ADAI_T 570 ACSA 574 ACSAL 575 ACSI 576 ACSIL 578 ANCD 580 ANCD_LR 581 ATAS 582 AEKD 583 AAND 584 AAND_LR 585 AANDE 586 AANI 587 ATDR 587 1 AESC 588 ASPD 590 AATC 592 ACFO 593 ACFOL 594 ACFON 594 1 ACDN 595 AARS 596 AARSN 597 ALPE 598 ...

Page 9: ...ND 70348 E TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 8 1 Revision 5 0 TABLE OF CONTENTS Continued Page ARPC 599 ARDN 600 ACDD 601 ACDDL 602 ACDDN 602 1 ACNP 603 ACNPN 604 ACNAL 604 1 ...

Page 10: ...4 AVTL 615 AVTM 617 AEVT 618 ACRD 620 AFPD 623 ACTK 625 ACTKC 626 AFCH 632 AFPC 633 AETH 635 ACAN 636 AFRT 637 AGIP 638 AVIPS 642 2 AFIP 643 ANTI 644 AIPDL 645 AIPDN 647 AIECL 649 AIECN 651 APID 652 1 ASIPL 652 2 ASIPN 652 4 AMAC 652 6 ASYDN 653 Quick Reference Table For ASYDN 655 AFMU 674 ALRTN 675 ANPDN 676 ASPAN 677 ALGNN 680 ALGSN 681 ATSTN 683 ...

Page 11: ...ANSDN 691 AFUGN 692 AEXFN 693 AEADN 694 AELGN 695 4 2 Specific Command for the Hotel System 697 AHSY 698 Quick Reference Table For AHSY 700 AANP 741 AGNP 742 AGNPL 743 AGNPN 745 AASP 746 AGSP 753 AGSPL 760 AGSPN 767 ASPS 774 ASCR 782 ATCR 783 ADNR 784 AAST 786 AGST 788 AASN 790 AACL 792 AGSN 794 AGCL 796 AHSU 798 ADSS 800 ASPF 802 ...

Page 12: ... Flow Chart 45 2 14 Hotel Command Data Assignment Flow Chart 47 3 1 Trunking Diagram 50 3 2 Card Mounting Slot for the 1 IMG System 52 3 3 Card Mounting Slot for the 4 IMG System 53 3 4 Card Mounting Slot for the 16 IMG System 57 3 5 Port Accommodation Table 62 4 1 Command Descriptions 71 4 2 LENS 320 4 3 Dterm 65 24 Button Type 341 4 4 Dterm 65 16 Button Type 341 4 5 Dterm 65 8 Button Type 342 4 ...

Page 13: ...or 16 COT 454 4 23 ATRK for 8 COT 455 4 24 ATRK for RST 456 4 25 ATRK for ATI 457 4 26 ATRK for 4DAT 458 4 27 ATRK for CFT 3 party conference 459 4 28 ATT Key Position Desk Console Business Hotel 469 4 29 ACSC for CCT E1 488 4 30 ACSC for PRT 30B D 489 4 31 ACSC for CCH DCH 490 4 32 ACSCL for CCT E1 493 4 33 ACSCL for CCH 494 4 33 1 ACSCN for CCT E1 495 2 4 33 2 ACSCN for CCH 495 3 ...

Page 14: ...Y 348 4 13 RG 349 4 14 Data Assignment for the Dterm 350 4 15 Default Data for Each Line Feature Button 351 4 16 FKY 356 4 17 RG 357 4 17 1 FKY ADSL 362 1 4 18 Default Key Pattern 364 4 19 Data for EAD A EAD B 389 4 20 SMDR2 396 4 21 Examples of Route Class Settings ARTD 407 4 22 SMDR2 ARTDN 416 4 23 Examples of Route Class Settings ARTDN 427 4 24 SMDR2 ALRNN 436 4 25 Examples of Route Class Setti...

Page 15: ...ignment of Area Code Restriction Data AARPL Assignment of Area Code Restriction Data for LDM AARPN Assignment of Area Code Restriction Data for NDM AARS Assignment of Alternative Route Service Restriction AARSN Assignment of Alternative Route Service Restriction for NDM AATC Assignment of Authorization Code Data AC ACAN Assignment of CIC Number Between Adjacent Node for LDM ACBC Assignment of Call...

Page 16: ... ACRD Assignment of Connection Route Class Data for LDM ACSA Assignment of Connection Service Index A ACSAL Assignment of Connection Service Index A for LDM ACSC Assignment of CSC Data ACSCL Assignment of CSC Data for LDM ACSCN Assignment of CSC Data for NDM ACSI Assignment of Connection Service Index Data ACSIL Assignment of Connection Service Index Data for LDM ACTK Assignment of Connection Trun...

Page 17: ... of Function Display Data AFIP Assignment of Fusion over IP Data for LDM AFMU Assignment of FPC MG and UNIT for NDM AFPC Assignment of FCCH Routing Data for LDM AFPD Assignment of Fusion Tandem PAD Data for LDM AFRFL Assignment of Flexible Route Data for Fusion for LDM AFRS Assignment of Flexible Route Selection Data AFRSL Assignment of Flexible Route Selection Data for LDM AFRSN Assignment of Fle...

Page 18: ...umber Data for LDM ALGNN Assignment of Telephone Number Data for NDM ALGSL Assignment of Telephone Station Data for LDM ALGSN Assignment of Telephone Station Data for NDM ALPE Assignment of Line Privacy Expansion Data ALRNN Assignment of Logical Route and Route Class Data for NDM ALRTN Assignment of Logical Route for NDM AM AMAC Assignment of MAC address of IP Enabled Dterm for LDM AMAT Assignment...

Page 19: ...ss Data for Point Code for LDM APIPN Assignment of IP Address Data for Point Code for NDM APLNN Assignment of Physical LENS Number for NDM AR ARAC Assignment of Remote Access Code ARDN Assignment of Remote Control Day Night ARNP Assignment of Reverse Numbering Plan Data ARNPL Assignment of Reverse Numbering Plan Data for LDM ARPC Assignment of Remote Point Code for Centralized Service ARRC Assignm...

Page 20: ...CD for NDM ASID Assignment of Special Incoming ASIDL Assignment of Special Incoming for LDM ASIDN Assignment of Special Incoming for NDM ASIPL Assignment of Station of IP Data for LDM ASIPN Assignment of Station of IP Data for NDM ASLU1 Assignment of Slumber Time Data 1 ASLU1_T Assignment of Slumber Time Data 1 Telephone Number ASLU2 Assignment of Slumber Time Data 2 ASPA Assignment of Special Acc...

Page 21: ...M ATTD Assignment of Trunk Test Data AU AUAD Assignment of UCD Delayed Announcement Data AUADL Assignment of UCD Delayed Announcement Data for LDM AUADN Assignment of UCD Delayed Announcement Data for NDM AUCD Assignment of UCD Control Data AUCDL Assignment of UCD Control Data for LDM AUCDN Assignment of UCD Control Data for NDM AUIDL Assignment of User ID Data for LDM AUIDN Assignment of User ID ...

Page 22: ...ay Night Restriction ADSS Assignment of Direct Station Select AG AGCL Assignment of Guest Station Class AGNP Assignment of Guest Numbering Plan AGNPL Assignment of Guest Numbering Plan for LDM AGNPN Assignment of Guest Numbering Plan for NDM AGSN Assignment of Alternated Guest Station Number AGSP Assignment of Guest Special Access Code AGSPL Assignment of Guest Special Access Code for LDM AGSPN As...

Page 23: ...plains the system configuration and system specifications required to install and run the MAT It contains installation instructions and information about accelerator keys and navigation keys used by MAT CHAPTER 3 OFFICE DATA DESIGN SHEET page 49 This chapter contains the office design sheets used to design the configuration and specification of IMX CHAPTER 4 COMMAND DESCRIPTION AND DATA SHEET page...

Page 24: ...lication that supports text file editing Dumps the PBX data into a data file through use of the LIST UP command Since the IMX MAT runs on Microsoft s 32 bit Windows plug and play operating system your peripheral hardware Network Remote Access Modems Printer etc is easy to configure IMX MAT does not require a dedicated printer Any printer supported by the operating system including shared LAN print...

Page 25: ...dialup connection allows you to access both the first node IMX of the Netfusing Link network and all other nodes within the Netfusing Link network Video Card and Monitor Any Microsoft Windows compatible video card 256 colors or more screen size 800 X 600 resolution or greater Modem Any OS supported device Required when IMX MAT is used for re mote dialup access CD ROM Drive Any OS supported device ...

Page 26: ...work on which it is running Figure 2 3 below shows the simple configuration of the TCP IP connection Using this connection any node within the Netfusing Link network can be accessed from IMX MAT Figure 2 3 TCP IP Connection to Dual CPR of IMX Netfusing LINK IMX IMX IMX MAT IMX MAT PRINTER IOC 2400 RS 232C CA 3 68PH S 2 PORTS CA A LC TRK MODEM MODEM TELECOMUNICATION NETWORK Netfusing LINK 10 BASE T...

Page 27: ... IMX MAT when connecting to an existing LAN In most cases you should use a network device such as a HUB or bridge in order to provide isolation from excessive network traf fic Figure 2 4 TCP IP Connection IP Address over the external LAN SERVER PC LAN MAT HUB MAT PRINTER 10BASE T straight cable PC IMX LANI LANI ...

Page 28: ...fect the successful installation and oper ation of the IMX MAT but the TCP IP interface capability cannot be used It is always best to install the IMX MAT software after all network software is installed Although it is not recom mended it is possible to install the PC s standard network software after the IMX MAT software has been installed If the IMX MAT software is installed prior to installing ...

Page 29: ...e IMX MAT software for Windows 95 NT onto your hard disk 1 Terminate all applications prior to starting the installation process 2 Insert the CD ROM into the CD ROM drive The IMX MAT installation program starts automatically 3 Enter your name and your company name on the User Information dialog box Then click Next Figure 2 6 IMX MAT User Information Dialog ...

Page 30: ...efault directory Note If you wish to install the software in another directory you can click Browse to display a dialog box that allows you to select or create another directory Figure 2 7 Choose Location Destination Screen 5 The dialog box as shown in the figure below information on WINSOCK setup appears Click OK Figure 2 8 Winsock 2 Setup Message Dialog Box ...

Page 31: ...70348 E CHAPTER 2 Page 29 Revision 3 0 HOW TO OPERATE MAT 6 File copy starts automatically while the displayed dialog boxes See Figure 2 9 show the on going situation Figure 2 9 IMX MAT Installation Screen ...

Page 32: ...boot your PC after installing the IMX MAT software Any change made during the installation process does not take effect until the computer has been rebooted Figure 2 10 IMX MAT Setup Complete Dialog Note 1 In case it is required to uninstall the MAT Program execute the Add Remove Programs in the Control Panel from Start button Settings Note 2 Just a single MAT Program can be installed on one PC Be...

Page 33: ...xt control Backspace Deletes the character immediately to the left of the cursor in a text control Right Arrow Moves the cursor to the right in the text control Left Arrow Moves the cursor to the left in the text control Up Arrow Moves the cursor to the left in the text control Down Arrow Moves the cursor to the right in the text control Alt F4 Closes the screen without saving the changes Shift En...

Page 34: ...es displayed in the PBX Administration dialog box when you select NEAX IMX as your PBX Alias 6 1 Serial Direct Connection The following steps explain how to configure the PBX Alias for a serial direct connection using the recommended default data Note You can use other data when configuring IMX MAT However it is recommended that you use the default data as previously described when configuring a n...

Page 35: ... Pacing Timer and Link Data Log Path fields if necessary However the IMX MAT soft ware will run without changing the default data 3 Select Serial Direct as the Connection Type 4 Enter the appropriate FPC Fusion Link Point Code 1 is the default value and should be used initially for all new IMX systems In a Netfusing Network this setting must follow the FPC value entered into System Data SYS 1 INDE...

Page 36: ... as shown below Note When assigning the PBX Administration data of the Netfusing node whose FPC is designated within Net fusing Network be sure not to assign FPC 0 in normal occasion Also don t enter FUG 0 when assigning the PBX Administration information of the node whose FUG is designated within multiple FCCS networks connected via CCIS link Though it is possible to log in to a node by inputting...

Page 37: ...e PBX menu select Configuration to open the PBX Administration dialog box 2 Enter a name for the PBX Alias in the PBX Alias box Note You can also define a PBX Alias by selecting the default NEXT PBX or by modifying any other previously defined Alias from the list in the PBX Alias box If you select a PBX Alias from the list its related informa tion displays in the additional fields on this dialog b...

Page 38: ... set to 4800 to ensure that the system runs properly 6 2 4 Logging in to IMX After you have defined the PBX Alias in IMX MAT and the TCP IP network connection in Windows you are ready to Log in to IMX The Login operation allows you to select the target IMX node with which you are attempting to communicate Once you log in to IMX you may assign or delete office data monitor the status of IMX obtain ...

Page 39: ...ert from decimal to hexadecimal 1 Select Calculator from the Accessories menu 2 From the View menu select Scientific 3 Verify that Dec is selected 4 Click the first three numbers of the IP Address on the Calculator key pad 5 Select Hex 6 The hexadecimal equivalent of the first three numbers of the IP Address display 7 To perform additional decimal to hexadecimal conversions make sure that Dec is s...

Page 40: ... Enter 24 Type 518 in the INDEX text box and press Enter 25 Type 0 hexadecimal equivalent of 0 in the DATA text box and press Enter 26 Type Y in the WRT text box and press Enter Note The following steps explain how to assign the default SubNet Mask 27 Type 1 in the SYS text box and press Enter 28 Type 519 in the INDEX text box and press Enter 29 Type FF in the DATA text box and press Enter 30 Type...

Page 41: ...In order to use Explorer you must first determine where the IMX MAT copy of the numerous IMX Office Data backup files reside As an example assume the default drive and directory C IMXMAT were used when IMX MAT was installed Also assume that a PBX Alias was configured using the PBX Configuration dialog and assigned the PBX Alias name MY_PBX The IMX MAT always uses the same data directory structure ...

Page 42: ...t list 5 Select Data Memory in the Data Type Selection list 6 Select Auto Verify if you want to verify the data This is an optional step 7 Click Start Once you have made the appropriate selections and clicked Start you can scroll down and view the data being saved in the Processing Status Log window This section of the window is divided into the sections Action Information Direction Data Type and ...

Page 43: ...log file view ing window is opened the log file can be printed by selecting the print option from its File menu selection Pressing the CTRL END key combination will quickly take you to the end of the file where the latest changes have been appended Since the log file continually grows it will be necessary to regularly delete this file to conserve disk space It also makes the file much more managea...

Page 44: ...ata into 2 Select paste from the Edit menu Note You cannot paste copied data from one location to another in the log file The log file is a Read Only file 7 Data Assignment Flow Chart This section shows the data assignment flow chart for IMX The standard data assignment is illustrated on the fol lowing flow charts Local Node Stand Alone Next Page Network Control Node page 45 Hotel Command page 47 ...

Page 45: ...SDC AMND ARNP AUNE AMND ARSC ARRC ATDP AARP APCR AEFR ATDPL AARPL ASFC ACFR ATNR AABD ANPD ASPA ANPDL ASPAL SRV SRV STN SSC TELN Sys1 Index512 1535 Sys1 Index0 511 Sys2 Index0 15 Sys3 Index0 31 Station Number Service Network Telephone Number available in the Self node only Timing Start is available Numbering Plan Network Numbering Restriction 2nd DT Mark out Sender LCR LCRS Uniform Numbering AUNEL...

Page 46: ...l Trunk ORT IRT SND CFT ACOC APAD AAED ADPC ADPC ACSC ACSC AAEDL ACIC1 ACIC1 ARTI ACIC2 ARTI ARTD ATRK MBTK PSTN TIE LINE DAT CCIS No 7 ISDN Station PSTN Others Service Service AHMS ACID AEVT ADPCL ACSCL Note 1 Available for the software Release 2 or later Note 2 Available for the software Release 5 or later Note 3 Available for the software Release 7 or later ASDT ASTN APHN APHNL ANDD ASCL AKYD A...

Page 47: ... ATNR AABD ANPD ASPA ANPDL ASPAL SRV SRV STN TELN Sys1 Index512 1535 Sys1 Index0 511 Sys2 Index0 15 Sys3 Index0 31 Station Number OGC A LCR S Outgoing Call SSC SSCA etc SSC Service Network Telephone Number available in the Self node only ANPDN ASPAN SRV TELN Telephone Number available in all nodes of Netfusing Network Timing Start is available Numbering Plan Network Numbering Restriction 2nd DT Ma...

Page 48: ...TN TIE LINE DAT CCIS No 7 ISDN Station PSTN Others Service Service ACRD ACTK MBCT AFCH AFRT AFPC ACAN ATDF ATDF ACRD ACTK MBCT AFPC ACAN Netfusing Link FCCH Ether AAEDN AHMS ACID APADN ADPCL ACSCL Note 1 Available for the software Release 3 or later Note 2 Available for the software Release 5 or later Note 3 Available for the software Release 7 or later ACNPN ACNDN ASDT ASTN APHN APHNL APHNN ANDD ...

Page 49: ...1 Sys2 Index0 15 Sys3 Index0 31 System Base Numbering Plan Administration Guest Network Numbering Same as the Business Command ASFC ASCR ADNR ATCR Same as the Business Command Restriction Trunk Service STA STA AAST AASN AACL RAST Station Number APHN ANDD AKYD AGST AGSN AGCL RGST AHSU AKYD STA No Administration Guest For Telephone Number STA No ALGSL ALGSN Available in the self node only Available ...

Page 50: ...Page 48 Revision 3 0 HOW TO OPERATE MAT Figure 2 14 Hotel Command Data Assignment Flow Chart 2 2 ATRK MBTK AMAT ASAT AAKP ADSS AAED AHMS ASPF ADLI AFXC Trunk Service same as the Business Command External Trunk ATT DAT Hotel ...

Page 51: ...he circuit card mounting slots 3 Port Accommodation Table page 62 A Port Accommodation table denotes the Line Trunk circuit cards accommodated in each Universal Slot of PIM 4 Numbering Plan Table page 64 Area Codes for various service features are determined according to the Dial Access Numbering Plan There are three types of Dial Access Numbers Station Access Numbers Special Service Access Number...

Page 52: ...TI RST MFCT DTI CCH MODEM DTI PRI DCH ATI RGU HWU LTST 1 HUB TO MAT CCH PRINTER ATT DESK CONSOLE IOC CPR MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATION TERMINAL MAT SUBSCRIBER Dterm W O DATA ADAPTER Dterm WITH DATA ADAPTER FROM TO CENTRAL OFFICE FROM TO TIE LINE FROM TO CCIS LINE FROM TO ISDN LINE PRI BWT DOD DIT DID MUX TSW Note The Function name of each circuit card is shown in the next page ...

Page 53: ... Dialing DIT Direct In Termination DOD Direct Outward Dialing Dterm Digital Multi Function Telephone DTI Digital Interface DTL Data Terminal Line Circuit ELC Electronic Line Circuit EMT Equipment Maintenance Trunk HWU Howler Tone Unit IOC Input Output Controller LC Line Circuit LTST Line Test MDF Main Distribution Frame MFCT Multi frequency Trunk MUX Multiplexer ODT Office Data Trunk PFT Power Fai...

Page 54: ... PH SW10 TSW PH SW10 TSW PIM3 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 PA PW55 A PWR PA PW54 A DPWR PH PC36 MUX PH PC36 MUX PIM2 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 PA PW55 A PWR PA PW54 A DPWR PH PC36 MUX PH PC36 MUX PIM1 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 PA PW55 A PWR PA PW54 A DPWR PIM0 BSCM...

Page 55: ... 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 PA PW55 A PWR0 PA PW54 A PWR1 PH PC36 MUX PH PC36 MUX PIM2 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 PA PW55 A PWR0 PA PW54 A PWR1 PH PC36 MUX PH PC36 MUX PIM1 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 PA PW55 A PWR0 PA PW54 A PWR1 PIM0 BSCM LPM PH IO24 IOC PH PC40 EMA 00 01 02 03 04 IOC MISC MISC MISC PIM PIM ...

Page 56: ...15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 PA PW55 A PWR0 PA PW54 A PWR1 PH PC36 MUX PH PC36 MUX PIM1 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 PA PW55 A PWR0 PA PW54 A PWR1 PIM0 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 PH PW14 PWRSW PH PW14 PWRSW PH PC20 DLKC0 PH PC20 DLKC1 PH GT09 GT0 PH GT09 GT1 PH SW12 TSW00 PH SW12 TSW01 PH SW12 TSW02 PH SW12 TSW03...

Page 57: ...6 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 PA PW55 A PWR0 PA PW54 A PWR1 PH PC36 MUX PH PC36 MUX PIM2 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 PA PW55 A PWR0 PA PW54 A PWR1 PH PC36 MUX PH PC36 MUX PIM1 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 PA PW55 A PWR0 PA PW54 A PWR1 PIM0 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Dummy PI...

Page 58: ...6 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 PA PW55 A PWR0 PA PW54 A PWR1 PH PC36 MUX PH PC36 MUX PIM2 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 PA PW55 A PWR0 PA PW54 A PWR1 PH PC36 MUX PH PC36 MUX PIM1 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 PA PW55 A PWR0 PA PW54 A PWR1 PIM0 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Dummy PI...

Page 59: ... PZ GT13 ISAGT PZ PC23 LANI PZ PC19 LANI PZ PC19 LANI PZ PC23 LANI PZ PC23 LANI PZ PC23 LANI PH DK10 DSPC PH IO24 IOC PWRSW0 PH PW14 PWRSW1 PH PW14 HSW00 PU SW01 RES HSW11 PU SW01 RES HSW01 PU SW01 HSW10 PU SW01 TSW00 PU SW00 A TSW01 PU SW00 A TSW02 PU SW00 A TSW03 PU SW00 A TSW10 PU SW00 A TSW11 PU SW00 A TSW12 PU SW00 A TSW13 PU SW00 A IOGT0 PH GT10 IOGT1 PH GT10 PLO0 PH CK16 A 17 A PLO1 PH CK16...

Page 60: ...P PH M22 MMC PH PC43 EMA 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 00 01 02 03 04 PIM PIM PIM PIM IMG3 7 11 15 Dummy PIM PIM PIM PIM IMG2 6 10 14 TSWM1 PI...

Page 61: ...SW03 PH SW12 TSW10 PH SW12 TSW11 PH SW12 TSW12 PH SW12 TSW13 PH CK16 A 17 A PLO1 MISC MISC MISC MISC MISC MISC TSWM0 PIM PIM PIM PIM IMG3 7 11 15 Dummy PIM PIM PIM PIM IMG2 6 10 14 TSWM1 Dummy CMP Dummy ISWM SP PIM PIM PIM PIM IMG1 5 9 13 TSWM0 PIM PIM PIM PIM IMG0 4 8 12 LP IMG1 5 9 13 16 IMG SYSTEM CMG PH CK16 A 17 A PLO0 21 22 23 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 09 08 07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00 21...

Page 62: ...PIM PIM PIM IMG0 4 8 12 LP IMG2 6 10 14 16 IMG SYSTEM PH PW14 PWRSW0 PH PW14 PWRSW1 PH GT09 GT0 PH GT09 GT1 PH SW12 TSW00 PH SW12 TSW01 PH SW12 TSW02 PH SW12 TSW03 PH SW12 TSW10 PH SW12 TSW11 PH SW12 TSW12 PH SW12 TSW13 PH CK18 CLK0 PH CK18 CLK1 TSWM1 21 22 23 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 09 08 07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00 21 22 23 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 09 08 07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00 21 2...

Page 63: ...WR0 PA PW54 B PWR1 PIM0 Dummy PIM PIM PIM PIM IMG3 7 11 15 Dummy PIM PIM PIM PIM IMG2 6 10 14 TSWM1 PIM PIM PIM PIM IMG1 5 9 13 TSWM0 PIM PIM PIM PIM IMG0 4 8 12 LP IMG3 7 11 15 16 IMG SYSTEM 21 22 23 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 09 08 07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00 21 22 23 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 09 08 07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00 21 22 23 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 09 08 07 06 05 04 03 0...

Page 64: ... 21 23 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 LV G 01 03 05 31 09 11 13 15 17 19 21 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 LV G 00 02 04 28 30 10 12 14 16 18 20 PIM SLOT C A R D Access Code CIC for CCIS DC for C O Tenant Number TN Trunk Number TRC Route Number RT Destination Station Number STN User Name Telephone Number Service Class SFC Restriction Class RSC Telephone Class TEC Tenant Number TN ...

Page 65: ...ge 63 Revision 3 0 OFFICE DATA DESIGN SHEET Figure 3 5 Port Accommodation Table 2 2 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 01 03 05 07 09 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 LV G 00 02 04 06 08 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 PIM MG 00 U 0 SLOT C A R D LV G ...

Page 66: ...ND 70348 E CHAPTER 3 Page 64 Revision 3 0 OFFICE DATA DESIGN SHEET 4 Numbering Plan Table ACCESS NUMBER FUNCTION NAME REMARKS ...

Page 67: ...Back Call Forwarding All Calls Call Forwarding Busy Line Call Forwarding Don t Answer Call Hold Call Park Access Answer Call Park Called Call Pickup Direct Call Waiting Originating Terminating Called Call Waiting Originating Terminating Calling Data Privacy on Demand Cancel Data Privacy on Demand Set Distinctive Ringing FAX OPX Executive Right of Way Called Party Executive Right of Way Calling Par...

Page 68: ...Party Message Waiting Lamp Setting from Station Calling Party Off Hook Alarm Off Hook Queuing OG Queuing Override OG Trunk Queuing OG Trunk Queuing Deluxe Periodic Time Indication Time Priority Call 1 Priority Call 2 Priority Call 3 Priority Paging Radio Paging Answer Special Common Battery Telephone Special Calling Station Group Speed Calling System Station Message Detail System SMDS for Station ...

Page 69: ...3 14 15 IC Via ATT IC By DID OG Via ATT ACC OG By DOD IC Via ATT IC By DID OG Via ATT ACC OG By DOD IC Via ATT IC By DID OG Via ATT ACC OG By DOD IC Via ATT IC By DID OG Via ATT ACC OG By DOD IC Via ATT IC By DID OG Via ATT ACC OG By DOD IC Via ATT IC By DID OG Via ATT ACC OG By DOD IC Via ATT IC By DID OG Via ATT ACC OG By DOD IC Via ATT IC By DID OG Via ATT ACC OG By DOD IC Via ATT IC By DID OG ...

Page 70: ... Call 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 TMTN OGTN Assignment of C F All Calls from a Station 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 TMTN OGTN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 TMTN OGTN Incoming Connection to Night Attendant Console Assignment of C F All Calls from an Attendant Console ...

Page 71: ...5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 TMTN OGTN Incoming Connection to Attendant Console 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 TMTN OGTN Day and Night Mode Change 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 TMTN OGTN Connection of Incoming Trunk Call to Station ...

Page 72: ... the most frequently used parameters are as follows TN 1 63 STN Maximum 5 digits LENS 6 digits Module Group Unit Group Level MG 00 01 for 1IMG System 00 07 for 4IMG 16IMG System RT 1 255 maximum number of route is designated by the ASYD command INDEX 65 TK 1 255 Attendant Consoles 1 16 for 1IMG System 1 32 for 4IMG System 1 60 for 16IMG System Note 2 The following functions have been established s...

Page 73: ... FUNCTION KEY CODE FKY 1 320 FKY FKY Service name Service name Default display Default display AFDD Assignment of Function Display Data This command is used to assign the characters of software key indication on a D Series 75 When this command is not assigned the default which shows on FKY parameter description on this command are displayed The LCD is 24 digits wide and there are four of software ...

Page 74: ...on assigned in this command is necessary for the following purposes a To indicate time for Dterm and ATT Desk Console Hotel Console b To specify the time for changing the route pattern for LCR c To specify the time and date for changing the number development for LCR d To specify the time for outgoing calls or for refusing incoming calls e To specify the start time for the routing diagnosis f To s...

Page 75: ...to 31 Enter the 4 digits of the year For example 1999 or 2000 Enter the digits with a range from 1 to 60 Enter the digits with a range from 1 to 60 Enter the digits with a range from 1 to 24 Enter the digits with a range from 1 to 12 DAY MINUTE SECOND HOUR MONTH YEAR YEAR MONTH DAY HOUR MINUTE SECOND DATE TIME ...

Page 76: ...ust be assigned to the NCN by the ATDF command 2 The clock is assigned in military time 3 Clock information assigned in this command is necessary for the following purposes a To indicate time for Dterm and ATT Desk Console Hotel Console b To specify the time for changing the route pattern for LCR c To specify the time and date for changing the number development for LCR d To specify the time for o...

Page 77: ... to 31 Enter the 4 digits of the year For example 1999 or 2000 Enter the digits with a range from 1 to 60 Enter the digits with a range from 1 to 60 Enter the digits with a range from 1 to 24 Enter the digits with a range from 1 to 12 DAY MINUTE SECOND HOUR MONTH YEAR YEAR MONTH DAY HOUR MINUTE SECOND DATE TIME ...

Page 78: ...nd assigns the system data for the following node Local Node LN Network Control Node NCN of the Netfusing Network Stand alone PBX 2 Precautions 1 The data assigned by this command is valid in each node 2 The ASYD command contains the following indexes SYS 1 INDEX 0 511 SYS 2 INDEX 0 15 SYS 3 INDEX 0 31 ...

Page 79: ...DATA 0 1 BIT SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS DATA DATA BIT BIT DATA Hex 1 1 b0 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 n n 1 FF 03 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 b0 b1 b2 Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Number of zzz b3 b4 b5 b6 b7 xxx service 0 1 Not to be provided To be provided yyy service 0 1 Not to be provided To be provided Convert from Binary DATA to Hexadecimal and enter the Hex value at DATA text ...

Page 80: ...2 63 108 6 84 64 66 109 7 9 89 67 68 110 10s 10 90 69 111 11 91 70s 70 71 112 12 92 72 73 113 13 15 93 74 75 115 16 17 94 76 77 116 18 19 95 78 79 117 20s 20 96 80s 80 82 118 21 28 97 83 85 119 29 32 98 86 88 120 30s 89 90 33 34 99 90s 35 38 100 91 122 39 42 101 92 93 123 40s 94 95 124 43 102 96 115 125 44 46 103 47 55 104 50s 56 57 105 58 59 106 121 ...

Page 81: ...9 122 127 166 167 150 120s 168 151 123 125 128 169 170 152 126 128 170s 171 174 153 129 130 130 175 177 154 130s 178 181 155 131 132 131 180s 133 134 132 182 183 156 135 136 133 184 185 157 137 138 134 186 187 158 139 140 135 188 189 159 140s 190s 190 193 160 141 142 136 194 197 161 143 144 137 198 199 162 145 146 138 147 149 139 150s 150 151 140 152 153 141 154 156 142 157 158 143 159 144 129 ...

Page 82: ...INDEX Page INDEX Page 200s 200 203 163 250s 250 256 173 204 208 164 257 290 174 209 219 165 260s 280s 210s 290s 220s 220 224 166 291 293 175 225 231 167 294 295 176 230s 296 307 177 232 239 168 240s 240 241 169 242 244 170 245 246 171 247 249 172 INDEX Page 300s 360s 296 307 177 308 368 178 369 390 370s 380s 390s 391 400 180 INDEX Page 400s 391 400 180 401 431 182 432 438 183 439 511 500s 179 184 ...

Page 83: ...evision 3 0 ASYD QUICK REFERENCE TABLE FOR ASYD SYS2 QUICK REFERENCE TABLE FOR ASYD SYS3 INDEX Page 0 185 1 2 186 3 187 4 5 188 6 189 7 190 8 9 191 10 192 11 193 12 13 194 14 195 15 196 INDEX Page 0 1 197 2 5 198 6 10 199 11 31 200 ...

Page 84: ... System 01 Single 02 Dual 4 b0 Control of ORT all Busy Status 0 1 ROT Queue b1 Recalling method when the caller has released with Emergency Call service 0 1 SHF or Depressing Ground Button Unconditional Recall ing Note The operating procedure for recall is different de pending on the Dterm 65 or Dterm 75 Dterm 65 user operates with SHF Dterm 75 user operates with transfer key b2 Releasing Method f...

Page 85: ...ither SID 10 or 12 in com mand ASPA b1 Maximum number of Multiple Call Forwarding All Calls Busy Line occurrences Note This data is valid when SYS 1 INDEX 69 bit 7 is as signed as 1 b2 b3 b4 Miscellaneous Timer Counter MTC 0 7 Call Back Delay Timer Timer Value Setting is MTC 2 sec When this data is 000 Timer value is 2 sec b5 b6 b7 Call Back Delay Timer 0 1 Ineffective Effective b3 b2 b1 b3 b2 b1 ...

Page 86: ...equired Required used with LCR Speed Calling etc 0 b1 Not used b2 Special Transmitting Tone When Using Sender ATT 0 1 Not Required Required used with LCR Speed Calling etc b3 Tone for O G Connection 0 1 NEC Standard Australian 2nd DT on LCR b4 Key pattern on the right side of Attendant Console Note Do not set other pattern data b5 b6 0 b7 Not used b6 b5 b4 0 0 0 pattern 1 0 0 1 pattern 2 0 1 0 pat...

Page 87: ...ey pattern CAS CCSA WATS Pattern 2 b4 1 b5 0 b6 0 LDN EMG TIE BV Busy TRKSL ATND NANS SC Recall SVC TF FRL FX ICPT PAGE Start REC Mute Add on Console Key pattern CAS CCSA WATS Pattern 3 b4 0 b5 1 b6 0 LDN EMG TIE BV Busy TRKSL ATND NANS SC RC Recall CCSA TF MON FX ICPT PAGE Start REC Mute Call Park Add on Console Key pattern WATS SVC Pattern 4 b4 0 b5 0 b6 1 LDN EMG TIE BV Busy TRKSL ATND NANS SC ...

Page 88: ...t MWS MWR AUD STS SCRN Pattern 3 b4 0 b5 1 b6 0 LDN EMG TIE HP Busy DND ADM NANS OT Recall ICPT TF WATS FX CCSA PAGE Start REC Mute GST Add on Console Key pattern TRKSL SVC DND Override WUS WUR DDS DDR SC RC RCS RCR BV Check In Check Out MWS MWR AUD STS MON CP Pattern 4 b4 0 b5 0 b6 1 LDN EMG TIE HP Busy DND ADM NANS OT Recall ICPT TF WATS FX CCSA PAGE Start REC Mute GST Add on Console Key pattern...

Page 89: ... HWS FX ICPT PAGE Start REC Mute DDC Add on Console Key pattern CAS CCSA WATS Pattern 3 b4 0 b5 1 b6 0 LDN EMG TIE BV Busy TRKSL ATND NANS SC RC Recall CCSA TF NON FX ICPT PAGE Start REC Mute DDC Add on Console Key pattern WATS Call Park Pattern 4 b4 0 b5 0 b6 1 LDN EMG TIE DDC Busy TRKSL ATND NANS SC Recall FRL TF Call Park FX ICPT PAGE Start REC Mute BV Add on Console Key pattern CAS CCSA WATS S...

Page 90: ...HOLD Dnd Ov BV CP START RELEASE ANSWER Pattern Three SRC DEST TALK SP Mon O1 SC CNCL TALK HOLD Dnd Ov BV CP START RELEASE ANSWER Mon O1 Monitor Overlap Japan Dnd Ov Do Not Disturb Override HM SC Serial Call HWS Highway Switch Switching of C O Lines HM SP Supervisory Call SCRN Screened Transfer HM FRL Facility Restriction Level via AEFR TALK Conference CAS Centralized Attendant Service TKSL Individ...

Page 91: ...et only one outside party can participate in the Station Controlled conference 0 b2 Trunk Blocking Wink Signal Tie Lines 0 1 Out In Service 0 b3 Double Seizure Protection 0 1 Out In Service 0 b4 Attendant Camp On Lamp Display 0 1 Busy Lamp Steady Busy Lamp Flashing 60 IPM b5 Processing of the following conditions inAutomatedAttendant Service When a trunk party has dialed an unused number or a dead...

Page 92: ...ONDING DATA SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS DATA 0 1 BIT 1 10 b0 I O Port designation to PMS Computer Note Hotel Text Queue ToHost for Hotel sys tem b1 b2 b3 Not used b4 b5 b6 Hotel Text Queue to Host PMS b7 b2 b1 b0 b2 b1 b0 0 0 0 Port 0 0 1 1 Port 3 0 0 1 Port 1 1 0 0 Port 4 0 1 0 Port 2 1 0 1 Port 5 1 1 0 Port 6 1 1 1 Port 7 b7 b6 0 0 Out of service 0 1 In service 1 0 1 1 ...

Page 93: ...ONTENTS DATA 0 1 BIT 1 11 b0 I O Port designation to Hotel Printer Hotel Printout Queue To Printer for Hotel sys tem b1 b2 b3 Not used b4 b5 b6 Hotel Text Queue to Host Hotel printer b7 b2 b1 b0 b2 b1 b0 0 0 0 Port 0 0 1 1 Port 3 0 0 1 Port 1 1 0 0 Port 4 0 1 0 Port 2 1 0 1 Port 5 1 1 0 Port 6 1 1 1 Port 7 b7 b6 0 0 Out of service 0 1 In service 1 0 1 1 ...

Page 94: ...etermined by Check Sum 2 and Check Code 2 MOD10 b0 D0 b1 D1 b2 D2 b3 D3 b4 D4 D6 Check Code 2 SYSTEM DATA TYPE SYS SYSTEM DATA INDEX INDEX 0 511 DATA DATA 00 FF Hex BIT CORRESPONDING DATA SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS DATA 0 1 BIT 1 12 b0 Authorization Code Check Sum 1 b0 Check Sum of Digit 0 b1 Check Sum of Digit 1 b2 Check Sum of Digit 2 b3 Check Sum of Digit 3 b4 Check Sum of Digit 4 0 1 No Check Sum Ch...

Page 95: ...it 4 0 1 No Check Sum Check Sum b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7 14 b0 Authorization Code Check Code 1 0 9 Hex Check Code MOD10 b4 D0 b3 D1 b2 D2 b1 D3 b0 D4 D5 b0 b7 are indicated by INDEX 12 b1 b2 b3 b4 Authorization Code Check Code 2 0 9 Hex Check Code MOD10 b4 D0 b3 D1 b2 D2 b1 D3 b0 D4 D6 b0 b4 are indicated by INDEX 13 b5 b6 b7 15 b0 Number of Trunk Group TG Busy Lamps for Attendant Con sole 0 Hex Out o...

Page 96: ...m only 0 b6 Not used 0 b7 17 b0 This bit data 1 allows single line stations to switch hook flash and dial an access code while hearing RBT to place a voice call to a or activate the Dterm s Message Reminder Key 0 1 Out In Service b1 This bit data 1 designates that EROW calls can be placed via the Voice Button of a Dterm 0 1 Out In Service b2 Privacy Release Service for Dterm 0 1 Out In Service b3 ...

Page 97: ... DATA 00 FF Hex BIT CORRESPONDING DATA SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS DATA 0 1 BIT 1 18 0 b0 Not used 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 0 b4 0 b5 b6 Day Night change of Satellite Office for CCIS 0 1 Out In Service b7 Day Night change is executed by the Main Office for CCIS Note 0 1 Out In Service 19 b0 n Tenant TN 1 15 of the Main Office to which the Satellite Office belongs for CCIS b1 b2 b3 0 b4 Not used 0 b5 ETF Call Event...

Page 98: ...A INDEX INDEX 0 511 DATA DATA 00 FF Hex BIT CORRESPONDING DATA SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS DATA 0 1 BIT 1 20 0 b0 Not used 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 0 b4 0 b5 b6 Line Circuit Reverse Relay Control when Reorder Tone is connected to a station trunk 0 1 In Out of Service b7 Billing Party for a call transferred by Call Forwarding Outside Service Note 0 The Billing Party is the originator of the transferred call 1 The B...

Page 99: ...sed 27 0 b0 Not used 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 0 b7 Immediate Ring Back Tone Sending 0 1 Not Required Required 28 b0 Miscellaneous Timer Counter MTC 00 1F Hex Message sending Guard Tim er for Message Center Inter face Guard Time after sending data to Message Cen ter Time Value Setting is MTC 128 msec When this data is 00 Hex Timer value is 128 msec b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 Message Waiting Lamp Control b...

Page 100: ...put ports service assign 1 to both ports b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7 30 Mounting capacity of Data Memory DM For IMX assign 02 Hex 31 Mounting capacity of Common Memory CM 1 4 Mbyte 01 04 For IMX assign 02 Hex For IMX assign 04H with OAI name display 32 0 b0 Not used 1 b1 Record Tenant Data for SMDR CS Report 1 b2 Record Selected Trunk type for SMDR CS Report 0 b3 Not used 0 b4 b5 When Recording Called Nu...

Page 101: ...n handled by ATT 1 1 Last telephone after the call has been handled by ATT b4 b5 Billing for Transferred Incoming Call 0 1 Split Total Billing Note b6 Billing for Transferred Outgoing Call 0 1 Split Total Billing Note 0 b7 Not used 34 b0 SMDR RS 232C Output 0 1 Out In Service b1 RS 232C Output Code SMDR When b0 1 SMDR b2 b3 Number of RS 232C stop bits b4 b5 The converted number is sent to the SMDR...

Page 102: ...IT 1 35 b0 Not used b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7 36 00 Not used 37 00 Not used 38 b0 Stand Alone Fault Printer Accommodation Designation 1 is to be assigned to each bit corresponding to the Port Num ber of the IOC circuit card b0 Port 0 b1 Port 1 b2 Port 2 b3 Port 3 b4 Port 4 b5 Port 5 b6 Port 6 b7 Port 7 Note Usually Port 1 is used for System Message Printer b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7 ...

Page 103: ...or System Message Printer assign the same data as INDEX 38 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7 40 00 Not used 41 b0 b6 OG Queuing Override DDD Seizing Timer Timer Counter TC is to be assigned a value from 01 Hex to 7F Hex Timer Value Setting is TC 30 sec Note When this data TC is 00 Hex default data of 3 minutes is set 0 b7 Not used 42 b0 b1 Not used b2 System Message 5 Q ACD MIS Lock Up is to be output 0 1 Inva...

Page 104: ... ACC Code dialing for Authorization Code or F A code or Pad Lock is dialed using LCR Access 0 1 Out In Service 0 b3 Not used b4 ATT Re enters Loop on Serial Call 0 1 Restriction Allowed b5 Send DT to the distant Office upon receiving Terminated Office Code Tandem 0 1 Not Required Required 0 b6 Not used b7 Restriction for Dialing more than the max of necessary digits as assigned via command AMND 0 ...

Page 105: ...5 0 b6 0 b7 45 Abnormal Call Short Duration Timer forAutomatic CircuitAs surance service when INDEX 44 b0 1 Timer counter TC is to be assigned a value from 02 Hex to FF Hex 2 255 sec Timer Value TC 1 sec Note When TC 00 Hex this Timer is not set 46 Abnormal Call Long Duration Timer forAutomatic CircuitAs surance service when INDEX 44 b0 1 TC is to be assigned a value from 01 Hex to FF Hex 1 255 mi...

Page 106: ... TCFI Timer Timer Internal Between Messages b2 0 b3 Display for TCFD 0 1 MSG Last input 0 Normal assignment 0 b4 SCF FN 127 Tone Control 0 1 Invalid Valid 0 b5 Not used 0 b6 b7 Traffic Measurement for Terminal and Route Traffic ATRF 0 1 Out In Service 48 Do not assign these INDEXes INDEXes 48 55 are used for the Grade 1 Password Code 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 b2 0 0 1 b1 0 1 0 2 seconds 4 seconds 8 sec...

Page 107: ...f line load control automatic by the usage rate occupancy rate of the CPU Ex For executing line load control by CPU usage rate occupancy rate 90 assign 5AH To assign this Index take the occupancy rate desired and con vert this value to Hex e g 90 5Ah b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7 57 FF b0 Set Line Load Control Automatic Execution Cancel Occu pancy Rate Set cancellation of line load control automatic by the...

Page 108: ...5 b6 For IMX assign 0 LP Residual Link Detect for 16 IMG system only 0 All LP per a day 1 1 LPG per a day 1LPG consists of four IMGs Note As related to the total necessary time of Routine Di agnosis designate the number of LP to be executed the LP Residual Link Detect per a day This data is effective when ASYD SYS1 INDEX90 bit3 1 Resid ual Link Detect is to be executed is assigned b7 Specific Atte...

Page 109: ... b3 UCD Queuing 0 1 Required RBT Not Required BT Most 0 when the MCI is in services b4 Nailed Down Connection Fixed Connection service 0 1 Out In service b5 Send Warning Tone to interrupted parties when Attendant In terruption service is operated 0 1 Required Not Required 0 b6 Not used 0 b7 61 0 b0 Not used 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 0 b4 b5 Call Waiting Display UCD ACD Service 0 1 Out In Service 0 b6 Not use...

Page 110: ... b1 0 b2 0 b3 0 b4 0 b5 b6 ACT ST BY Change over at Routine Diagnosis 0 0 Every time 0 1 Once a week On Sunday 1 0 Once a month On the 1st Sunday of the month 1 1 Note Assign the Routine Diagnosis Program start time in SYS 1 INDEXes 87 and 88 b7 63 00 b0 Blind Transfer for stations in service 0 1 No Yes b1 Not used b2 b3 b4 Not used b5 Exclusive Hold for stations 0 1 Yes No b6 Not used b7 b7 b6 ...

Page 111: ... on Attendant Console service 0 0 When PA lamp illuminates 0 1 When busy lamp field is not displayed 1 0 Always 1 1 b2 b3 Howler Tone sending service 0 0 Out of Service 0 1 Send one time only 1 0 Repeat every 30 sec 1 1 Note The Sending Timer may be changed to a value other than 30 sec via SYS 1 INDEX 146 b4 0 b5 Not used 0 b6 Type of Attendant Camp On 0 1 Automatic Semi Auto Normally Assign 0 b7 ...

Page 112: ...SHF Access Code Last Digit Access Code b1 Operating method for Individual Trunk Access ATT service 0 Route No Trunk No 1 C O Code as assigned via command ACOC b2 Ringing Signal type for TAS indicator 0 1 Interval Continuous b3 OG Trunk Queuing On Hook Automatic Cancel 0 1 Out In Service b4 TKSL key on the Attendant Console for Individual Trunk Ac cess service 0 1 Out In service 0 b5 Not used b6 Gr...

Page 113: ...nswer is set at the transfer destination station b1 Send short tone when a call forwarded via C F All Calls ser vice is answered 0 1 Not Required Required b2 Send short tone when a recalled C F All Calls call is an swered 0 1 Not Required Required 0 b3 Not used b4 b5 Hunting Group when transferred party is busy Station Hunting after C F Busy Line 0 Hunt in Transferring Party s Group 1 Hunt in Tran...

Page 114: ...y 0 1 Not Required Required b5 Priority order for answering via ANSWER key 0 Priority according to Type of Call 1 Priority according to the order call termination b6 Announcement Trunks used for Delay Announcement UCD service 0 1 Common per UCD group b7 Send Warning Tone to interrupted parties when Executive Right of Way service is in operation 0 1 Required Not Required 71 00 b0 Call Back Automati...

Page 115: ...ice Note Ringback Tone when CDN6 8 b1 b2 Radio Page Number 0 1 2 digits 3 digits b3 Paging Cancel Code 0 1 Individual Paging Route Codes Common to all Paging Routes b4 Radio Paging station number is automatically sent 0 1 Out In Service b5 Radio Paging Automatic Re Paging 0 1 In Out Service b6 Attendant answers the Automatic Recall the calling station number is displayed on Attendant Console 0 1 N...

Page 116: ... Ringer Pattern 1 Ringer Pattern 0 Ringer Pattern 1 Ringer Pattern 0 Via Attendant Console Ringer Pattern 1 Ringer Pattern 0 Ringer Pattern 1 Ringer Pattern 1 Via other station Ringer Pattern 1 Ringer Pattern 0 Ringer Pattern 1 Ringer Pattern 1 Interoffice call Ringer Pattern 1 Ringer Pattern 1 Ringer Pattern 1 Ringer Pattern 1 ...

Page 117: ... once again Automatic Can cel is activated b5 b6 b7 75 b0 Route Restriction Class Data ARSC command 0 1 Common Separate Table Development Common or Separate Day Night Data Tables Note When data tables are designated as Common theDay mode designation must be used in the respective com mands b1 Service Feature Restriction class Data ASFC com mand 0 1 Common Separate b2 Tenant Restriction Data AT NR ...

Page 118: ... com mands 0 b1 Same Special Access Code Data ASPS command 0 1 Common Separate b2 Call Forwarding Service by Call ing Number Data AFCP com mand 0 1 Common Separate 0 b3 Not used 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 0 b7 77 b0 Day Night mode change via the Attendant Console handset jack 0 1 Not Required Required 0 b1 Not used b2 MW Refresh 0 1 Required Not Required Note When message Waiting Lamp is provided this data sh...

Page 119: ...3 Station Number Display with 8 Character Name Display 0 1 Out In Service 0 b4 Fixed to 0 b5 Name Display Service 0 1 Out In Service 0 b6 Not used 0 b7 79 0 b0 Not used 0 b1 b2 Split Call Forwarding Service 0 1 Out In Service 0 b3 Not used b4 Zip tone control at the time of SCF Monitor connection 0 1 Not to be controlled To be controlled b5 Name Display Service for Calling Party Only 0 1 Out In Se...

Page 120: ...n in OAI Mode 0 1 Yes No 0 b3 Display staticACD messages Break Ready etc on the sec ond line of the LCD 0 1 No Yes 0 b4 Not used 0 b5 0 b6 0 b7 81 00 Not used 82 b0 Station Number Display Pattern on the Attendant Console b3 b0 Station Number Display Pattern b7 b4 Station Number Display Pattern for CCIS b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7 TN RSC STATION NUMBER STATION NUMBER STATION NUMBER STATION NUMBER STATION ...

Page 121: ...STEM DATA CONTENTS DATA 0 1 BIT 1 83 00 Highway Switch Supervisory Data Assignment of minimum blocking rate percent for time slots which will judge the abnormality of the switch memory The value range is 0 to 100 84 FF 1 b0 Data Memory Segment Location Designation 1 b1 1 b2 1 b3 1 b4 1 b5 1 b6 1 b7 85 FF 1 b0 1 b1 1 b2 1 b3 1 b4 1 b5 1 b6 1 b7 ...

Page 122: ...two way calls and register all call status 0 1 Register all call status 1 0 Release all calls and register all call status 1 1 Not used b3 b4 System Message Automatic output to System printer SYS 1 INDEX 38 39 0 1 Not Required Required 0 b5 Not used 0 b6 Not used 1 b7 System Message Contents 0 1 Simplified Detailed Always assign 1 87 Hour data is assigned using a deci mal number Military Time Exam...

Page 123: ...er for Dual Systems 0 1 No Yes For 16 IMG system SP ACT STBY Changeover 0 1 No Yes b4 Trunk Ineffective Hold Check 0 1 No Yes b5 Trunk Ineffective Hold Detect 0 1 No Yes b6 Call Forward Data Clear 0 1 No Yes b7 Not used 90 0 b0 Not used b1 Backup Call Forwarding and Individual Speed Data and Name Display Data to HDD See Index 304 0 1 No Yes 0 b2 Not used b3 Residual link detect 0 1 No Yes Note Val...

Page 124: ...egister System Message Data higher than grade 2 MN MJ 1 1 Register System Message Data higher than grade 3 MJ Note This data is fixed to 00 when Alarm Grade data is assigned by the ALMG command b3 b4 External Supplied Clock to TDSW 12 352M 24CH Sys tem No 0 When one PLO card is to be mounted When two PLO cards are to be mounted b5 External Supplied Clock to TDSW 12 352M 24CH Sys tem No 1 b6 Extern...

Page 125: ...a ASDT AAST AGST ALDN ASAT com mands b4 Route Restriction Class Data AR SC command b5 Call Forwarding Restriction Data ACFR command 0 b6 Not used 0 b7 93 b0 Service Feature Restriction class Data ASFC command Separate or Common Tenant Data table de velopment for the re spective commands 0 1 Separate Com mon Note When data 1 is as signed data must be as signed for Tenant 1 TN 1 in the re spective c...

Page 126: ...or Data ASPF command for Hotel System b5 Day Night Connection Restric tion Data ADNR command for Hotel System b6 Station to Station Connection Restriction Data ASCR com mand for Hotel System b7 Special Incoming Data ASID command 95 b0 When billing data output failure has occurred to SMDR RS 232C the unit digit of the time in which the billing data can be saved 0 9 10 minute basis Data can be saved...

Page 127: ...r Hex Char Hex Char Hex Char Hex Char Hex Char 20 30 0 40 50 P 60 70 p 21 31 1 41 A 51 Q 61 a 71 q 22 32 2 42 B 52 R 62 b 72 r 23 33 3 43 C 53 S 63 c 73 s 24 34 4 44 D 54 T 64 d 74 t 25 35 5 45 E 55 U 65 e 75 u 26 36 6 46 F 56 V 66 f 76 v 27 37 7 47 G 57 W 67 g 77 w 28 38 8 48 H 58 X 68 h 78 x 29 39 9 49 I 59 Y 69 i 79 y 2A 3A 4A J 5A Z 6A j 7A z 2B 3B 4B K 5B 6B k 7B 2C 3C 4C L 5C 6C l 7C 2D 3D 4...

Page 128: ...T CORRESPOND ING DATA SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS DATA 0 1 BIT 1 116 0 b0 Not used Assign by the command AIOC 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 0 b7 Not used 117 0 b0 Not used Assign by the command AIOC 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 0 b7 Not used 118 0 b0 Not used Assign by the AIOC command 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 b7 Not used ...

Page 129: ... DATA 0 1 BIT 1 119 0 b0 Not used Assign by the AIOC command 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 b7 Not used 120 0 b0 Not used Assign by the AIOC command 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 b7 Not used 121 0 b0 Not used Assign by the AIOC command 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 b7 Not used 122 0 b0 Not used Assign by the AIOC command 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 b7 Not used ...

Page 130: ...g System b5 b6 b7 b3 b2 b1 b0 0 0 0 0 0 dB 0 0 0 1 2 dB 0 0 1 0 4 dB 0 0 1 1 6 dB 0 1 0 0 8 dB 0 1 0 1 10 dB 0 1 1 0 11 5 dB 0 1 1 1 14 dB 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 Not used b3 b2 b1 b0 0 0 0 0 NEC Standard Complies with the CCITT MFC R2 USA default 0 0 0 1 Australia Telecom Specification 0 0 1 0 Thailand TOT Specification 0 0 1 1 Venezuela Corpoven Specification 0 1 0 0 Korea 0 1 0 1 Singapore Telecom Spec...

Page 131: ... b5 b6 b7 When MFC Public Exchange requests one more digit GA I 0 1 PBX sends GI 15 end of digit and waits a Backward Sig nal PBX waits a Backward Signal 127 00 Not used 128 b0 Miscellaneous Timer counter MTC is to be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex 0 15 The interval from the time a register is ac cessed until it receives the first digit Timer Value Setting is MTC 2 sec Note When this data is...

Page 132: ...is 00 Hex default data is auto matically set to 6 sec b1 b2 b3 0 b4 Not used 0 b5 0 b6 0 b7 130 b0 Sender Connection Acknowledg ment Timer Miscellaneous Timer Counter MTC is to be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex 0 15 For calls over sender ized Tie Lines the sender requires an ACK signal from the distant PBX before it can send digits This timer specifies how long the sender must wait Timer Val...

Page 133: ...ng is MTC 512 msec Note When this data is 00 Hex the following default data is auto matically set DP 2 9 sec PB 2 5 sec b5 b6 b7 132 0 b0 Miscellaneous Timer Counter MTC is to be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex 0 15 MFC Response Timer MTC 2 sec 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 b4 Sender Inter Digit Timer for DP Miscellaneous Timer Counter MTC is to be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex 0 15 The interval betw...

Page 134: ...n this data is 00 Hex timer val ue is 60 msec 120 msec Note 2 60 120 msec is decided by param eter ONSG of ARTD com mand b5 b6 b7 134 b0 ATT Sender Release Timer Miscellaneous Timer Counter MTC is to be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex 0 15 After connection to 2nd DT trunk If this timer expires before the sender receives an answer from the 2nd DT trunk the ATT display changes to RT TRK and the...

Page 135: ...r Class TC is to be assigned one of the following values b5 b6 0 b7 Not used 136 b0 Ground Button on Hold Timer for Spe cial Common Battery Telephone Miscellaneous Timer Counter MTC is to be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex 0 15 When a station with a ground button goes off hook and depresses the button for the interval spec ified by this timer the PBX recognizes it as being off hook Timer Valu...

Page 136: ...s 00 Hex default data is auto matically set to 3 min 30 sec b1 b2 b3 b4 Timer Class TC is to be assigned one of the following values b5 b6 0 b7 Not used 138 b0 Periodic Indication Tone Interval Timer Miscellaneous Timer Counter MTC is to be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex 0 15 This timer assigns the interval between Peri odic Indication Tones after the first tone has been sent Timer Value Set...

Page 137: ...l Back and Call Hold Timer Value Set ting is MTC TC sec Note 1 b1 b2 b3 b4 Timer Class TC is to be assigned one of the following values b5 b6 0 b7 Not used 140 b0 No Answer Timer for Recall on Call Transfer ATT Overflow Timer Miscellaneous Timer Counter MTC is to be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex 0 15 The duration for which a call will ring at the transfer destination before it will recall t...

Page 138: ...r warded Timer Value Setting is MTC TC sec Note When this data is 00 Hex de faultdata is auto matical ly set to 10 sec b1 b2 b3 b4 Timer Class TC is to be assigned one of the following values b5 b6 0 b7 Not used 142 b0 Automatic Recall Timer for Call Park service Miscellaneous Timer Counter MTC is to be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex 0 15 Timer Value Set ting is MTC TC sec Note When this dat...

Page 139: ...Miscellaneous Timer Counter MTC is to be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex 0 15 This timer is used forExclusiveHold and Non Exclu sive Hold Timer Value Setting is MTC TC sec Note When this data is 00 Hex de faultdata is auto matical ly set to 30 sec b1 b2 b3 b4 Timer Class TC is to be assigned one of the following values b5 b6 0 b7 Not used b6 b5 b4 b6 b5 b4 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 ...

Page 140: ...data is auto matically set to 32 sec b1 b2 b3 1 b4 Timer Class TC must be assigned as 001 TC 001 means 8 sec 0 b5 0 b6 b7 Attendant Console Automatic Recall Timer Value 0 1 Ineffective Effective 146 b0 Howler Tone Timer Miscellaneous Timer Counter MTC is to be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex 0 15 This timer assigns the duration between tones when Howler Tone is being sent to a station TimerVa...

Page 141: ...de fault data is automat icallysetto 2 sec b1 b2 b3 b4 Timer Class TC is to be assigned one of the following values b5 b6 0 b7 Not used 148 00 Not used 149 b0 Camp On Recall Timer for CAS Satel lite Station Miscellaneous Timer Counter MTC is to be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex 0 15 The duration for which a call will re main Camped On to a station at the Sat ellite PBX before being recalled ...

Page 142: ...etting is MTC TC sec Note When this data is 00 Hex de fault data is auto matically set from 960 1024 msec b1 b2 b3 b4 Timer Class TC is to be assigned one of the following values b5 b6 0 b7 Not used 151 b0 SHF length for a CAS Main Station Miscellaneous Timer Counter MTC is to be assigned a value from 00 Hex to 1F Hex 0 31 The length of an SHF signal being sent from the Main to a Satellite PBX Tim...

Page 143: ...ata is automat ically set to 10 sec b1 b2 b3 b4 Timer Class TC is to be assigned one of the following values b5 b6 0 b7 Not used 153 b0 Data Communication RS 232C RS CS Signal Control service This timer is to be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex 0 15 0 Hex 60 msec 1 7 Hex 8 Hex 0 msec 9 Hex 30 msec A Hex 60 msec B Hex 120 msec C Hex 240 msec D Hex 360 msec E Hex 720 msec F Hex 1080 msec RS 232C...

Page 144: ...data is 00 Hex de fault data is auto matically set to 4 sec b1 b2 b3 b4 Timer Class TC is to be assigned one of the following values b5 b6 b7 Attendant Console Sender Prepause Timer 0 1 Ineffective Effective 156 b0 Trunk Soft Hold Timer A Miscellaneous Timer Counter MTC is to be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex 0 15 TimerValueSetting is MTC TC sec Note When this data is 00 Hex de fault data is...

Page 145: ...nter MTC is to be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex 0 15 Timer Value Set ting is MTC TC sec Note b1 b2 b3 b4 Timer Class TC is to be assigned one of the following values b5 b6 0 b7 Not used 158 b0 Attendant Console Busy Verification Warning Tone Timer Miscellaneous Timer Counter MTC is to be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex 0 15 The interval be tween BV tones Timer Value Set ting is MTC TC ...

Page 146: ...nk Queuing Automatic Can cel Timer Miscellaneous Timer Counter MTC is to be assigned a value from 0 Hex to 7F Hex 0 127 The duration before the OG Queuing memory becomes cleared if no trunks become idle Timer Value Setting is MTC 30 sec Note When this data is 00 Hex default data is au tomatically set to 30 min This timer is effec tive when SYS 1 INDEX 68 b3 1 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 0 b7 Not used ...

Page 147: ...TA DATA 00 FF Hex BIT CORRESPONDING DATA SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS DATA 0 1 BIT 1 160 1 b0 Hotel Feature required Fixed Data for Hotel system 1 b1 Hotel Service kind Fixed Data b2 Length of Room Status Memory 0 1 8 byte 24 byte 0 b3 Pattern of Key Arrangement on Attendant Console and Add on Console when using with Desk Console Refer to Table 4 1 and 4 2 on the next pages Usually 00 0 b4 b5 Guest Name S...

Page 148: ... Waiting Set MWR Message Waiting Reset RCS Room Cut Off Set RCR Room Cut Off Reset AUD Audit Report STS Status Check C I Check In C O Check Out SCS Boss Secretary Set SCR Boss Secretary Reset COC Manual Switching of C O Incom ing Call 0 1 1 0 1 1 WUS RCS DDS MWS AUD WUR RCR DDR MWR STS WUS RCS DDS MWS COC WUR RCR DDR MWR STS WUS RCS DDS MWS AUD WUR RCR DDR MWR STS C I C O WUS RCS DDS MWS AUD WUR R...

Page 149: ...MWS Message Waiting Set MWR Message Waiting Reset RCS Room Cut Off Set RCR Room Cut Off Reset AUD Audit Report STS Status Check C I Check In C O Check Out SCS Boss Secretary Set SCR Boss Secretary Reset COC Manual Switching of C O Incom ing Call 0 1 1 0 1 1 WUS MWS DDS RCS AUD WUR MWR DDR RCR STS WUS MWS DDS RCS COC WUR MWR DDR RCR STS WUS MWS DDS RCS AUD WUR MWR DDR RCR STS C I C O WUS MWS DDS RC...

Page 150: ...tion of call when Do Not Disturb is assigned b5 b4 b5 b4 0 0 ROT 1 0 Announcement 0 1 ATT 1 1 b5 b6 Tone to be given when Timed Reminder a wake up call is answered b7 b6 b7 b6 0 0 Music On Hold 1 0 0 1 Announcement 1 1 b7 163 b0 Overtime Call timer b1 b0 b1 b0 0 0 30 min 1 0 90 min 0 1 60 min 1 1 120 min for Hotel sys tem b1 b2 Overtime Call 0 1 Out In Service b3 Overtime Call indication 0 1 On At...

Page 151: ...ion 0 1 Not Required Required Note 1 165 b0 Port Number of connecting the Hotel Printer Command Service Note 2 b1 b2 b3 Hotel Printer In Service 0 1 Not Required Required b4 Automatic Wake Up Hotel Attendant Assistant 0 1 Out In Service b5 SettingthepriorityforGuestStationinAutomaticWake Up 0 1 Out In Service b6 Wake Upinformation time stationnumber etc printout 0 1 Out In Service b7 Floor Service...

Page 152: ...EM DATA TYPE SYS SYSTEM DATA INDEX INDEX 0 511 DATA DATA 00 FF Hex BIT CORRESPONDING DATA SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS DATA 0 1 BIT 1 166 00 0 b0 Not used for Hotel system 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 0 b7 167 00 0 b0 Not used 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 0 b7 ...

Page 153: ...S DATA 0 1 BIT 1 168 b0 Group Announcement Service through PMS 0 1 Out In Service for Hotel system b1 Audit Reports 0 1 Out In Service 0 b2 Not used 0 b3 b4 Off Hook Alarm service 0 1 Out In Service b5 Destination for Off Hook Alarm Termination 0 1 Attendant Console Station b6 Destination for Priority Call Termination 0 1 Attendant Console Station 0 b7 Not used ...

Page 154: ...ake up at the same time has been set exceeds the predetermined overflow threshold value 512 calls LP assign data specifying how many minutes earlier the wake up time for the overflowed calls will be 5 min N Hex b5 b6 b7 170 b0 Room status data b2 b1 b0 to be set at the time of Checkout Do not assign other data b1 b2 b3 Restriction at the time of Do Not Disturb and Room Cutoff 0 1 Room Status Memor...

Page 155: ...d b1 Message Registration b2 Do Not Disturb Room Cutoff b3 Room Status b4 Automatic Wake Up Group An nouncement b5 Room Change Room Swap b6 Room Data Change 0 b7 Not used 173 b0 Designation of Printer output ports for Hotel features Note 1 b0 Port 0 b3 Port 3 b6 Port 6 b1 Port 1 b4 Port 4 b7 Port 7 Note 2 b2 Port 2 b5 Port 5 for Hotel system b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7 174 0 b0 b4 Not used b5 SMDR output...

Page 156: ...DATA SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS DATA 0 1 BIT 1 175 00 0 b0 Not used 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 0 b7 176 0 b0 Not used 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 0 1 PMS Interface Text output all event printout Not provided Provided Note 1 for Hotel system 0 b7 Not used 177 00 0 b0 b5 Not used b6 Guest answers camped on call by switchhook flash 0 1 Restricted Allowed U S A and Canada only for Hotel system b7 Atten...

Page 157: ...b3 Not used b4 Attendant Console Monitor Function 0 1 Out In Service 0 b5 Not used 0 b6 0 b7 180 b0 Note OPC value is expressed by all bits For example if OPC value is 16 bit values are entered as shown below Enter the data into the DATA column in hexadecimal numbers b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7 181 b0 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 0 b6 0 b7 b1 b0 b1 b0 0 0 30 sec 1 0 45 sec 0 1 15 sec 1 1 60 sec 0 OPC SI180 SI181 b7 b6...

Page 158: ...sed using all 14 bits For exam ple if DPC0 value is 12 bit values are entered as shown below Enter the data into the DATA column in hexadecimal numbers b1 2 b2 4 b3 8 b4 16 b5 32 b6 64 b7 128 183 b0 256 b1 512 b2 1024 b3 2048 b4 4096 b5 8192 0 b6 0 b7 0 DPC 0 SI182 SI183 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 DPC 0 Centralized billing Point Code 0 0 SI182 SI183 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0...

Page 159: ...sing all 14 bits For exam ple if DPC1 value is 10 bit values are entered as shown below Enter the data into the DATA column in hexadecimal numbers b1 2 b2 4 b3 8 b4 16 b5 32 b6 64 b7 128 185 b0 256 b1 512 b2 1024 b3 2048 b4 4096 b5 8192 0 b6 0 b7 0 DPC 1 SI184 SI185 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 DPC 1 Centralized management report Point Code 1 0 SI184 SI185 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 ...

Page 160: ... office This bit is used to reconfigure links so they are not wasted in call transfer service b1 Restriction check based on the caller s restriction class when the outgoing trunk is using the No 7 CCIS in a tan dem connection 0 1 No Check Check 0 b2 0 1 No 7 CCIS Loop Back Test in progress 0 b3 Not used b4 Serial Call Loop Release 0 1 Out In Service b5 Clearing of the buffer memory for use in the ...

Page 161: ... FF Hex BIT CORRESPONDING DATA SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS DATA 0 1 BIT 1 188 b0 No 7 CCIS Control System Interoffice Audit Test 0 1 Required Not Required Note 1 This system data becomes valid only when activat ing TRK Ineffective Hold Check function of the pe riodic test b1 MJ MN lamp on a display panel in the Main office is con trolled by error information from Satellite office 0 1 Not Required Require...

Page 162: ...7 192 0 b0 Not used 0 b1 b2 0 1 SP 0 is mounted on the CMG for 16 IMG system b3 0 1 SP 1 is mounted on the CMG for 16 IMG system b4 0 1 CMP 0 is mounted on the CMG for 16 IMG system b5 0 1 CMP 1 is mounted on the CMG for 16 IMG system 0 b6 Not used 0 b7 193 00 Not used b2 b1 b0 b2 b1 b0 0 0 0 Port 0 0 1 1 Port 3 0 0 1 Port 1 1 0 0 Port 4 0 1 0 Port 2 1 0 1 Port 5 1 1 0 Port 6 1 1 1 Port 7 b7 b6 0 ...

Page 163: ...YS SYSTEM DATA INDEX INDEX 0 511 DATA DATA 00 FF Hex BIT CORRESPONDING DATA SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS DATA 0 1 BIT 1 194 01 1 b0 MP0 Mounting Status Fixed 1 0 1 Not Mounted Mounted 0 b1 Not used 0 b2 0 b3 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 0 b7 195 00 Not used 196 00 Not used 197 00 Not used ...

Page 164: ...ot mounted Mounted for 16 IMG system LP02 0 is mounted on PBI34 Module b5 IMG1 No 1 System Mounting Status 0 1 Not mounted Mounted for 16 IMG system LP02 1 is mounted on PBI34 Module 0 b6 Not used 0 b7 199 b0 IMG3 No 0 System Mounting Status 0 1 Not mounted Mounted for 16 IMG system LP04 0 is mounted on PBI38 Module b1 IMG3 No 1 System Mounting Status 0 1 Not mounted Mounted for 16 IMG system LP04...

Page 165: ...mounted on PBI48 Module for 16 IMG system 0 b2 Not used 0 b3 b4 LP14 0 is mounted on PBI4C Module for 16 IMG system b5 LP14 1 is mounted on PBI4C Module for 16 IMG system 0 b6 Not used 0 b7 202 b0 LP16 0 is mounted on PBI50 Module for 16 IMG system b1 LP16 1 is mounted on PBI50 Module for 16 IMG system 0 b2 Not used 0 b3 b4 LP18 0 is mounted on PBI54 Module for 16 IMG system b5 LP18 1 is mounted o...

Page 166: ...r 16 IMG system 0 b6 Not used 0 b7 205 b0 LP28 0 is mounted on PBI68 Module for 16 IMG system b1 LP28 1 is mounted on PBI68 Module for 16 IMG system 0 b2 Not used 0 b3 b4 LP30 0 is mounted on PBI6C Module for 16 IMG system b5 LP30 1 is mounted on PBI6C Module for 16 IMG system 0 b6 Not used 0 b7 206 00 Not used 207 b0 IP00 System 0 0 1 Not mounted Mounted b1 IP00 System 1 0 1 Not mounted Mounted b...

Page 167: ...ot mounted 1 Mounted b1 Processor Bus No 1 Usually assign 1 0 b2 b6 Not used b7 If both TSWs in MG are defective the following functions are activated PFT service TSW Fault Message Output Automatic Recover of TSW 0 1 Not Required Required 210 00 Not used 213 00 Not used 214 0 b0 Not used 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 0 b4 b5 Node Suppression Centralized Billing CCIS 0 1 Out In Service 0 b6 Not used 0 b7 215 00 N...

Page 168: ...NTENTS DATA 0 1 BIT 1 220 b0 Protocol of ISDN Terminal BRI station 0 Japan INS64 1 U S A 5ESS 2 Australia TPH 1962 3 Not used 4 Not used 5 N ISDN1 6 15 Not used b1 b2 b3 b4 RA Rate Adaptation for ISDN Terminal 0 RA designated by ADA2 command 1 V 110 X 30 2 Not used 3 Not used b5 0 b6 ISDN service When Index 186 bit6 1 0 1 In Service Out of Service b7 ISDN Trunk Layer3 Timer Note 1 0 1 Stop Activat...

Page 169: ...dication Expansion Data AANDE 0 b2 Not used 0 b3 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 0 b7 227 00 Not used 228 00 Not used 229 00 b0 Disable Attendant Console Loop keys when that console is in Night Mode Night Key engaged 0 1 No Yes 0 b1 Not used b2 With the key pad pressed by the Attendant while talking with the incoming call DTMF PB signal is sent out to the incoming call 0 1 Not Required Required b3 Day Night Change...

Page 170: ...y Clear 0 1 No Yes b2 Call Forward No Answer Clear 0 1 No Yes b3 Not used b4 b5 b6 b7 233 00 Not used 234 b0 Connection acknowledge polarity reversal signal 0 1 Not Required Required Multi Frequency Signaling 0 b1 Not used b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7 235 Not used 236 00 Not used 237 0 b0 b6 Not used b7 When a call terminated to vacant number by Direct Inward Dialing 0 1 Send Busy Tone Reorder Tone 238 00 No...

Page 171: ... Example Pattern 1 STA Mail Box Number 1000 1000 2000 72000 3000 83000 In case of pattern 1 b4 is 1 Pattern 2 STA Mail Box Number 1000 61000 2000 72000 3000 83000 In case of pattern 2 b4 is 0 0 b5 Not used 0 b6 b7 The Kind of tone after dialing Remote Access number for Remote Access to system 0 1 SST SPDT 241 0 b0 Data Port Chime Control by SCF 0 1 To be controlled Not to be controlled b1 The numb...

Page 172: ...nnot receive Answer Signal from the destination An swer Signal is sent when this timer expires Timer Value Setting is MTC x TC sec Note 1 When this data is 00 Hex default data is automati cally set to 64 sec b1 b2 b3 b4 Timer Class TC is to be assigned one of the following values b5 b6 0 b7 Not used 244 b0 Answer by Radio Paging answer code 0 1 Out In Service Note This bit is valid when SYS 1 INDE...

Page 173: ... b7 Not used 246 b0 While engaging in a two party call with a station trunk the Attendant places the call on hold by pressing either the AN SWER key or the Incoming Call Identification ICI key and answers the next call 0 1 Not Available Available b1 While engaging in a three way call with station trunks the Attendant exits from the call by depressing either ANSWER key or ICI key and answers an inc...

Page 174: ...0 b3 Maximum Number of Digits for Call Forwarding Toll Restriction 0 12 digits A 10 digits 1 8 8 digits B 11 digits 9 9 digits C F 12 digits b4 Call Forward Don t Answer After Attendant Camp On 0 1 No Yes b5 Malicious Call Trace MCT Malicious Call Indentification MCID 0 1 Out of Service In Service b6 When the destination station has been set Call Forwarding Don t Answer 0 Recall to the station 1 C...

Page 175: ...ENTS DATA 0 1 BIT 1 250 b0 b7 SMDR output buffer usage rate 00 98 at the time of output of SMDR Buffer Overflow Alarm Clear message System Message 6 P Note 1 251 b0 Miscellaneous Timer Counter MTC 1 F Value for OAI Host Computer Answer Wait Timer TC MTC is to be set When the data is 00 Hex the timer value becomes 8 minutes Note 2 b1 b2 b3 b4 Timer Class TC 0 4 30 sec 1 64 ms 5 2 6 3 2 sec 7 b5 b6 ...

Page 176: ...1 b7 Not used 258 00 Not used 287 00 Not used 1 288 b0 Output Port for SMDR A Apparatus When b4 0 IOC equipment No 0 b0 Port 0 b1 Port 1 b2 Port 2 b3 Port 3 When b4 1 IOC equipment No 1 b0 Port 4 b1 Port 5 b2 Port 6 b3 Port 7 1 is to be assigned to each bit corresponding to the Port No Notes 3 4 5 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 Expanded SMDR Output for SMDR A Apparatus 0 1 Out In Service 0 b6 Not used 0 b7 289 b0...

Page 177: ...x Not used Timer value ranges from 1 to 99 minutes 00 Hex Without fault detection Normally Assign00 Hex b1 b2 b3 b4 Fault Detection timer of SMDR B Val ue for the second digit min 0 9 Hex A F Hex Not used b5 b6 b7 292 b0 Output Port for SMDR C Apparatus When b4 0 IOC equipment No 0 b0 Port 0 b1 Port 1 b2 Port 2 b3 Port 3 When b4 1 IOC equipment No 1 b0 Port 4 b1 Port 5 b2 Port 6 b3 Port 7 1 is to ...

Page 178: ...Hex BIT CORRESPONDING DATA SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS DATA 0 1 BIT 1 294 b0 Output Port for SMDR D Apparatus When b4 0 IOC equipment No 0 b0 Port 0 b1 Port 1 b2 Port 2 b3 Port 3 When b4 1 IOC equipment No 1 b0 Port 4 b1 Port 5 b2 Port 6 b3 Port 7 1 is to be assigned to each bit corresponding to the Port No Note 1 2 3 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 Expanded SMDR Output for SMDR D Apparatus 0 1 Out In Service 0 b6 Not us...

Page 179: ...0 1 Out In Service This data is valid when SYS1 INDEX 90 b1 1 b1 Call Forwarding Data Save 0 1 Out In Service This data is valid when SYS1 INDEX 90 b1 1 b2 PHS Data Save 0 1 Out In Service b3 Name Display Data Save 0 1 Out In Service This data is valid when SYS1 INDEX90 b1 1 b4 User Assign Soft Key Data Save 0 1 Out In Service This data is valid when SYS1 INDEX 90 b1 1 b5 Number Sharing Data Save ...

Page 180: ...Not used 310 00 Not used 311 00 Not used 320 00 Not used 321 b0 Inter Module Group Key Data 0 1 No Yes b1 Step Call While Transfer to Busy Station 0 1 No Yes b2 Termination on My Line 0 1 Not Restricted Restricted 0 b3 Not used 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 b7 Voice Call Chime 0 1 4 1 Chime 322 b0 Timing start to dial Attendant Console Assign digit used Note 1 b1 b2 b3 0 b4 Not used 0 b5 b6 Tone to be heard afte...

Page 181: ...rm b6 b5 b6 b5 0 0 Right side Standard setting 1 0 Left side 0 1 Center 1 1 b6 b7 Off Hook Line Number Display Dterm 0 1 Out In Service 390 b0 Caller ID display pattern on the LCD Top line 0 1 Calling Name Calling Number has priority 0 b1 Not used b2 Caller ID display on the bottom line of Dterm LCD 0 1 Out In service Note Assign this data when setting Caller ID Display on Dterm Multi Line If the ...

Page 182: ...ation is sent to MCI 0 b3 Not used b4 MFC Special Transfer Call AESC command STI 2 Processing of the following conditions in MFC DID incoming call A calling party has dialed an unallocated number A called station is busy restricted from connection or in Make Busy state A called station No Answer 0 1 Out In Service b5 Emergency Procedure Control 0 1 Out In Service b6 When an Attendant incoming call...

Page 183: ... B C D E F A B C D E F Upper 4bit Lower 4bit Note The code assigned here covers over the 1st character when 6 characters are assigned for the additional soft key display data by the AFDD command For that reason the soft key display data should be assigned a maximum of 5 characters when programming in conjunction with this data ...

Page 184: ...ceipt of send request from external equipment 0 b7 Not used 402 b0 Miscellaneous Timer Counter MTC is to be assigned a value from 0 Hex to F Hex 0 15 Station Release Timer after receiv ing CLR FWD signal from the Local Toll trunk for Russia Timer Value Setting is MTC TC Note When this data is 00 Hex default data is automati cally set to 30 sec b1 b2 b3 b4 Timer Class TC is to be assigned one of th...

Page 185: ...tains 0 enter A for 0 b1 b2 b3 b4 Digits Code 1 b5 b6 b7 433 b0 Digits Code 2 b1 b2 b3 b4 Digits Code 3 b5 b6 b7 434 b0 Digits Code 4 b1 b2 b3 b4 Digits Code 5 b5 b6 b7 435 b0 Serial Call Dterm 0 1 Out In Service b1 Processing of incoming calls after they encounter Register Prepause Timer timeout in a sequence of Serial Call Dterm 0 1 Transfer to Dterm setting Serial Call Forced Release b2 Process...

Page 186: ...ot assigned all bit 0 the tim er is set for 10 sec 441 485 00 Not used 486 b0 b2 Maximum number of transfer for Multiple Call Forwarding CCIS occurrences b2 b1 b0 b2 b1 b0 0 0 0 This service is invalid 1 0 0 four times 0 0 1 once 1 0 1 five times 0 1 0 twice 1 1 0 six times 0 1 1 three times 1 1 1 seven times Note Valid when the node is Call Forwarding CCIS start node The number of call forwarding...

Page 187: ...f Station Busy Services can be des ignated as the table below R Restricted A Allowed b1 0 b2 Not used b3 Attendant Override service 0 1 Out In Service b4 Busy Verification for Attendant Console service 0 1 Out In Service 0 b5 Not used 0 b6 0 b7 SYSTEM TN IMX 1 63 b1 b0 Call Back Executive Right of Way Call Waiting Originating Voice call Dterm Message Reminder Dterm 0 0 R R R R R 0 1 A R A A A 1 0 ...

Page 188: ...g Override Service via AABD 0 1 Out In Service b7 Speed Calling Override Service System basis 0 1 Follow RSC of Phone Allowed 2 b0 Sender Signal to DP PB Route Station Note 0 1 DP PB b1 Sender Signal to DP PB Route Attendant Console Note 0 1 DP PB b2 Attendant Console Day Night Mode Change b3 0 b4 Not used b5 Attendant Loop Release service 0 1 Out In Service 0 b6 Not used b7 Kind of DP sender when...

Page 189: ...DING DATA SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS DATA 0 1 BIT 2 3 b0 SMDR service 0 1 Out In Service 0 b1 Not used 0 b2 0 b3 b4 Account Code when Authorization Code is in service 0 1 Not Required Required b5 Code type 0 1 Authorization Code Forced Account Code 0 b6 Not used b7 Output of SMDR Station to Station Connection Data 0 1 Not Required Required SYSTEM TN IMX 1 63 ...

Page 190: ...runk Queuing service Note When receiving BT OG Trunk Queuing is set automatically by going on hook 0 1 Not Required Required b2 Off Hook Queuing service for Attendant Console 0 1 Out In Service 0 b3 Not used 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 0 b7 5 0 b0 b1 Not used b2 When the destination station is busy Call Back is automatically set after the operating station is released from the connection in Call Transfer All C...

Page 191: ...1 Out In Service 0 b1 Not used 0 b2 0 b3 b4 Call Origination Restriction of Station upon Setting C F All Calls 0 1 Required Not Required b5 Inter Position Transfer service 0 1 Out In Service b6 Collect Call service to Attendant Console 0 1 Allowed Restricted Note Valid for software Release 9 or later b7 C F Don t Answer service when Attendant Console transfers call before called station an swers 0...

Page 192: ...SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS DATA 0 1 BIT 2 7 b0 Busy Lamp Field Flexible service 0 1 Out In Service b1 Message Center Interface service when termi nating Attendant Console 0 1 Out In Service b2 Serial Call service 0 1 Out In Service b3 Supervisory Call service 0 1 Out In Service b4 First Digit of Phantom Station Number for Pri vacy Expansion b5 b6 b7 SYSTEM TN IMX 1 63 ...

Page 193: ...e 2 When Netfusing Service is applied to the system the common SYS2 data INDEX 8 9 must be assigned to all the nodes b1 Operator Call ATND 0 1 Exclude Include b2 Attendant Recall RCL 0 1 Exclude Include b3 FX Line FX 0 1 Exclude Include b4 WATS Line WATS 0 1 Exclude Include b5 CCSA Line CCSA 0 1 Exclude Include b6 Tie Line TIE 0 1 Exclude Include b7 Call Forwarding Busy Line BUSY 0 1 Exclude Inclu...

Page 194: ...After hearing BT SHF ACC Code only 1 After hearing BT SHF ACC Code and upon going Off Hook ACC Code Station No Note When activating this feature via dial ing ACC code Station No assign the access code of Call Waiting Orig inating by ASPA CI N 0 b5 Not used b6 Call Waiting Terminating service Automatic setting of Call Waiting 0 1 Out In Service b7 Call Waiting Tone 0 1 Once At Intervals Note When 1...

Page 195: ...F Hex BIT CORRESPONDING DATA SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS DATA 0 1 BIT 2 11 0 b0 Not used 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 0 b4 Method of Day Night mode change 0 b5 0 b6 Not used b7 Disposition of DIT Call when the Station is Busy 0 1 To Attendant Console Waiting SYSTEM TN IMX 1 63 b5 b4 0 0 Via ATT Mode change 0 1 1 0 Via External Switch 1 1 Usually assign 00 ...

Page 196: ...d Not Required b1 Automatic Recall Ringer Dterm Exclusive Hold 0 1 Required Not Required 0 b2 Not used 0 b3 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 0 b7 13 b0 Sending SHF Signal from CAS Attendant Console to Satellite office 0 1 SHF key SHF key 1st key Pad or START key b1 ATT Status check when Day Night Mode is changed via External Switch 0 1 Required Not Required Note When Day Night Mode is changed via CAS Satellite assi...

Page 197: ...ting is greater than or equal to this data b1 b2 b3 b4 Calls that activate CW Lamp Flash 0 1 All Calls Only the types of Calls specified in SYS 2 INDEXes 8 and 9 0 b5 Not used 0 b6 0 b7 SYSTEM TN IMX 1 63 b3 0 0 0 0 b2 0 0 0 0 b1 0 0 1 1 No Flash 1 Call 2 Calls 3 Calls b0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 4 Calls 0 0 1 0 5 Calls 1 0 1 1 6 Calls 0 0 1 1 7 Calls 1 b3 1 1 1 1 b2 0 0 0 0 b1 0 0 1 1 8 Calls 9 Calls 10 Cal...

Page 198: ...ty is a station 0 LDN Number assigned by AANI com mand 1 Calling party s station number When the calling party is an Attendant or tan dem connection LDN Number assigned by AANI command is sent irrespective of this da ta b3 Destination restriction for an outgoing trunk call originated by Passing Dial Tone service 0 1 Effective Ineffective b4 The office that determines the transfer destina tion numb...

Page 199: ...ls Ringer Pattern 0 Note Normally this Index is assigned data 21 Hex 1 sec ON 2 sec OFF b1 b2 b3 b4 OFF Time is to be assigned a value from 1 Hex to F Hex 1 15 Unit of Time is Sec ond b5 b6 b7 1 b0 ON Time is to be assigned a value from 1 Hex to F Hex 1 15 Unit of Time is Sec ond Timer Value for Ringer used for Station Calls Ringer Pattern 1 Note Normally this Index is assigned data 42 Hex 2 sec O...

Page 200: ...ing Timer TL is to be assigned a value from 1 Hex to F Hex 1 15 SHF maximum timing SHF 64 64 2 TL Note When this data is 00 Hex default data is automatically set to 1082 ms TL b5 b6 b7 3 b0 2 Burst 0 4 sec ON 0 2 sec OFF 0 4 sec ON on the ON Time for Ringer Pattern 0 0 1 Not Required Required b1 2 Burst 0 4 sec ON 0 2 sec OFF 0 4 sec ON on the ON Time for Ringer Pattern 1 0 1 Not Required Required...

Page 201: ...r Ringer Pattern 6 Note When this data is 00 Hex ROM data 1 sec ON 2 sec OFF is automatically set b1 b2 b3 b4 OFF time is to be assigned a value from 1 Hex to F Hex 1 15 Unit of Time is Second b5 b6 b7 9 b0 ON time is to be assigned a value from 1 Hex to F Hex 1 15 Unit of Time is Second Timer Value for Ringer used for Ringer Pattern 7 Note When this data is 00 Hex ROM data 1 sec ON 1 sec OFF is a...

Page 202: ... is PBST 1 128 msec b1 b2 b3 0 b4 Not used 0 b5 0 b6 0 b7 12 b0 ON Time is to be assigned a value from 1 Hex to F Hex 1 15 Unit of Time is Sec onds Timer Value for Data Com munication RS 232C CI Call Indicator same as RI Ring Indicator Signal Note When this data is 00 Hex Default data is automatical ly set to 2 sec ON 4 sec OFF b1 b2 b3 b4 OFF Time is to be assigned a value from 1 Hex to F Hex 1 1...

Page 203: ...cautions 1 The data assigned by this command is valid in each Local Node LN 2 The ASYDL command contains the following indexes SYS 1 INDEX 512 1535 SYS 2 INDEX 16 79 Not used at present QUICK REFERENCE TABLE FOR ASYDL SYS1 INDEX 512 1535 INDEX Page INDEX Page 500s 512 512 514 202 700s 672 703 210 515 526 203 704 799 211 527 203 1 800s 800 803 212 528 577 204 804 832 213 578 583 205 833 864 214 584...

Page 204: ...NTENTS DATA 0 1 BIT 1 512 b0 FPC Fusion Point Code of self node in hexadecimal FPC 1 253 01 Hex FD Hex Note After assigning changing the FPC System Ini tialization Non Load Initialization is re quired b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7 513 01 b0 LDM Local Data Memory usage Assign data 1 the mem ory block is used for the corresponding memory block Note 1 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7 514 01 b0 NDM Network Data Memory usa...

Page 205: ...e PBX is connected to the external PC LAN When default IP address 172 16 253 0 for the PBX is used this data setting is not necessary Example Subnet Mask 255 255 0 0 Note After changing this data System Initialization Non Load Ini tialization is required 520 521 522 523 Default Gateway Address of External LAN Gateway Address IP address of Router of Network connecting PBX Note This data is valid wh...

Page 206: ... tandem connec tion b4 DP Dial Pulse relay broadcasting to Netfusing Link 0 1 Invalid Valid 0 b5 Speech Link Reconnection via FCCS over IP network 0 1 Valid Invalid b6 TCP connection status monitor 0 1 Valid Invalid Note When SP 3549 IPTRK B is used as the main firm and SP 3548 IPTB SUB PROG A as the sub firm assign this data to 1 Since Release 9 software 0 b7 Not used Example A 1 2 3 C B A to B 2...

Page 207: ...6 Not used b7 0 NDM Data en bloc broadcasting from NCN to all LNs 1 NDM Data individual broadcasting from NCN to the LN 535 575 Not used 576 b0 Centralized Billing via Netfusing Polling Method 0 1 Not To be provided b1 Self node Intra station Call SMDR Output 0 1 Stop Note 1 Note 2 b2 SMDR Output 0 1 Via IOC LAN b3 Output the System Message related to connection down when the system changeover occ...

Page 208: ... format of SMDR C 0 1 ICS format IMX format 0 b1 b3 Not used b4 0 1 SMDR C Apparatus with LAN interface is not used used Note 0 b5 b7 Not used 581 b0 Centralized Billing via Netfusing output text format of SMDR D 0 1 ICS format IMX format 0 b1 b3 Not used b4 0 1 SMDR D Apparatus with LAN interface is not used used Note 0 b5 b7 Not used 582 b0 b3 The number of the node to be polled in a polling 000...

Page 209: ...ng CCIS Polling cycle is to be changed to prevent from Buffer Overflow in LNs Usually assign the default value 0 2 seconds cycle 586 b0 b7 Set the upper limit of polling buffer rate 01 99 at Centralized Billing Node Example Note If the value exceeds the assigned limit poll ing is not activated In case 00Hex is as signed to b0 b7 the data is to be assigned to the standard rate 50 Call day System Da...

Page 210: ... 28 27 26 25 24 612 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 613 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 614 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 615 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 616 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 617 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 618 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 619 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 620 103 102 101 100 99 98 97 96 621 111 110 109 108 107 106 105 104 622 119 118 117 116 115 114 113 112 623 127 126 125 124 123 122 121 120 624 135 134 133 132 ...

Page 211: ... 1 This data is valid when the text format of SMDR is ICS format Note 2 Data 1 Telephone number is output is valid when the number of digits for Telephone number is 6 or less Note 3 Valid for the software release 2 or later b1 Designation of output numbers for MCI ICS format 0 1 Physical station number Telephone number Note 1 This data is valid when the text format of MCI is ICS format Note 2 Data...

Page 212: ... Path Memory of MUSIC ROM source selection for Voice Prompt Service 0 1 MUSIC ROM Speech Path Memory 647 648 649 650 671 00 Not used INDEX b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 642 ch7 ch6 ch5 ch4 ch3 ch2 ch1 ch0 643 ch15 ch14 ch13 ch12 ch11 ch10 ch9 ch8 644 ch23 ch22 ch21 ch20 ch19 ch18 ch17 ch16 645 ch31 ch30 ch29 ch28 ch27 ch26 ch25 ch24 INDEX b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 646 ch7 ch6 ch5 ch4 ch3 ch2 ch1 ch0 647 c...

Page 213: ...NTS DATA 0 1 BIT 1 672 b0 Telephone number display location on Dterm Note b1 0 1 Dterm 75 is not used used 0 b2 Not used 0 b3 b4 Normal registration allowance when MAC address is not as signed 0 1 Normal registration is allowed Restricted Note Valid since Release 11 software for IPX System only 0 b5 Not used 0 b6 0 b7 673 703 00 Not used 23456789 11 20 AM WED 16 APR 1997 MIC DND 123456789 MIC DND ...

Page 214: ...27 26 25 24 708 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 709 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 710 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 711 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 712 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 713 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 714 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 715 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 716 103 102 101 100 99 98 97 96 717 111 110 109 108 107 106 105 104 718 119 118 117 116 115 114 113 112 719 127 126 125 124 123 122 121 120 720 135 134 133 132 131 ...

Page 215: ...L command tenant data table development of Local Data Memory LDM 0 1 Separate Common b4 AFRSL ASTPL AUNEL command tenant data table develop ment of Local Data Memory LDM 0 1 Separate Common b5 ASTPL command tenant data table development of Local Data Memory LDM 0 1 Separate Common b6 Not used b7 AAEDL command tenant data table development of Local Data Memory LDM 0 1 Separate Common 801 802 00 Not...

Page 216: ...T RBT Note Available for software Release 9 or later b1 Transferring the busy information of Logical Route 0 1 Out of service In service b2 Not used b3 The number of digit for Internal Zone Paging group ID 0 1 2 digits 3 digits Note Available for software Release 9 or later b4 UCD Announcement Information 0 Individual setting for each UCD group 1 Common in all the UCD groups Note Available for the...

Page 217: ...MCs are normally connected 0 1 Dual Output Single Output Note Valid for software Release 9 or later b3 Output the System Message related to connection down when the system changeover occurs on LAN Interface for MCI 0 1 Invalid Valid Note Valid for software Release 9 or later b4 b7 Not used 834 b0 0 1 MC0 with LAN interface is used b1 0 1 MC1 with LAN interface is used b2 b7 Not used 835 863 Not us...

Page 218: ...data is necessary at all nodes Assign the self FPC at the node providing ACDP Note 2 When OAI and ACD functions are used together in a Netfusing network enter the same FPC value in INDEXes 865 and 866 867 895 Not used 896 b0 b7 FPC Fusion Point Code of the node providing PMS 897 b0 PMS Interface 0 1 RS 232C LAN 0 b1 b3 Not used b4 ACK NAK control while text sending receiving in PMS LAN connection ...

Page 219: ...an be assigned for 2 Kbps PCM data transmission at each INDEX 938 941 For 16 IMG system Logical PBI Number of LMG connected to TSW2 in the ISWM Note 1 This data is available when SYS1 INDEX929 b2 1 is assigned Note 2 The different FPC can be assigned for 2 Kbps PCM data transmission at each INDEX 942 945 For 16 IMG system Logical PBI Number of LMG connected to TSW3 in the ISWM Note 1 This data is ...

Page 220: ...pplicable data range in the Module Group Number MG parameter is designated by the ASYD com mand SYS1 INDEX 0 page 82 Since the PFT is a mechanical action circuit the PFT operates properly without any data assignment How ever if the PFT control by external key is required the following data assignments are needed a AUNT command TYPE 2 PFT b AEKD command c ANCD command If the number of the unit s da...

Page 221: ...N TYPE 1 4 MODULE GROUP NUMBER MG DATA OF UNIT UNIT 1 2 DATA OF CIRCUIT CARD PKG 1 2 DATA OF LINE TEST ON OFF 1 2 This parameter appears when TYPE 1 1 Mounted 2 Not mounted UNIT This parameter appears when TYPE 2 4 1 Mounted 2 Not mounted 0 1 2 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 2 PKG Enter the MG number to be accommodate the PIM or the circuit card MG This parameter appears when TYPE 4 1 ON 2 OFF ON OFF No DATA No DA...

Page 222: ...nment of IOC Port Data 1 General This command assigns the I O port attribution data 2 Precautions 1 When the I O port attribution is changed the IOC card is initialized 2 Various parameters appear on the display according to the data in the TERMINAL parameter ...

Page 223: ... SYMSCAN 0 1 TYPE OF MAT INTERFACE MTYPE 0 SPEED 0 6 SYMSCAN SPEED MTYPE 0 Not used 2 MAT 4 SMDR Free wheeling 5 SMDR BSC 0 Default 4800bps 1 300bps 3 1200bps 5 4800bps 0 Non Parity 1 Odd Parity 2 Even Parity 3 Non Parity 0 2bits 1 1bit 0 8bits 1 7bits 0 Out of service 1 In service 0 Windows base MAT 2 1 1 2bits 3 2bits 2 600bps 4 2400bps 6 9600bps 0 Default 4800bps 1 300bps 3 1200bps 5 4800bps 2 ...

Page 224: ... SYNC CHAR ACTER 0 1 BUSY SIGNAL 0 1 SPEED 0 Default 4800bps 1 300bps 3 1200bps 5 4800bps 2 600bps 4 2400bps 6 9600bps SPEED 0 Default 4800bps 1 300bps 3 1200bps 5 4800bps 2 600bps 4 2400bps 6 9600bps PARITY BIT 0 Non Parity 1 Odd Parity 2 Even Parity 3 Non Parity STOP BIT 0 2bits 1 1bit 2 1 1 2bits 3 2bits PARITY BIT 0 Non Parity 1 Odd Parity 2 Even Parity 3 Non Parity STOP BIT 0 2bits 1 1bit 2 1...

Page 225: ... 0 Non Parity 1 Odd Parity 2 Even Parity 3 Non Parity STOP BIT 0 2bits 1 1bit 2 1 1 2bits 3 2bits TERMINAL 7 PMS 8 Hotel Printer PROTOCOL 0 Free Wheeling 1 BSC Pooling 2 BSC Contention 3 Level 2A 4 Level 2B ENH 0 1 PB SIGNAL 0 1 WR Transmission method 0 Fixed RS ON always ET EOTonreset 0 Invalid 1 Valid PM 0 1 CLASS 0 3 CN 0 3 FL 0 1 ET 0 1 KJ 0 1 WR DR 0 1 PM Priority Point specification 0 First ...

Page 226: ... No PB signal ENH 0 Invalid Hotel Printer PROTOCOL 0 Free Wheeling SPEED 3 1200bps PARITY BIT 0 No Parity STOP BIT 0 2bits CHARACTER BIT 0 8bits Others 0 Not used XO 0 1 CD 0 1 SN 0 1 SA 20 7E Hex TUA 20 7E Hex RUA 20 7E Hex X0 X ON OFF Control 0 Invalid 1 Valid SN Transmission address number control 0 Invalid 1 Valid CD CD Signal disregard 0 Invalid 1 Valid SA Station address 20 Hex 7E Hex RUA Un...

Page 227: ...second dial tone sys tem Processing for an override from a station into a connection between COT and another station 0 Override not allowed 1 Override allowed Passing dial tone 0 Invalid 1 Valid Processing for warning tone sending at the mo ment when ATT has overridden into a connec tion between COT and a station Busy Verification 0 Warning tone is sent out to both the ATT and the station 1 Warnin...

Page 228: ...e after holding the COT 0 Restricted 1 Allowed 3 Outgoing call to a C O Line after holding a station or a Tie Line 0 Restricted 1 Allowed 4 Processing for calling a fully restricted station after holding the COT 0 Restricted 1 Allowed Note The call can be transferred 5 Processing in which ATT overrides to the con nection between the COT and a station Busy Verification and then the Busy Verificatio...

Page 229: ...tions 1 The data assignment of the command is the same result of the ASYD command SYS1 INDEX96 through 115 page 125 2 The office name is also included in the dump files of LIST UP Traffic Measurement and System Message 3 Data Entry Instructions Maximum 20 characters of office name OFFICE NAME MAXIMUM 20 CHARACTERS OFFICE NAME REMARKS ...

Page 230: ...for mation is registered 4 A maximum of 127 User ID data can be assigned per a LN in LDM data 5 Error message is indicated when the specified User ID duplicates to the existing User ID in LDM NDM data If you want to use this User ID in LDM data it must be deleted from NDM data beforehand 6 This command is available since Release 9 software enhancement 3 Data Entry Instructions Note The parameter G...

Page 231: ...login information to NDM data all the User ID in the NCN and LNs is to be checked If the specified User ID duplicates to the existing one error message is indicated If you want to use this User ID in NDM data it must be deleted from LDM data beforehand 6 A maximum of 2 047 User ID data can be assigned in NDM data per a Netfusing Network In case login information for both LDM and NDM is assigned by...

Page 232: ... This command is available for the software Release 11 or later 3 Data Entry Instructions Note Click the Get button to read out the registered data In case no data exists after the message box No data has been assigned appears the data previously written read out is displayed on the command list LOGIN GRADE GRADE 1 16 CNT COMMAND CNT CNT CNT 10 1 ASDT AKYD 2 3 9 10 11 17 18 19 25 26 27 GRADE Enter...

Page 233: ...ds can be assigned as the usable command to each Login Grade 3 This command is available for the software Release 11 or later 3 Data Entry Instructions Note Click the Get button to read out the registered data In case no data exists after the message box No data has been assigned appears the data previously written read out is displayed on the command list LOGIN GRADE GRADE 1 16 COMMAND CNT 25 26 ...

Page 234: ...TN parameter as data 1 for all tenants 3 Use the ANPD command to assign the numbering data for physical station numbers Service Access Code and or Trunk Access Code etc 3 Data Entry Instructions The first digit of station number service access code and or trunk access code etc 0 9 1st DC CI BLF 1st DIGIT CODE 1st DC TENANT NUMBER TN Whether the station busy status is monitored by the system or not...

Page 235: ...and is common for all tenants ASYDL command SYS1 INDEX800 bit2 1 assign TN parameter as data 1 for all tenants 3 Use the this command to assign the numbering data for the operator call and the priority call terminating to ATT in the Netfusing Network 4 The numbering data for Telephone numbers may be programmed by this command however those Tele phone numbers are available in the self node only Tel...

Page 236: ...he Busy Lamp Field is installed NND CONNECTIONSTATUSINDEX CI N H B NUMBEROFNECESSARYDIGITS NND MAXIMUM 6 DIGITS BUSYLAMPFIELD BLF 0 1 N Normal Idle H Hooking B Busy 0 Out of Service 1 In service The status of the 1st DC dialed The primarily analyzed digits prior to the ASPAL command Assign necessary Minimum number of digits for each Access Code Basically To assign diferrent number of digits such a...

Page 237: ...ueuing service should be assigned by the ASYD command SYS2 INDEX4 bit0 0 Separate or 1 Same 5 When assigning the station number use the command ASPA assigning the access code for stations Note For the station number ex 3xxx ANPD 1st 3 CI N H NND 4 ASPA ACC 3 CI N H SRV STN 6 The followings show the rules of NND NND1 data for Speed Calling System and Call Park Remote Re trieval 7 For following serv...

Page 238: ...V ACC CI SRV NECESSARY DIGIT NND NND NND1 SERVICE INDEX SID 1 63 NECESSARY DIGIT NND NECESSARY DIGIT FOR SPEED CALLING NND1 1 24 SID NND SID Number of digits for NND STN Station SSCA Service code appendix OGCA Outgoing call with route advance LCR Least cost routing N Normal service H Hooking service B Busy service SSC Service code OGC Outgoing call UNIF Office termination ANNC Announcement service...

Page 239: ...r warding All Calls for trunk Cancel Note 41 Account Code Dial 10 Call Forwarding Busy Line Split Call Forwarding Busy Line for trunk Entry Note 42 Authorization Code Forced Account Code Pad Lock Set 11 Call Forwarding Busy Line Split Call Forwarding Busy Line for trunk Cancel Note 43 Flash Signal Sending to Main office across CAS line 12 Call Forwarding Don t Answer Split Call Forwarding Don t An...

Page 240: ...e 1 Call Forwarding All Calls Cancel Note 1 Call Forwarding Busy Line Cancel Note 1 Call Forwarding Don t Answer Cancel Note 1 106 107 Follow phone Call Hold Conference Internal Zone Paging Originate 99 100 ID Number Entry for Manual Roaming 108 104 Pad Lock ID Code Cancel 105 Number Sharing Entry Note 2 109 Number Sharing Cancel 119 120 Selectable Station Call Pickup 121 122 123 Selectable Statio...

Page 241: ...ation number 0 Out of Service 1 In Service AH ISDN Sub Address Dialing 0 Out of Service 1 In Service SUB ROUTE NUMBER RT SECOND DIAL TONE 2nd DT 0 1 AUTHORIZATION CODE AH 0 1 SUB ADRESS DIALING SUB 0 1 Index counter Count INDEX ROUTE NUMBER RT When SRV OGC Outgoing call is assigned When SRV PAGA Paging answer is assigned When SRV PAGC Paging cancel is assigned When SRV OGCA Outgoing call with rout...

Page 242: ...Assign the announce equipment number See Table 4 6 Next Page SKIP DIGITS SKIP 0 5 When SRV UNIF Office termination is assigned Note When SRV ANNC Announcement service is assigned SKIP ANNOUNCEMENT EQUIPMENT NUMBER EQP 0 127 EQP Note UNIF is available for ACIS only For CCIS use the AUNE command ...

Page 243: ...rvice Set up Failure Message for Hotel system 41 Slumber Time Do Not Disturb for Slumber Time Group 6 18 Timed Reminder Cancel Message for Business system Service Cancel Message for Hotel Message 42 Slumber Time Do Not Disturb for Slumber Time Group 7 19 Service Cancel Failure Message for Hotel system 43 48 Not Used 20 Room Cut Off Announcement for Hotel system 49 53 Delay Announcement Attendant 1...

Page 244: ...en using the software Release 1 or Release 2 3 Access Code for Telephone numbers may be programmed by this command however those Telephone Numbers are available in the self node only Telephone numbers available within the Netfusing Network are to be programmed at Network Control Node NCN by using theANPDN andASPAN commands For more details see Netfusing System Man ual 4 The applicable tenant numbe...

Page 245: ...RV SERVICE INDEX SID 1 63 FUSION POINT CODE FPC SID FPC SID Number of FPC SSCA Service code appendix OGC Outgoing call OGCA Outgoing call with route advance N Normal service H Hooking service SSC Service code LCR Least cost routing B Busy service LCRS Register sender LCR ANNC Announcement Service ANNCM Announcement Service Multiple Announcement PAGA Paging Answer PAGC Paging Cancel TELN Telephone ...

Page 246: ...e to assign different number of digit for the access code i e access code 100 and 10 cannot coexist in these services SID SERVICE NAME SID SERVICE NAME 1 21 36 2 Dial Access to Attendant Operator Call 37 Priority Call 1 3 Camp on By Station 38 Priority Call 2 4 6 39 Priority Call 3 7 Call Pickup Group 40 60 8 18 61 Call Park Entry 19 OG Trunk Queuing Entry 62 Call Park Local Retrieve 20 OG Trunk Q...

Page 247: ...the access code i e access code 100 and 10 cannot coexist in these services SIDA SERVICE NAME SIDA SERVICE NAME 1 49 118 Calling Party CLIR CLIP Control Note Valid since Release 8 for Aus tralia only 50 UCD Busy Out Entry 119 51 UCD Busy Out Cancel 120 Selectable Station Call Pickup 52 62 121 Selectable Station Call Pickup Group 63 Call Pickup Expand 122 64 97 123 IP Enabled Dterm Password Entry f...

Page 248: ...ion code after dialing ACC LCR Destination number 0 Out of Service 1 In Service AH ISDN Sub Address Dialing 0 Out of Service 1 In Service SUB LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER RT SECOND DIAL TONE 2nd DT 0 1 AUTHORIZATION CODE AH 0 1 SUB ADDRESS DIALING SUB 0 1 Index counter Count INDEX LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER LGRT When SRV OGC Outgoing call is assigned When SRV OGCA Outgoing call with route advance is assigned Wh...

Page 249: ...e is assigned ANNOUNCEMENT EQUIPMENT NUMBER EQP 0 127 EQP page 238 Assign the tenant number of the announcement trunk When SRV ANNCM Announcement service Multiple announcement is assigned TN TENANT NUMBER TN 1 63 ANNOUNCEMENT EQUIPMENT NUMBER EQP 122 125 Assign the announcement equipment number with a range from 122 to 125 Multi announcement EQP When SRV PAGC Paging Cancel is assigned When SRV PAG...

Page 250: ...arty dials more digits after the MND when the data of the ASYD command SYS1 INDEX43 bit7 1 the call will be restricted 2 The applicable tenant number TN range is designated by the ASYD command SYS1 INDEX8 If data of this command is common for all tenants ASYD command SYS1 INDEX93 bit6 1 assign TN pa rameter as data 1 for all tenants 3 If the Authorization Code service is used split Tenants by usin...

Page 251: ... code or its element to be specified the necessary digits TN TENANT NUMBER TN DESTINATION CODE DC MAXIMUM 10 DIGITS TOLLCODE IDENTIFICATION TOLL 0 1 ACCOUNT NUMBER AN 0 1 OPTION SERVICE DATA RATE ANALOG LINE DIGITAL LINE A D 0 1 MAXIMUM NECESSARY DIGITS MND 1 24 DC A D MND TOLL CODE IDENTIFICATION may be used for SMDR 0 Local Code 1 Toll Code TOLL Account Code 0 Out of Service 1 Account Code Alway...

Page 252: ...one access code can be entered to different routes however plural access codes can not be entered to one route 4 If Centralized Billing CCIS Call Back CCIS and Calling Called Number Display CCIS service is provid ed in the Open Numbering Network the following data should be assigned RT 0 ACC The Office Code of the self office including ACC for the originating call 5 When programming the reverse nu...

Page 253: ...SMDR is provided 2 The reversed number ACC assigned in this command is output to the SMDR as an access code for the originating call 3 The one access code can be entered to different logical routes however plural access codes can not be en tered to one logical route 4 When programming the reverse numbering plan data for ISDN CCIS assign the B channel voice channel trunk route in the LGRT parameter...

Page 254: ...all specified by the NND parameter is dialed the follow ings are occurred concurrently a The SND circuit starts to transmit the number information to the external trunk route b The Originating Register ORT circuit is released 3 The NND parameter assigned by this command determines the number of necessary digits to be received by the originating register ORT circuit 4 The data entered in NND parame...

Page 255: ...nating call specified by the NND parameter is dialed the follow ing occur at the same time a The SND circuit starts to transmit the number information to the external trunk route b The Originating Register ORT circuit is released 3 The NND parameter assigned by this command determines the number of necessary digits to be received by the originating register ORT circuit 4 The data entered in NND pa...

Page 256: ...ethod the ASTP AOSP command may not be required 3 The system processes ASTP AISP command prior to the numbering plan data Thus if the LCR access code is added to the received numbers by the ASTP AISP command the system processes the LCR related command such as ASPA AFRS AOPR 4 The applicable tenant number TN range is designated by the ASYD command SYS1 INDEX8 Enter the tenant number in which this ...

Page 257: ...nd for LCR LCRS method the ASTPL AOSPL command may not be required 3 The system processes ASTPL AISPL command prior to the numbering plan data Thus if the LCR access code is added to the received numbers by the ASTPL AISPL command the system processes the LCR re lated command such as ASPAL AFRSL AOPRL 4 The applicable tenant number TN range is designated by the ASYD command SYS1 INDEX8 Enter the t...

Page 258: ...onal number and skip digits can be assigned by the AOPRN AADCN command for LCR LCRS method the ASTPN AOSPN command may not be required 3 The system processes ASTPN AISPN command prior to the numbering plan data Thus if the LCR access code is added to the received numbers by the ASTPN AISPN command the system processes the LCR re lated command such as ASPAN AFRSN AOPRN 4 The applicable tenant numbe...

Page 259: ...the OGC OGCA method outgoing calls are done by ASTP AOSP com mand Since the additional number and skip digits can be assigned by the AOPR AADC command for LCR LCRS method the ASTP AOSP command may not be required 3 Data Entry Instructions Enter the PNO assigned by the ASTP command PNO NUMBER OF DIGITS SKIPPED SKIP 0 24 NUMBER OF ADDITIONAL DIGITS ADD 0 4 ADDITIONAL DIGIT INFORMATION DC MAXIMUM 4 D...

Page 260: ...ion of the OGC OGCA method outgoing calls are done by ASTPL AOSPL command Since the additional number and skip digits can be assigned by the AOPRL AADCL command for LCR LCRS method the ASTPL AOSPL command may not be required 3 Data Entry Instructions Enter the PNO assigned by the ASTPL command PNO NUMBER OF DIGITS SKIPPED SKIP 0 24 NUMBER OF ADDITIONAL DIGITS ADD 0 4 ADDITIONAL DIGIT INFORMATION D...

Page 261: ...assigned in the ASTPN command 2 The transmit number translation of the OGC OGCA method outgoing calls are done by ASTPN AOSPN command Since the additional number and skip digits can be assigned by the AOPRN AADCN command for LCR LCRS method the ASTPN AOSPN command may not be required 3 Data Entry Instructions Enter the PNO assigned by the ASTPN command PNO NUMBER OF DIGITS SKIPPED SKIP 0 24 NUMBER...

Page 262: ...y ACMO command has priority over the Time Pattern data assigned by the ATCP command 4 Time is designated in Military Time 24 cannot be used as Hour designation 5 A single set of PTN Pattern Number and START END date and time is to be assigned to a BLOCK Num ber Also the same PTN can be specified to multiple BLOCK Numbers 6 PTN 0 is used in default setting in unspecified time period Thus the assign...

Page 263: ...ic time period the ACMO data has priority over data assigned by the ATCP command to the ACBC AOPR ASDC commands 2 Assignment intervals must be at least 30 minutes 3 If the time data is assigned in duplicate the latter assignment shall take effect For example 9 00 12 00 TDPTN1 is set then 11 00 15 00 TDPTN2 is specified the time setting 9 00 11 00 TDPTN1 11 00 15 00 TDPTN is to be executed 3 Data E...

Page 264: ...OPR has been assigned in this command it is neces sary to assign the LCR routing pattern six 6 digits routing pattern by the AOPR ASDC command respec tively 3 It should be noted that the access code may or may not be included in the Number Pattern Code NPC depending upon the assignment of AC parameter by the ARTD command If zero 0 is assigned the access code is not included If one 1 is assigned th...

Page 265: ...access code for LCR LCRS NPC Since the OPR is an intermediate to assign the AOPR command arbitrary number may be entered with a range from 1 to 4000 OPR0 is used for number not to be dialed in the network OPR Dummy route number assiged by the ASPA command RT TENANT NUMBER TN ROUTE NUMBER RT NUMBER PATTERN CODE NPC MAX 16 DIGITS OUTGOING ROUTE SELECTION NUMBER OPR 0 4000 REMARKS 1 1 9 1 2 1 3 2 5 6...

Page 266: ...tgoing Route Selection Pattern Number OPR has been assigned in this command it is neces sary to assign the LCR routing pattern six 6 digits routing pattern by the AOPRL ASDC command re spectively 3 It should be noted that the access code may or may not be included in the Number Pattern Code NPC depending upon the assignment of AC parameter by the ARTD command If zero 0 is assigned the access code ...

Page 267: ...e for LCR LCRS NPC Since the OPR is an intermediate to assign the AOPRL command arbitrary number may be entered with a range from 1 to 4000 OPR0 is used for number not to be dialed in the network OPR Dummy route number assigned by the ASPAL ASPAN command LGRT TENANT NUMBER TN LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER LGRT NUMBER PATTERN CODE NPC MAX 16 DIGITS OUTGOING ROUTE SELECTION NUMBER OPR 0 4000 REMARKS 1 1 9 1 ...

Page 268: ...pa rameter as data 1 for all tenants 2 After an Outgoing Route Selection Pattern Number OPR has been assigned in this command it is neces sary to assign the LCR routing pattern six 6 digits routing pattern by the AOPRN ASDC command re spectively 3 It should be noted that the access code may or may not be included in the Number Pattern Code NPC depending upon the assignment of AC parameter by the A...

Page 269: ...or LCR LCRS NPC Since the OPR is an intermediate to assign the AOPRN command arbitrary number may be entered with a range from 1 to 4000 OPR0 is used for number not to be dialed in the network OPR Dummy route number assigned by the ASPAL ASPAN command LGRT TENANT NUMBER TN LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER LGRT 1 899 NUMBER PATTERN CODE NPC MAX 16 DIGITS OUTGOING ROUTE SELECTION NUMBER OPR 0 4000 REMARKS 1 1 9...

Page 270: ... 4 The applicable number of additional digits DC by the AADC command varies depending on the PNL da ta A maximum of 4 digits of DC is available when the PNL is assigned the range from 1 to127 and a max imum of 24 digits of DC is available when the PNL is assigned the range from 128 to 999 5 The E parameter is an indicator label of the RA When E 1 is assigned more RA assignments are required until ...

Page 271: ...N NUMBER OPR 0 4000 ORDER OF ROUTE ADVANCING RA 0 7 ROUTE ADVANCING END INDICATION E 0 1 OUTSIDE ROUTE NUMBER RT NUMBER OF SKIPPED DIGITS SKIP 0 24 PATTERN NUMBER LOCATION PNL 0 999 OVERFLOW TONE OVFT 0 1 PRIORITY RESTRICTION CLASS PRSC 0 15 Enter the external trunk route number which is seized in the RA The B channel voice channel route number should be entered in the case of ISDN CCIS interface ...

Page 272: ...assign the additional numbers to transmit 4 The applicable number of additional digits DC by the AADCL command varies depending on the PNL data A maximum of 4 digits of DC is available when the PNL is assigned the range from 1 to127 and a maximum of 24 digits of DC is available when the PNL is assigned the range from 128 to 999 5 The E parameter is an indicator label of the RA When E 1 is assigned...

Page 273: ...if the digits addition is required by the AADCL command Otherwise enter 0 A maximum of 4 digits of DC can be added when the PNL is assigned with a range from 1 to 127 and a maximum of 24 digits of DC can be added when the PNL data with a range from 128 to 999 TDPTN Enter the Point Code of Destination Node only when data 1 is set in IPTRK parameter PC TIME OF DAY CHANGE PATTERN TDPTN 0 7 OUTGOING R...

Page 274: ...d is used to assign the additional numbers to transmit 3 The applicable number of additional digits DC by the AADCN command varies depending on the PNL data A maximum of 4 digits of DC is available when the PNL is assigned the range from 1 to 127 and a maximum of 24 digits of DC is available when the PNL is assigned the range from 128 to 999 4 The E parameter is an indicator label of the RA When E...

Page 275: ...rom 1 to 127 and a maximum of 24 digits of DC can be added when the PNL data with a range from 128 to 999 TDPTN TIME OF DAY CHANGE PATTERN TDPTN 0 OUTGOING ROUTE SELECTION PATTERN NUMBER OPR 0 4000 ORDER OF ROUTE ADVANCING RA 0 7 ROUTE ADVANCING END INDICATION E 0 1 LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER LGRT 1 899 NUMBER OF SKIPPED DIGITS SKIP 0 24 PATTERN NUMBER LOCATION PNL 0 999 OVER FLOW TONE OVFT 0 1 PRIORITY...

Page 276: ...IPTRK card in the Destination Node IP ADDRESS Used in Switched Virtual Connection Set the time passed until disconnecting TCP Connection 0 15 minutes default setting 1 127 1 127 minutes TIMER CNT 2 8 is not used now CNT Enter the Point Code of Destination Node PC MODE DESTINATION POINT CODE PC 1 16367 COUNT NO CNT 1 8 IP ADDRESS TIMER 0 127 REMARKS MODE 1 2 Select the either radio button Permanent...

Page 277: ...ress of the IPTRK card in the Destination Node IP ADDRESS Enter the Access Code This parameter is valid only when multiple FCCS networks via CCIS service is available ADC Used in Switched Virtual Connection Set the time passed until disconnecting TCP Connection 0 15 minutes default setting 1 127 1 127 minutes TIMER Enter the Point Code of Destination Node PC MODE DESTINATION POINT CODE PC 1 16367 ...

Page 278: ...mand is assigned and additional digit is sent to outside of the Node a maximum of 4 digits of DC is available when the PNL is assigned with a range from 1 to 127 and a maximum of 24 digits of DC is available when the PNL is assigned with a range from 128 to 999 When the AUNE command is assigned a maximum of 4 digits of DC is available 3 Data Entry Instructions Enter DC additional numbers not inclu...

Page 279: ...e number of additional digit DC varies depending on the PNL data assigned by the AOPRL AUNEL command When the AOPRL command is assigned and additional digit is sent to outside of the Node a maximum of 24 digits of DC is available When the AUNEL command is assigned a maximum of 4 digits of DC is available 3 Data Entry Instructions Enter DC additional numbers not including the access code for LCR to...

Page 280: ...etwork Control Node NCN updating the NDM at each Local Node LN 2 Precautions 1 This command can be used only when logging in to NCN 2 Before using this command it must be confirmed that a Pattern Number Location PNL has been assigned in the AOPRN command 3 Data Entry Instructions Enter DC additional numbers not including the access code for LCR to be applied to the transmitted number DC Enter the ...

Page 281: ...o be used is changed according to the time of day a Time of Day Change Pattern Number TDPTN from 1 to 7 is assigned in accordance with the ATCP command 5 When assigning data to the EFFECT parameter the following must be noted a When the KIND parameter is assigned PFX 0 1 assigned to the EFFECT parameter has the follow ing meaning EFFECT 0 means that an additional digit is not required for access t...

Page 282: ...E 200 999 DESIGNATING DATA EFFECT OFFICE CODE FLAG OFLG INPUT ALL Enter data 1 7 if TDPTN PTN is assigned by the ATCP ACMO command otherwise 0 Different TDPTN data can be assigned to a single OPR Enter the data EFFECT in the space of the corresponding office code Note that the meaning of data varies depending on the KIND parameter When parameter KIND is assigned as PFX 0 an additional digit is not...

Page 283: ...number in the RT parameter 4 The data assigned in the NPC should include its access code and should be different from the NPC as signed by the AFRS command 5 The PNL parameter which is an intermediate data to assign the AADC command appears when ASYD command SYS1 INDEX42 bit4 1 6 Assign the PNL data if additional digit DC is required A maximum of 4 digits of DC is set by the AADC command Enter the...

Page 284: ...digits to be omitted Enter the office code of self node including LCR access code RT TENANT NUMBER TN SKIP DATA DIGITS SKIP 0 12 PATTERN NUMBER LOCATION PNL 1 127 OUTSIDE ROUTE NUMBER RT NUMBER PATTERN CODE NPC MAXIMUM 12 DIGITS SKIP NPC Enter the PNL assigned by the AADC command with a range 1 127 If additional digit DC is not required set this parameter to 0 PNL ...

Page 285: ...umber in the LGRT parameter 4 The data assigned in the NPC should include its access code and should be different from the NPC as signed by the AFRSL command 5 The PNL parameter which is an intermediate data to assign the AADCL command appears when ASYD command SYS1 INDEX42 bit4 1 6 Enter the PNL data if additional digit DC is required A maximum of 24 digits of DC is set by the AADCL command Enter...

Page 286: ...gits to be omitted Enter the office code of self node including LCR access code LGRT TENANT NUMBER TN SKIP DATA DIGITS SKIP 0 12 PATTERN NUMBER LOCATION PNL 0 127 LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER LGRT 1 899 NUMBER PATTERN CODE NPC MAXIMUM 16 DIGITS SKIP NPC Enter the PNL assigned by the AADCL command with a range 1 127 If additional digit DC is not required set this data to 0 PNL ...

Page 287: ... to Attendant Consoles during the Day mode and redirect to a station or outside party in the Night mode 2 The numbering of the LDN assigned by this command must conform to the numbering plan data The ANPD command and the ASPA command SRV STN 3 The applicable tenant number TN range is designated by the ASYD command SYS1 INDEX8 If data of this command is common for all tenants ASYD command SYS1 INDE...

Page 288: ... including access code 3 ADC LDN This parameter appears when TYPE 1 STN Enter station number Specific ATTCON number assigned by the ASAT command cannot be set This parameter appears when TYPE 2 DC Enter the outside party number This parameter appears when TYPE 3 ADC Enter the Abbreviated Digit Code assigned by the ASPD command STN TENANT NUMBER TN LISTED DIRECTORY NUMBER LDN MAXIMUM 5 DIGITS DC AD...

Page 289: ...tside party in the Night mode Any ATTCON or station within the Fusion Network can be designated as the destination the call to be termi nated 2 The numbering of the LDN assigned by this command must conform to the numbering plan data The ANPDN command and the ASPAN command SRV TELN 3 This command is available since Release 9 software enhancement 3 Data Entry Instructions a TYPE 0 No Night Transfer...

Page 290: ...ELN MAX 16 DIGITS Enter the Telephone Number of the destination station to which the call to be transferred during Night mode Specific ATTCON Number assigned by the ASATN command cannot be set TELN 1 0 No Night Transfer 1 TELN 2 To Outside 3 ADC Enter desired DID number to terminate the call to Attendant Console in Day mode USER GROUP NUMBER OFLDN L UGN FUSION POINTCODE FPC 1 253 TELEPHONENUMBEROF...

Page 291: ...onsole in Day mode USER GROUP NUMBER OFLDN L UGN FUSION POINTCODE FPC 1 253 TENANT NUMBER TN TELEPHONENUMBEROF LISTEDDIRECTORYNUMBER L TELN MAX 16DIGITS L TELN Enter the FPC of the Node accommodating the Attendant Console to which DID call to be terminated FPC TYPE TYPE REMARKS ABBREVIATED DIGIT CODE ADC 4 DIGITS Enter the Abbreviated Digit Code assigned by the ASPD command ADC 3 ...

Page 292: ...ming route number by the ASTP command before assigning the AISP command 2 The system processes the ASTP AISP command prior to the numbering plan data Thus if the LCR access code is added to the received numbers by the ASTP AISP command the system processes the LCR related command such as ASPA AFRS AOPR 3 Data Entry Instructions Enter the PNI assigned by the ASTP command 1 PNI INCOMING SELECTION TR...

Page 293: ...ssign the PNI for the incoming route number by the ASTPL command before assigning the AISPL command 2 The system processes the ASTPL AISPL command prior to the numbering plan data Thus if the LCR ac cess code is added to the received numbers by the ASTPL AISPL command the system processes the LCR related command such as ASPAL AFRSL AOPRL 3 Data Entry Instructions Enter the PNI assigned by the ASTP...

Page 294: ...is an intermediate parameter to the ASTPN command assign the PNI for the incoming route number by the ASTPN command before assigning the AISPN command 2 The system processes the ASTPN AISPN command prior to the numbering plan data Thus if the LCR access code is added to the received numbers by the ASTPN AISPN command the system processes the LCR related command such as ASPAN AFRSN AOPRN 3 Data Ent...

Page 295: ...o System service feature 2 The tenant number of the incoming trunk ICTK is assigned by the ATRK command 3 The ACC should be assigned a unique number conformable to the station number STN assigned by the numbering plan data 4 When the ASYD command INDEX43 bit0 0 Authorization Code required with Remote Access to Sys tem service feature is assigned the AATC AMND command should also be assigned In thi...

Page 296: ...C MAXIMUM 5 DIGITS KIND OF R M RM TENANT NUMBER FOR AUTHORIZATION CODE TN REMARKS TN Enter the tenant number assigned by the AATC command ACC Enter an in dial number to begin the Remote Access to System service feature ICTN Enter the tenant number assigned by the ATRK command RM R Remote Access Code M Manual Roaming ...

Page 297: ... RSC Route Restriction Class corresponds to the one assigned by the ASDT command 4 The details of each RRI are Note For the dummy route assign the data to RRI3 only 5 The restriction data RES is entered in the text box where RSC and RRI cross 6 When RES 2 is assigned in RRI 3 ATDP AARP Toll Restriction 3 6 digits should be assigned to spec ify the connection allowed area 7 The parameter RES 2 Toll...

Page 298: ...TION DATA RES is assigned in the squares where RRI and RSC cross When unassigned RES for the corresponding item is recognized as 0 Restriction Status 0 Restricted 1 Connection is allowed 2 Toll Conditional Restriction TN Enter the tenant number which affects this restriction table RT Enter the trunk route number assigned by the ARTD ATRK commands D N D Day mode N Night mode DAY NIGHT MODE D N D N ...

Page 299: ...nants 3 The displayed RSC Route Restriction Class corresponds to the one assigned by the ASDT command 4 The details of each RRI are Note For the dummy route assign the data to RRI3 only 5 The restriction data RES is entered in the text box where RSC and RRI cross 6 When RES 2 is assigned in RRI 3 ATDPN AARPN Toll Restriction 3 6 digits should be assigned to specify the connection allowed area 7 Th...

Page 300: ... the squares where RRI and RT cross When unassigned RES for the corresponding item is recognized as 0 Restriction Status 0 Restricted 1 Connection is allowed 2 Toll Conditional Restriction Note RES 2 can be set only when PRI 3 TN PRI Enter the tenant number which affects this restriction table LGRT Enter the unique Logical Route number in the Netfusing network D N D Day mode N Night mode DAY NIGHT...

Page 301: ...ta assignment of ARI A_RES and ARI D_RES parameter 3 Data Entry Instructions ARI A_RES ARI D_RES Tandem connection with operator assistance Tandem connection without operator assistance 0 0 Restricted Restricted 1 0 Allowed Restricted 1 1 Allowed Allowed 1 2 Allowed Depend on ATDP AARP assign ment 0 1 This data assignment is not applicable 0 2 INCOMING ROUTE NUMBER ICRT 1 255 OUTGOING ROUTE NUMBER...

Page 302: ...3 The following table shows the applicable data assignment of ARI A_RES and ARI D_RES parameter 3 Data Entry Instructions ARI A_RES ARI D_RES Tandem connection with operator assistance Tandem connection without operator assistance 0 0 Restricted Restricted 1 0 Allowed Restricted 1 1 Allowed Allowed 1 2 Allowed Depend on ATDPN AARPN as signment 0 1 This data assignment is not applicable 0 2 INCOMIN...

Page 303: ...ng the contents NPA in this case of the digits that follow the toll code If the data is set as follows a toll call can be restricted by developing NPA At Toll Code Restriction Data ATDP DC 9 1 TDI 2 NND 3 NPA At Area Office Code Data AARP DC NPA Only 3 digits b 6 Digit Toll Restriction 9 1 NPA Nxx xxxx A 6 digit toll restriction is a restriction that is to be executed by developing the contents NP...

Page 304: ... Call 9 0 When assigning DC the digits including the access code must be assigned NND This parameter is available only when TDI 2 NND This parameter is available only when TDI 2 T TANDEM OUTGOING CONNECTION TDM OG DAY NIGHT MODE DAY NIGHT RESTRICTION CLASS RSC 0 15 OUTGOING ROUTE NUMBER OGRT DESTINATION AREA CODE DC MAX 11 DIGITS NECESSARY DIGIT NND 1 12 RESTRICTION DATA TDI 0 3 O Outgoing Connect...

Page 305: ...oll Restriction 9 1 NPA Nxx xxxx A 3 digit toll restriction is a restriction that is to be executed by developing the contents NPA in this case of the digits that follow the toll code If the data is set as follows a toll call can be restricted by developing NPA At Toll Code Restriction Data for LDM ATDPL DC 9 1 TDI 2 NND 3 NPA At Area Office Code Data AARPL DC NPA Only 3 digits b 6 Digit Toll Rest...

Page 306: ...OING LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER OGLGRT 1 899 DESTINATION AREA CODE DC MAX 11 DIGITS NECESSARY DIGIT NND 1 12 RESTRICTION DATA TDI 0 3 Outgoing Connection DAY NIGHT D Day Mode N Night Mode TDI 0 Connection is Restricted 1 Connection is Allowed 2 3 6 Digit Toll Restriction 3 C O Operator Call 9 0 When assigning DC the digits including the access code must be assigned Refer to the ARSCN command ...

Page 307: ...A Nxx xxxx A 3 digit toll restriction is a restriction that is to be executed by developing the contents NPA in this case of the digits that follow the toll code If the data is set as follows a toll call can be restricted by developing NPA At Toll Code Restriction Data ATDPN DC 9 1 TDI 2 NND 3 NPA At Area Office Code Data AARPN DC NPA Only 3 digits b 6 Digit Toll Restriction 9 1 NPA Nxx xxxx A 6 d...

Page 308: ...Restricted 1 Connection is Allowed 2 3 6 Digit Toll Restriction 3 C O Operator Call 9 0 When assigning DC the digits including the access code must be assigned NND This parameter is available only when TDI 2 NND This parameter is available only when TDI 2 T TANDEM OUTGOING CONNECTION TDM OG DAY NIGHT MODE DAY NIGHT DESTINATION AREA CODE DC MAX 11 DIGITS NECESSARY DIGIT NND 1 12 RESTRICTION DATA TD...

Page 309: ...Instructions Note In case the data has already been assigned when Get button is executed after checking 6 Digits pa rameter and entering DC 000000 Del button is not valid while Set button is to be effective Then the restriction data can be changed overwritten by Set button OUTGOING ROUTE NUMBER OGRT ROUTE RESTRICTION CLASS RSC 0 15 FLAG OF 3 OR 6 DIGITS FLAG 3 Digits 6 Digits DESTINATION AREA OFFI...

Page 310: ... is available since Release 7 5 software enhancement 3 Data Entry Instructions Note In case the data has already been assigned when Get button is executed after checking 6 Digits pa rameter and entering DC 000000 Del button is not valid while Set button is to be effective Then the restriction data can be changed overwritten by Set button OUTGOING LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER OG LGRT 1 899 ROUTE RESTRICTIO...

Page 311: ... software enhancement 3 Data Entry Instructions Note In case the data has already been assigned when Get button is executed after checking 6 Digits pa rameter and entering DC 000000 Del button is not valid while Set button is to be effective Then the restriction data can be changed overwritten by Set button OUTGOING LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER OGLGRT 1 899 ROUTE RESTRICTION CLASS RSC 0 15 FLAG OF 3 OR 6 ...

Page 312: ...tenant number TN range is designated by the ASYD command SYS1 INDEX8 If data of this command is common for all tenants ASYD command SYS1 INDEX94 bit2 1 assign TN pa rameter as data 1 for all tenants 4 The outgoing call from Attendant Console cannot be restricted 3 Data Entry Instructions 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 RESTRICTION DATA RES is assigned in the squares where RSC and PDC cross W...

Page 313: ...ction Class and RSC2 Called Party s Restriction Class con nections before this command is assigned are not restricted 6 Enter data 1 Connection is allowed at the allowable connection of RES parameter Once a data has as signed on this command the rest of connections becomes 0 Restricted 7 If you want to recover the RSC1 Calling Party s Restriction Class and RSC2 Called Party s Restriction Class con...

Page 314: ...access without a station ATT assistance 3 Station to trunk route with a station ATT assistance 4 Trunk incoming call to a station without a station ATT assistance 5 Trunk incoming call to a station with a station ATT assistance 6 Trunk incoming call to trunk outgoing call Tandem connection without a station ATT assistance 7 Trunk incoming call to trunk outgoing call Tandem connection with a statio...

Page 315: ...icable tenant number TN range is designated by the ASYD command SYS1 INDEX8 If data of this command is common for all tenants ASYD command SYS1 INDEX93 bit0 1 assign TN pa rameter as data 1 for all tenants 4 The displayed SFC Service Feature Class corresponds to the one assigned by the ASDT command 5 The restriction data RES is entered in the text box where RSC and RRI cross 3 Data Entry Instructi...

Page 316: ... Blocking for Brazil only For other countries since Release 9 software Collect Call Restriction Collect Call Blocking signal is sent to the opposite party 0 1 Restricted Allowed Note In case of ISDN incoming call RELCOM Release Complete signal is sent as Collect Call Blocking signal 21 Off Hook OG Queuing 22 23 24 Emergency Call 25 26 27 Account Codes Authorization Codes Forced Account Codes 28 No...

Page 317: ...d Answer 68 Call Park Called 69 Automatic Message Waiting Lamp Off for Hotel System 70 Not used 71 73 74 Message Waiting Lamp Setting from the ATT or Station Called 75 Call Hold Conference 76 81 82 Message Waiting Lamp Setting from the Station Calling 83 86 87 Multi Channel Recording REC 88 89 90 Multi Channel Recording REPLAY 91 Subscriber with Priority without Priority For Brazil since Release 8...

Page 318: ...zation Code Display Elimination 138 Consultation Hold Enhancement Note 2 139 140 Send Warning Tone to interrupted parties when Three way Calling is established using Consultation Hold Enhancement Note 2 141 142 Message Waiting Special Dial Tone 143 ID Number Entry for Manual Roaming 144 145 Internal Zone Paging Answer 146 147 148 Personal Ringer 149 Remove Display of AOC on Dterm 0 Dterm stations ...

Page 319: ... Console For more detail explanations refer to MFC Signaling Programming Manual Note 4 This data is available since Release 10 software enhancement Note 5 This data is available since Release 11 software enhancement for IPX system only SFI SERVICE FEATURE 159 Category of Attendant 160 162 163 ANI demand per station Note 4 164 171 172 Calling Party CLIR CLIP Control for Australia only Note 1 173 17...

Page 320: ...is assigned in the squares where CCI and TSFI cross 0 Transfer service is restricted 1 Transfer service is allowed RES CCI 0 Attendant Call 1 LDN C O Line 2 DDD2 3 DDD3 4 Tie Line 5 DDD4 6 Recall 7 Call Forwarding Busy Line 8 Call Forwarding Don t Answer 9 Not used 10 Special common Battery 11 Inter Position Transfer 12 Priority call 13 Off Hook Alarm 14 CAS Main 15 Not used TRANSFER SERVICE FEATU...

Page 321: ...low Since the OBJECTIVE SITUATION indicated as may not always Not used index do not enter RES 1 for indicated TRI due to prevent from unexpected effects Table 4 9 TRI TRI OBJECTIVE SITUATION 0 Station within OGTN calls to a station within TMTN 1 Station within OGTN sets Call Forwarding All Calls Busy Line Don t Answer to a station within TMTN 2 3 Attendant Console within OGTN sets Call Forwarding ...

Page 322: ...mber DAY NIGHT MODE DN D N TERMINATING TENANT TMTN 1 63 ORIGINATING TENANT OGTN 1 63 TENANT RESTRICTION INDEX TRI 0 15 TENANT RESTRICTION INDEX TRI 0 15 1 2 3 4 TERMINATING TENANT TMTN 1 63 33 34 35 36 DN D Day Mode N Night Mode TMTN Enter the Terminating Tenant Number 0 Restricted 1 Allowed RES TRI See Table 4 9 on the previous page ...

Page 323: ...ASPD command 2 The Speed Calling Override Service must be assigned by the ASYD command SYS2 Index1 b6 1 3 The applicable tenant number TN range is designated by the ASYD command SYS1 INDEX8 3 Data Entry Instructions 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 RESTRICTION DATA RES is assigned the squares where ADC and SFC cross When unassigned RES or the corresponding item is recognized as 0 Restricted 0...

Page 324: ...tation number STN is designated by the ANPD command 7 The RSC and SFC parameter works conjunction with ARSC and ASFC command respectively 8 TEC 3 DP PB is to be used in the installation test only Give the proper TEC to each station before ser vice in Note If the PB DTMF station given TEC 3 tries to make a call to the PB DTMF route with the 2nd DT mode the call will not be successful 9 An example o...

Page 325: ...NE4 LINE3 LINE2 LINE1 The card mounted slot LINE16 LINE15 LINE14 LINE13 LINE12 LINE11 LINE10 LINE9 LINE8 LINE7 LINE6 LINE5 LINE4 LINE3 LINE2 LINE1 The card mounted slot Odd Number Group Even Number Group Group n Group n 2 Group n 1 Group n 3 IN CASE OF 16 PORT SLOT IN CASE OF 32 PORT SLOT Example Station LENS 16ELC MODE 8DLC MODE LINE TEC LINE TEC 1 16 12 Voice 1 4 12 Voice 5 8 13 Data 9 12 12 Voi...

Page 326: ...used the SFC with a range from 1 to 15 SFC STATION NUMBER STN LINE EQUIPMENT NUMBER LENS TELTPHONE EQUIPMENT CLASS TEC 1 31 ROUTE RESTRICTION CLASS RSC 0 15 SERVICE FEATURE CLASS SFC 0 15 REMARKS TENANT NUMBER TN LENS Enter the LENS of the circuit card with referring to Figure 4 2 Previous Page TN The applicable TN is designated by the ASYD command SYS1 INDEX 8 MG U G LV TEC 1 DP 10 pps 2 PB 3 DP ...

Page 327: ...ber must be assigned ac cording to the numbering plan data 2 The number of station number STN digits are designated by the ASYD command SYS1 INDEX16 3 This command can be used only when the station to be changed its number is in idle status 4 Update the station number changed in this command to the sheet in the ASDT command 3 Data Entry Instructions OLD STATION NUMBER STN NEW STATION NUMBER NEW ST...

Page 328: ...busy status Conversation is in progress When the station becomes idle the new class becomes effective 2 The applicable tenant number TN range is designated by the ASYD command SYS1 INDEX8 3 The TEC cannot be changed from a Dterm Class TEC 12 to any other Telephone Class or vice versa When it is necessary to change the current TEC to another type of TEC use the ASDT command to delete the current st...

Page 329: ...PMENT CLASS TEC 1 31 ROUTE RESTRICTION RSC 0 15 SERVICE FEATURE CLASS SFC 0 15 REMARKS TENANT NUMBER TN TEC 1 DP 10pps 2 PB 3 DP PB 4 DP 20 pps 5 11 Not used 12 Dterm 13 Data Terminal via Dterm 14 Hot Line 15 CAS Line 16 Data Terminal via Data Module 17 Not used 18 Virtual Line Appearance 19 22 Not used 23 ISDN Terminal 24 25 Not used 26 Not used 27 Eight Conference Equipment 28 31 Not used Add on...

Page 330: ...TEC cannot be changed from a Dterm Class TEC 12 to any other Telephone Class and vice versa When it is necessary to change the current TEC to another type of TEC use the ASDT command to delete the current station data and assign new station data 6 The RSC corresponds to the ARSC command and the SFC corresponds to the ASFC command as well 7 Update the new class data on the data sheet in the ASDT co...

Page 331: ...hantom number either no station hunting or station hunting de pending on the data in the PH parameter is performed if the called station is a member station of a hunt group 3 A maximum of five phantom numbers can be assigned to a station Including individual phantom number and phantom number in a hunting group 4 The applicable tenant number TN range is designated by the ASYD command SYS1 INDEX8 5 ...

Page 332: ...4 PH CNT 5 1 25645 1 300 1 301 1 302 0 303 0 304 REAL STATION NUMBER REAL STN MODE OF REAL OR PHANTOM MODE 1 2 TENAT NIMBER TN STATION NIMBER STN HUNTING CONDITION OF PHANTOM NUMBER PH 0 1 PHANTOM STATION NUMBER PHSTN MODE This data determines how to develop the station phantom station group 1 Real Mode 2 Phantom Mode STN The station number which is designated in the parameter MODE This data is re...

Page 333: ...o Telephone Number of stations TELN This data is written in Local Data Memory LDM 2 Precautions 1 The total number of Phantom Telephone Number PHTELN and Telephone Number for station TELN can not exceed 60 000 in a system 2 Maximum 16 Phantom Telephone Numbers can be assigned to a Telephone Number of a station 3 This command is available since Release 7 software enhancement ...

Page 334: ...HTELN 3 PH PHTELN 4 PH PHTELN 5 PH PHTELN 6 PH PHTELN 7 PH PHTELN 8 PH PHTELN 9 PH PHTELN 10 PH PHTELN 11 PH PHTELN 12 PH PHTELN 13 PH PHTELN 14 PH PHTELN 15 PH PHTELN 16 USER GROUP NUMBER UGN TELEPHONE NUMBER OR PHANTOM TELEPHONE NUMBER TELN PHTELN 1 25645 1 1 Maximum of 16 Phantom Telephone Numbers can be assigned to a Telephone Number PHTELN Fixed to 1 UGN The station number which is designated...

Page 335: ...ystem This data assigned by this command is written in Network Data Memory NDM of the Network Control Node NCN updating the NDM at each Local Node LN 2 Precautions 1 The total number of Phantom Telephone Number PHTELN and Telephone Number for station TELN can not exceed 60 000 in a system 2 Maximum 16 Phantom Telephone Numbers can be assigned to a Telephone Number of a station 3 This command is av...

Page 336: ...HTELN 3 PH PHTELN 4 PH PHTELN 5 PH PHTELN 6 PH PHTELN 7 PH PHTELN 8 PH PHTELN 9 PH PHTELN 10 PH PHTELN 11 PH PHTELN 12 PH PHTELN 13 PH PHTELN 14 PH PHTELN 15 PH PHTELN 16 USER GROUP NUMBER UGN TELEPHONE NUMBER OR PHANTOM TELEPHONE NUMBER TELN PHTELN 1 25645 1 1 Maximum of 16 Phantom Telephone Numbers can be assigned to a Telephone Number PHTELN Fixed to 1 UGN The station number which is designated...

Page 337: ...to station call 2 The following must be set in the ASYD command SYS1 INDEX78 b5 1 Name Display service 3 The number of digits to be assigned to the parameter NAME is determined by ASYD command SYS1 INDEX241 b1 0 1 8 characters 16 characters Multi Line service is not available if 16 characters is se lected 4 This command cannot be used for Name Display OAI service 5 The applicable tenant number TN ...

Page 338: ...ow the user information that corresponds to the calling station number while it is engaged in a station to station call 4 The ASYD command SYS1 INDEX78 b5 1 Name Display service must be set 5 The number of digit to be assigned to the parameter NAME is determined by the ASYD command SYS1 INDEX241 b1 0 1 8 characters 16 characters Multi Line service is not available if 16 characters is selected 6 Th...

Page 339: ... the Netfus ing Network is required use the ALGNN command 2 The system data assignment ASYDL SYS1 INDEX513 Data 01hex is needed to provide the Local Data Memory LDM 3 Before assigning this command ANPDL ASPAL commands are required for the numbering plan of the Telephone Number 4 Unique Telephone Number TELN should be given within a User Group Number UGN 3 Data Entry Instructions TELEPHONE NUMBER T...

Page 340: ...meter designates the programming method of the physical station The result is the same whichever method is selected When TYPE 1 LENS is selected the physical station which accommo dates the Telephone Station Number TELN is specified by the LENS When TYPE 2 STN is selected the physical station number STN is used 3 The system data assignment ASYDL SYS1 INDEX513 Data 01hex is needed to provide the Lo...

Page 341: ...r 2 STN is used to specify the Telephone number 1 1 1 1 1 1 TYPE 1 LENS is used to specify the Telephone number TELEPHONE NUMBER TELN MAX 16 DIGITS STATION NUMBER STN TENANT NUMBER TN USER GROUP NUMBER UGN UGN TYPE 1 User Group Number 1 Fixed STN Station number of the physical station TYPE 1 LENS is used to specify the Telephone number 2 STN is used to specify the Telephone number 1 1 2 2 TN TYPE ...

Page 342: ...eferred to as a Sub Line A Sub Line can be assigned not only to a Dterm but to any conventional telephone In addition the station data for My Line and Sub Line must be assigned by the ASDT command before the key data is assigned When the Sub Line and the My Line belong to different tenants use the ATNR command and clear the Tenant to Tenant Restriction 4 A Multi Line key the key for My Line and Su...

Page 343: ...d as KYI 0 Not used c The following function keys are basically fixed FKY 13 CONF Three Way Calling FKY 18 TRANSFER Call Transfer All Calls FKY 20 HOLD Non Exclusive Hold Exclusive Hold FKY 28 ANSWER FKY 51 MIC FKY 52 SPEAKER FKY 57 RECALL 9 The applicable tenant number TN range is designated by the ASYD command SYS1 INDEX8 Table 4 11 Default Data for Each Line Feature Button KEY NO DEFAULT DATA K...

Page 344: ... in KYN 1 24 and KYN 25 40 should be assigned KYI 0 Not used My Line in KYN 17 24 cannot be assigned without assigning any Line Key or any Function Key in KYN 1 16 b The following function keys are basically fixed FKY 13 CONF Three Way Calling FKY 18 TRANSFER Call Transfer All Calls FKY 20 HOLD Non Exclusive Hold Exclusive Hold FKY 28 ANSWER FKY 51 MIC FKY 52 SPEAKER FKY 57 RECALL c Not used line ...

Page 345: ...rcom Group Data using the command AICD ADIM b When providing the Intercom service assign The response priority when the SPEAKER button is pressed or the station goes off hook by the parameter PRI When not providing the Intercom service assign PRI 0 16 When this command is used the ELC card must be reinitialized MB switch UP DOWN 17 A maximum number of 8 soft keys can be assigned via function key F...

Page 346: ... LINE SPD 7 PQRS 8 TUV 9 WXYD CNF 4 GHI 5 JKL 6 MNO FNC 1 2 ABC 3 DEF RECALL MIC O 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 1 24 7 2 8 3 9 4 10 5 11 6 12 HOLD TRF ANS SPKR 0 OPER LINE SPD 7 PQRS 8 TUV 9 WXYD CNF 4 GHI 5 JKL 6 MNO FNC 1 2 ABC 3 DEF RECALL MIC O 01 02 03 04 09 010 011 012 07 08 05 06 013 014 015 016 Line Feature Buttons ...

Page 347: ...ER 4 Page 342 Revision 3 0 AKYD Figure 4 5 Dterm 65 8 Button Type HOLD TRF ANS SPKR 0 OPER LINE SPD 7 PQRS 8 TUV 9 WXYD CNF 4 GHI 5 JKL 6 MNO FNC 1 2 ABC 3 DEF RECALL MIC O 01 02 03 04 07 08 05 06 Line Feature Buttons ...

Page 348: ...LCD Figure 4 7 Dterm 75 8 Button Type with LCD 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 4 Feature KeyNo 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 6 Recall 1 Conf 2 Redial 8 Speaker 3 Answer 5 Transfer 7 Hold FLEX KEY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 4 Feature KeyNo 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 6 Recall 1 Conf 2 Redial 8 Speaker 3 Answer 5 Transfer 7 Hold FLEX KEY ...

Page 349: ...4 Feature 1 KeyNo 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 6 Recall 1 Conf 2 Redial 8 Speaker 3 Answer 5 Transfer 7 Hold FLEX KEY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 4 Feature 6 Recall 1 Conf 2 Redial 8 Speaker 3 Answer 5 Transfer 7 Hold Note 1 FLEX KEY Note 1 These keys can be used as either Line Trunk Feature key or DSS key See Figure 4 10 on the next page ...

Page 350: ... 24 19 23 26 25 28 27 30 29 31 22 21 20 KEY NUMBER appearance Dss Key EXIT HELP 1 6 12 32 5 4 3 2 5 11 8 7 6 18 9 17 12 11 10 24 13 23 26 25 28 27 30 29 31 16 15 14 KEY NUMBER appearance 1 2 3 The Key arrangement designated by the ADKS command 1 Line Trunk key Feature key X 16 DSS key X 16 2 Line Trunk key Feature key X 24 DSS key X 8 3 Line Trunk key Feature key X 32 Note When the add on module i...

Page 351: ...G 0 1 S OFF HOOK suppression 0 NO 1 Yes PRI L As per Preference pattern when the SPEAKER button is pressed D Dial Intercom Line Ringing Station A Automatic Intercom Line Ringing Station M Manual Intercom Line Signaling Station PRI LINE PREFERENCE 1 L D A M A 2 L L L M 3 L 0 1 2 3 4 ANS This data is only available in case of LN PRE Customize 0 Prime Line Preference 1 Incoming Line Preference 2 Ring...

Page 352: ...t Page G ID KD 0 Line 1 Intercom 2 DSS Key RG See Table 4 13 for RG data 0 7 ICM 0 Automatic 1 Manual 2 Dial Enter unique number for each Intercom group within the range from 1 to 50 KYI Enter the type of keys 0 Key is not used 1 Function Key 2 Multi Line KEY NUMBER KYN SERVICE CONDITION for FLEX KEYS KYI 2 0 1 1 2 KYI 2 Enter the type of keys 0 Key is not used 1 Function Key FEATURE KEY CODE for ...

Page 353: ...ence Serial Call Internal Zone Paging Wake Up Set Note 1 Wake Up Reset Do Not Disturb Set Note 2 Do Not Disturb Reset Room Cut Off Set Note 3 Room Cut Off Reset 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 135 136 137 138 141 142 143 144 145 320 Message Waiting Set Note 4 Message Waiting Reset Check In Check Out Status Audit E...

Page 354: ...GING DELAY TIME DAY NIGHT 0 NO No Ringing NO No Ringing 1 YES Ringing NO No Ringing 0 sec 2 NO No Ringing YES Ringing 0 sec 3 Not used Not used 4 YES Ringing YES Ringing 30 sec 5 YES Ringing YES Ringing 20 sec 6 YES Ringing YES Ringing 10 sec 7 YES Ringing YES Ringing 0 sec ...

Page 355: ...Table 4 14 Data Assignment for the Dterm 6 Before assigning the key data for a Dterm using this command be sure to assign the station data of the Dterm using the ASDT command TN STN TEC 12 Dterm The station number assigned by the ASDT command is referred to as MY LINE Note Note This MY LINE corresponds to the physical port associated with the LENS of a ELC card 7 By assigning another station line ...

Page 356: ...lable when ASYD command SYS1 INDEX321 bit0 1 is assigned Stations can appear on Dterm which accommodated the different module group within the same IMG 12 When assigning the line feature buttons as function keys take the following precautions a My Line key must be programmed b Not used line feature buttons should be assigned as KYI 0 Not used c The following function keys are basically fixed FKY 1...

Page 357: ...ER FKY 51 MIC FKY 52 SPEAKER FKY 57 RECALL c Not used line feature buttons should be assigned KYI 0 Not used 15 There is no default key data provided for Dterm 24 button type 32 button type The key data for all of the line feature buttons must be programmed When assigning the key data of the line feature button take the following precautions a My Line Key must be assigned in KYN 1 24 and KYN 25 40...

Page 358: ...ation number can be assigned on a page basis When originating an outgoing call the page of one touch button can be desig nated by this function key 19 In conjunction with intercom service take the following precautions a Before assigning the Intercom Key Data using this command assign the Intercom Group Data using the command AICD ADIM b When providing the Intercom service assign The response prio...

Page 359: ...T GOING BUTTON ORG 0 1 S OFF HOOK suppression 0 No 1 Yes PRI L As per Preference pattern when the SPEAKER button is pressed D Dial Intercom Line Ringing Station A Automatic Intercom Line Ringing Station M Manual Intercom Line Signaling Station PRI LINE PREFERENCE 1 L D A M A 2 L L L M 3 L 0 1 2 3 4 ANS This data is only available in case of LN PRE 1 0 Prime Line Preference 1 Incoming Line Preferen...

Page 360: ...KYI 0 2 FEATURE KEY CODE FKY 1 320 KIND OF LINE KD 0 2 USER GROUP NUMBER ML UGN TELEPHONE NUMBER ML TELN RING INFORMA TION FOR EACH LINE RG 0 7 KIND OF INTERCOM ICM 0 2 0 Line 1 Intercom 2 DSS Key KD 0 Automatic 1 Manual 2 Dial ICM Enter the type of keys 0 Key is not used 1 Function Key 2 Multi Line KYI FKY See Table 4 17 RG GROUP ID NUMBER G ID 1 50 1 2 MULTILINE INTERCOM KEY NUMBER KYN 2 SERVICE...

Page 361: ...e Serial Call Internal Zone Paging Wake Up Set Note 1 Wake Up Reset Do Not Disturb Set Note 2 Do Not Disturb Reset Room Cut Off Set Note 3 Room Cut Off Reset 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 135 136 137 138 141 142 143 144 145 320 Message Waiting Set Note 4 Message Waiting Reset Check In Check Out Status Audit Ente...

Page 362: ...NGING DELAY TIME DAY NIGHT 0 NO No Ringing NO No Ringing 1 YES Ringing NO No Ringing 0 sec 2 NO No Ringing YES Ringing 0 sec 3 Not used Not used 4 YES Ringing YES Ringing 30 sec 5 YES Ringing YES Ringing 20 sec 6 YES Ringing YES Ringing 10 sec 7 YES Ringing YES Ringing 0 sec ...

Page 363: ...Key Indication 2 Precautions 1 The LCD is 24 digits wide and there are four soft keys A maximum of 6 characters can be assigned for each soft key indication 2 After the system initial is performed the soft key can not be used for a minute 3 The new LCD display programmed via this command will change after one minute passes 4 When the station to be programmed is busy the LCD display will not be cha...

Page 364: ...anual Signaling Key Retain Conference Serial Call FDB FDA BV CW CB S R MW SET HOLD MWOFF PICK CONF VOICE S SPD CAS UCDBO FLASH FDN C_RPT G_SPD P RLS DND MIC BPAGE SIG CKEEP SCALL FKY Service name Default display FKY Service name Default display 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 130 131 132 135 136 137 138 141 14...

Page 365: ... assign the function data FKY onto each soft key of all the pages SKN within a soft key pattern SKP is illustrated in Figure 4 12 Figure 4 12 Soft Key Pattern 11 20 AM WED 16 APR 1997 MIC DND 23456789 SOFTWARE KEY PATTERN SKP SN 0 Idle PAGE 0 PAGE 1 PAGE 2 PAGE 3 SKN 0 SKN 4 SKN 8 SKN 12 SKN 1 SKN 5 SKN 9 SKN 13 SKN 2 SKN 6 SKN 10 SKN 14 SKN 3 SKN 7 SKN 11 SKN 15 SN 6 Trunk busy BT connection PAGE...

Page 366: ...ned to both soft key and function key 11 The created soft key pattern which is assigned at SKP 0 is applied to a Dterm 75 by designating the pro grammed SKP number in ADKS As for the key pattern data in SKP 0 ADKS is not necessary If SKP 0 is designated in ADKS default key pattern data refer to Table 4 18 page 364 is applied to a Dterm Priority order Displayed Data Description 1 Services set to th...

Page 367: ... progress Converse 5 Consultation Hold Controlling Station 6 Trunk busy BT connection 7 Not used 8 Consultation Hold when Called Station is Busy Controlling Station 9 3 Party Conference Call 10 14 Not used 15 Others SKN Soft key number SKN appears on the MAT SKP Assign arbitrary number within 0 through 15 0 Soft key pattern shared in a system 1 15 Soft key pattern alloted to each station SKN 0 15 ...

Page 368: ...Boss Secretary Message Waiting Lamp Control Cancel MWOFF X 12 Call Pickup Group PICK X 13 Three way Calling CONF X 14 Voice Call VOICE X 15 Speed Calling System S SPD X 16 17 CAS SHF CAS X X X X X X X 18 19 UCD Busy Out UCDBO X X 20 21 Flash Button FLASH X X X X X X X X 22 Call Forwarding Don t Answer FDN X 23 24 25 ISDN Malicious Call for Australia and U A E only C_RPT X 26 Speed Calling Station ...

Page 369: ...X 95 Check In C I X 96 Check Out C O X 97 Status STS X 98 Audit AUD X 99 Enter ENT X 100 Clear Enter CE X 101 END END X 102 114 115 Call Pickup Expand GPICK X 116 117 Ringer Mute RMUTE X X X X X X X X X X 118 119 120 Next Page of Soft Keys Scroll Key X X X X X X X X X X X 121 Previous Page of Software Keys Back Scroll Key X X X X X X X X X X X 122 123 Off Hook Ringing OHR X X X X X X X X X X X 124...

Page 370: ...n the status and current functions involved which are displayed on the bottom line of LCD Figure 4 13 Dterm 75 Key Arrangement 2 Four different pages are prepared on the soft key for one status and a station user can go into the next page by pressing soft key Instead of key the page scroll key can be programmed on a Line Fea ture button of Dterm 75 3 The character appearance on each soft key funct...

Page 371: ...rn SKP Table 4 18 Default Key Pattern 1 2 STATUS PAGE PG 0 PG 1 Idle 0 MIC DND MIC DND 1 2 3 Originating DT connection 0 MIC PICK FDA MIC PICK FDA FDN 1 FDN FDB FDB 2 3 Originating RBT connection 0 MIC VOICE MIC VOICE 1 3 3 Called station busy BT connection 0 MIC CB CW MIC CB CW C R 1 S R 2 3 Communication in progress Converse 0 MIC DND MIC DND 1 2 3 Consultation Hold SPDT connection 0 MIC CONF MI...

Page 372: ...Revision 3 0 ADKS Table 4 18 Default Key Pattern 2 2 STATUS PAGE PG 0 PG 1 Consultation Hold when Called Station is Busy Controlling Station 0 MIC CB FLASH MIC CB FLASH 1 2 3 3 Party Conference 0 MIC MIC 1 2 3 Others 0 MIC MIC 1 2 3 ...

Page 373: ...the relevant ELC card EXIT HELP 1 6 12 32 5 4 3 2 5 11 8 7 6 18 9 17 12 11 10 24 13 23 26 25 28 27 30 29 31 16 15 14 LKP 1 16 Line Feature buttons 16DSS keys EXIT HELP 1 6 12 32 5 4 3 2 7 11 10 9 8 18 13 17 16 15 14 24 19 23 26 25 28 27 30 29 31 22 21 20 LKP 2 24 Line Feature buttons 8DSS keys EXIT HELP 1 6 12 32 5 4 3 2 7 11 10 9 8 18 13 17 16 15 14 24 19 23 26 25 28 27 30 29 31 22 21 20 LKP 3 32...

Page 374: ...S keys 2 24 Line Feature buttons 8 DSS keys 3 32 Line Feature LKP Page change key allocation Refer to Precaution 0 Page change key appears on a soft key 1 Page change key disappears on a soft key PG STATION NUMBER STN SOFT KEY PATTERN DATA SKP KEY PATTERN DATA LKP LCD PAGE PG TENANT NUMBER TN 0 Default pattern as shown on Precaution 4 1 15 SKP assigned by the ADSL command SKP ...

Page 375: ...ations and PS 4 When a call terminated from the trunk COC number has been assigned by the ACOC command the fol lowing is displayed on the Dterm as to TYPE parameter TYPE 1 4 characters is entered both COC number assigned by the ACOC command and 4 char acter trunk class assigned at DISP parameter is displayed TYPE 2 8 characters is entered only the 8 character trunk class assigned at DISP parameter...

Page 376: ...able for ISDN stations and PS 4 When a call terminated from the trunk COC number has been assigned by ACOC command the following is displayed on the Dterm as to TYPE parameter TYPE 1 4 characters is entered both COC number assigned by ACOC command and 4 character trunk class assigned at DISP parameter is displayed TYPE 2 8 characters is entered only the 8 character trunk class assigned at DISP par...

Page 377: ...al Intercom is in service is required 5 After the appropriate data has been assigned by this command assign the AKYD command as follows KYI 2 KD 1 ICM 0 Automatic Intercom key KYI 2 KD 1 ICM 1 Manual Intercom key If the SIG key is required for Manual Intercom service feature KYI 1 FKY 60 Manual Signaling key 6 The applicable tenant number TN range is designated by the ASYD command SYS 1 INDEX 8 7 ...

Page 378: ...ember stations which can receive a Intercom call SIG STN Enter the Intercom member stations which can originate an Intercom call ICM STN 0 Restricted 1 Allowed 1 2 3 BCR Enter unique number for each Intercom group with a range from 1 to 50 G ID MODULE GROUP NUMBER MG No GROUP ID NUMBER G ID 1 50 AUTO MANUAL SIGNALING A M 0 1 BRIDGE CALL RESTRIC TION BCR 0 1 INTERCOM STATION NUMBER ICM STN SIGNALLI...

Page 379: ...ed 5 A maximum number of Intercom groups within a Module Group MG is 50 groups and each group is given a unique Group ID Number G ID 6 Prior to this command ASYD command SYS1 INDEX59 bit7 1 Automatic Manual Intercom is in ser vice is required 7 After the appropriate data has been assigned by this command assign the AKYD command as follows KYI 2 KD 1 ICM 0 Automatic Intercom key KYI 2 KD 1 ICM 1 Ma...

Page 380: ...NUMBER TN CNT USER GROUP NUMBER UGN BRIDGE CALL RESTRICTION BCR TELEPHONE NUMBER OF INTERCOM STATION ICM TELN Max 16 digits TELEPHONE NUMBER OF SIGNALLING STATION SIG TELN Max 16 digits MG No Enter the Module Group number of the Intercom group A M Automatic Intercom Manual Intercom CNT The number of Intercom Stations BCR Restricted Allowed G ID Enter a unique number for each Intercom group within ...

Page 381: ...gned 4 The applicable tenant number TN range is designated by the ASYD command SYS 1 INDEX 8 5 Enter My Line Station Number of Dterm in the ICMSTN Dial Intercom Station Number parameter 6 Compose a Dial Intercom Group with Dterm stations of the same TN Tenant Number under the same MG Module Group 7 From 1 to 50 Dial Intercom Groups can be composed on each MG Module Group basis 8 An Intercom member...

Page 382: ...ng data in advance ASYD command SYS1 INDEX 59 b7 1 4 The number of Dterm stations that can be accommodated in a Dial Intercom Group and also the number of digit for Call Number Dial Intercom STN are determined by parameter N Dial Intercom Digit Num ber 5 When N 0 is entered a maximum of 10 Intercom Station Numbers can be assigned When N 1 is entered a maximum of 64 Intercom Station Numbers can be ...

Page 383: ...cate Telephone Numbers to all the Intercom Stations NUMBER OF INTERCOM STATION ICMCT NUMBER OF INTERCOM STATION ICMCT MODULE GROUP NUMBER MG No 00 07 GROUP ID NUMBER G ID 1 50 USER GROUP NUMBER UGN BRIDGE CALL RESTRICTION BCR DIAL INTERCOM DIGIT NUMBER N TELEPHONE NUMBER OF INTERCOM STATION ICM TELN Max 16 digits TELEPHONE NUMBER OF INTERCOM STATION ICM TELN Max 16 digits N One digit 0 9 Dial Inte...

Page 384: ... be assigned to one Internal Zone Paging group 3 A maximum of 99 groups can be assigned to one tenant 4 One Dterm station can be assigned to multiple Internal Zone Paging group 5 Irrespective of tenant data table development any Dterm station in the system can be assigned to an Internal Zone Paging group 3 Data Entry Instructions Enter TN number of Internal Zone Paging station IZPTN Enter the stat...

Page 385: ...gned to one Internal Zone Paging group 4 One Dterm station can be assigned to multiple Internal Zone Paging group 5 It is not available to arrange the member stations of an Internal Zone Paging group stretching over multi ple Nodes 6 This command is available since Release 9 software enhancement 3 Data Entry Instructions Note The number of digit for Internal Zone Paging group ID is determined by t...

Page 386: ...o deleting the station number by the ASDT AAST command 3 When the Hot Line destination is the outside party assign the Abbreviation Digit Code ADC of the speed calling number by the ASPD command 3 Data Entry Instructions 1 Station 2 Outside party ADC 3 Trunk Line TYPE Enter CON TN STN data when TYPE 1 CON TN STN Enter CON RT TK data when TYPE 3 Trunk Line CON RT TK Enter ADC when TYPE 2 Outside pa...

Page 387: ...or to deleting the station number by the ASDT command 3 When the Hot Line destination is the outside party assign the Abbreviation Digit Code ADC of the speed calling number by the ASPD command 4 PS can not be designated as the Hot Line Station 3 Data Entry Instructions 1 Station 2 Outside party ADC 3 Trunk Line TYPE Enter CON UGN data when TYPE 1 2 CON UGN Enter CON LGRT TK data when TYPE 3 Trunk...

Page 388: ...by using Telephone Number 2 Precautions 1 Only the Telephone Numbers assigned by the ALGSN command can be used Telephone Numbers by the ALGSL command is not available in this command 2 In case logging in to a LN only the Telephone Numbers allocated to the stations within the logged in node can be used in this command Also when logging in to the NCN the data memory of the whole nodes in the network...

Page 389: ...hronous Non Protocol 2 X 25 3 X 75 4 IBM2780 5 IBM3740 6 IBM3770 7 IBM3780 8 IBM BSC Polled 3270 Terminal 9 IBM BSC Polling 3270 HOST 10 IMB SDLC Polled 3270 Terminal 11 IMB SDLC Polling 3270 HOST 12 Teletex 13 Telex 14 FAX G3 MH 15 FAX G3 MR 16 FAX G4 MH 17 FAX G4 MR 18 255 Not used 4 FCY Facility 0 3 0 Bothway 1 Outgoing 2 Incoming 3 Not used 5 PRI Priority 0 1 0 Outgoing 1 Incoming 6 RST Restri...

Page 390: ... assign the Attribute Data for the data communication service feature of the data adapter DA with the Dterm and or the data module DM 2 Precautions 1 When the designated station is not a DTE DA DM the Attribute Data cannot be assigned and an error code will result 3 Data Entry Instructions See Data Sheet on the next page ...

Page 391: ...EM 1 8 MODEMNumber 4 MODEMNo FOR INCOMING MDM2 0 NoMODEM 1 8 MODEMNumber 5 BITSPEEDRATE SPD 0 50bps 1 75bps 2 110bps 3 150bps 4 200bps 5 300bps 6 600bps 7 1200bps 8 2400bps 9 4800bps 10 9600bps 11 19 2Kbps 12 48Kbps SYNC 13 56Kbps SYNC 14 64Kbps SYNC 15 31 Notused 6 PARITYADDITION PRTY 0 NoParity 1 Parity 7 ASYNCHRONOUS ASYC 0 Asynchronous 1 Synchronous 8 HALF FULLDUPLEX HDX 0 FullDuplex 1 HalfDup...

Page 392: ...6 JIS 7 bit OddParity 7 JIS 8 bit 8 EBCDIC 8 bit 9 IA 5 7 bit 10 ITA 2 5 bit 11 EBCD 12 15 Notused 11 PROFILENUMBER PRFN 0 63 12 HOTLINETERMINAL HL 0 NoHotline 1 Hotline 13 HOTLINEORIGINATE HTL 0 DTR ER SignalOn 1 NormalOrigination 14 KINDOFRA RA 0 PROTIMS 1 PROTIMS 2 DMIMode2 3 PROTIMS 4 V 110 5 V 120 6 X 30 7 15 Notused Note In the case of PROTIMS assign 0 CDN TENANT NUMBER TN STATION NUMBER FUN...

Page 393: ...e Numbers assigned by the ALGSN command can be used Telephone Numbers by the ALGSL command is not available in this command 2 In case logging in to a LN only the Telephone Numbers allocated to the stations within the logged in node can be used in this command Also when logging in to the NCN the data memory of the whole nodes in the network can be written 3 When the designated station is not a DTE ...

Page 394: ...Rate 0 31 0 50 bps 1 75 bps 2 110 bps 3 150 bps 4 200 bps 5 300 bps 6 600 bps 7 1200 bps 8 2400 bps 9 4800 bps 10 9600 bps 11 19 2 Kbps 12 48 0 Kbps 13 56 0 Kbps 14 64 Kbps 15 31 Not used 6 PRTY Parity Addition 0 1 0 No Parity 1 Parity 7 ASYC Asynchronous 0 1 0 Asynchronous 1 Synchronous 8 HDX Half Full Duplex 0 1 0 Full Duplex 1 Half Duplex 9 STOP Stop Bit 0 1 0 1 bit 1 2 bit 10 CODE Application ...

Page 395: ... 16 digits 11 PRFN Profile Number 0 63 12 HL Hot Line Terminal 0 1 0 No Hot Line 1 Hot Line 13 HLT Hot Line Originate 0 1 0 DTR ER Signal ON 1 Normal Originate Operation 14 RA Kind of RA 0 15 0 PROTIMS 1 PROTIMS 2 DMI Mode2 3 PROTIMS 4 V 110 5 V 120 6 X 30 7 15 Not used Note In case of PROTIMS assign 0 ...

Page 396: ...Down Con nection the link will be forcibly released and reconnected 3 The port specified by the LENS A parameter and LENS B parameter are Nailed Down with respect to the EAD A parameter and EAD B parameter 4 The EAD A parameter and EAD B parameter should be entered by the hexadecimal value as explained in Table 4 19 Table 4 19 Data for EAD A EAD B Note 1 When DTI is used for Data Communication Pad...

Page 397: ...revious Page EAD A Enter the value as shown on Table 4 19 Previous Page EAD B LENS of the Nailed Down target LENS B LENS of the Nailed Down target LENS A MG U G LV LINE EQUIPMENT NUMBER LENS A EQUIPMENT ADDITIONAL DATA EAD A 00 31 LINE EQUIPMENT NUMBER LENS B EQUIPMENT ADDITIONAL DATA EAD B 00 31 REMARKS MG U G LV ...

Page 398: ...icable number of the external trunk route is designated by the ASYD command SYS1 INDEX65 3 The standard route class data is shown in the example which is listed after the parameter descriptions 4 Parameters TCMN through MT are effective only when 4 MF is assigned to parameter ONSG or INSG For all other trunk routes assign 0 to all of these data 3 Data Entry Instructions See Data Sheet on the follo...

Page 399: ...ke 6 Notused 7 DP 20pps 50 Make 8 PB 120msec Interruption 9 DP 10pps 40 Make 10 MFC 11 15 Notused 3 ISGS SignalInterfaceforIncoming 0 CCISNo 7 1 RingDown 2 SecondDialTone 3 Notused 4 Sender ImmediateStart Note 5 Notused 6 Sender DelayDialStart 7 Sender WinkStart 8 15 Notused Note The select signal in INSG should be DP 4 INSG SignalSelectionforIncoming 0 Notused 1 DP 10pps 33 Make 2 PB 60msec Inter...

Page 400: ... RLP TrunkReleasePattern 0 CallingPartyRelease Outgoingonly 1 Notused 2 FirstPartyRelease eitherstationortrunkside 3 Notused Normallyassigndata 2 9 TQ OutgoingTrunkQueuing 0 OutofService 1 InService 10 SMDR DetailedBillingInformation 0 SMDROutofService 1 SMDRInService ORTrequiredforreceivingalldialeddigits 11 TD TollDenialBatteryReversal 0 0 0 0 Alwaysassigndata 0 12 DR DistinctiveRingingPattern T...

Page 401: ...checkisnotrequiredintrunkselection Thisdatashouldalwaysbeas signedas 0 15 LSG LineSignal 0 Loop 1 GroundStart C O Line 2 CDH 3 CallerID Loop 4 Loop 5 E M TieLine 6 DX 7 24V4 8 LoopDID 9 11 Notused 12 SpeechLine forCCISNo 7orBchofISDN 13 SignalLine forCCISNo 7orDchofISDN 14 Notused 15 Notused 16 SMDR2 DetailedBillingInformation SeeFigure4 15 NextPage andTable4 20 page 396 17 H M HotelServiceinCCISN...

Page 402: ... Metering pulses are necessary Hexadecimal assignment is 01 Example b0 b1 b2 b3 0 0 0 1 8 4 2 1 b0 bit 0 b1 bit 1 The following explains what hexadecimal data 1 means for SMDR2 For incoming calls SMDR is required because Bit 0 is assigned as one 1 SMDR is required for toll and local outgoing calls because Bit 1 is assigned as zero 0 Metering pulses are detected by the system therefore Bit 2 is zer...

Page 403: ... 10 11 12 13 14 15 b0 0 Detailedbillingisnotrequiredforincomingcalls X X X X 1 Detailedbillingisrequiredforincomingcalls X X X X b1 0 Detailedbillingisrequiredfortollandlocaloutgo ingcalls X X X X 1 Detailedbillingisrequiredonlyfortolloutgoing calls X X X X b2 3 0 1 Meteringpulsesareused X X X X 2 3 ...

Page 404: ...nswersignalisgiven 29 TELP TimeElapseIndicationService 0 OutofService 1 InService TELP TimeElapseIndica tion isawarningtonesent tothecallerafterapredeter minedperiodoftimehas elapsed usuallythreemin utes 30 PAD ThisdatadeterminesPadcontrolontheODT DTIcircuitcard TLT EMT DTI 0 Dependingonsetting 7 PadOff 0db PadOff 0db Pad 1 6 ActualPADvalue dependsonPADROMon theODT DTIcircuitcard Seethe CircuitCar...

Page 405: ...ec 8 16sec 9 18sec 10 20sec 11 22sec 12 24sec 13 26sec 14 28sec 15 30sec Normallyassigndata 0 34 GUARD GroundTimer Outgoinginhibittimingaftertrunkrelease 0 3072msec 1 512msec 2 1024msec 3 1536msec 4 2048msec 5 2560msec 6 3072msec 7 3584msec 8 4096msec 9 4608msec 10 5120msec 11 5632msec 12 6144msec 13 6656msec 14 7168msec 15 7680msec Normally assign data 0 For ISDN see Ta ble 4 21 page 407 Example ...

Page 406: ...acyOutofService 1 PrivacyInServiceForBusyVerification CallWaiting Executive RightofWay Paging Dictation DataCommunication etc 45 A D Analog DigitalLineData 0 Analog 1 Digital Assigndata 1 onlyfordig italT1routesorBchof ISDNroutes 46 CW CallWaitingService 0 OutofService 1 InService 47 TPQ PriorityOGQueuing 0 OutofService 1 InService 48 BL DetectionofBlockingSignal 0 Nodetection 1 Detection 49 TRKS ...

Page 407: ...tofService 1 InService 59 CCH CommonChannelHandler 0 CCHisnotmounted normalsetting 1 CCHismounted ISDNorCCISline 0 0 0 0 Alwaysassigndata 0 even ISDN CCIS 60 TC EC 0 0 0 0 Alwaysassigndata 0 61 IRE Inter rearrangingsignal 1 Supervisory Whenassigningthisdata zero 0 shouldalwaysbeen tered 62 SCR StepCallRestrictionforTieLineCall 0 Stepcallisrestricted 1 Stepcallisnotrestricted 63 LYER1 Layer1 ForISD...

Page 408: ...SYD SYS INDEX79 b2 1 69 SMDR4 Detailedbillingforincomingintandemconnection 0 Required 1 Notrequired Assignthisfortheoutgoing route OGRT ifnecessary 70 TCMN NumberofdigitsofTCM SCode 0 Nodigit 1 1digit 2 2digits 3 Notused UsethiswhenONSG INSG 4 MF 71 TCMC TCMandKPSendingSequence 0 KP ST 1 KPTCM ST 2 TCMKP ST 3 KP TCM ST UsethiswhenONSG INSG 4 MF 72 MFSP SendingSpeed ToneONTone OFF Digit sec 0 68mse...

Page 409: ...fice Note Use this when ONSG INSG 4 MF 74 KPPT PauseafterKPsending 0 48msec 1 56msec 5 88msec 6 96msec 7 104msec 8 112msec 12 144msec 13 152msec 14 160msec 15 168msec IncaseofMFC 0 12 0sec 1 5 5sec 2 7 0sec 3 8 5sec 4 10 0sec 5 11 5sec 6 13 0sec 7 14 5sec 8 16 0sec 9 17 5sec 10 20 0sec 11 22 0sec 12 24 0sec 13 26 0sec 14 28 0sec 15 30 0sec Note Use this when ONSG INSG 4 MF 75 STC StopCode 0 11 Not...

Page 410: ... 20 0sec 11 22 0sec 12 24 0sec 13 26 0sec 14 28 0sec 15 30 0sec Note 1 Depends on the data in SYS1 Index 131 of ASYD 80 MPTM SenderMinimumPause 0 10PPS 600msec 20PPS 450msec 1 600msec 2 800msec 3 1000msec 4 1200msec 5 1400msec 6 1600msec 7 1800msec 8 2000msec 9 2200msec 10 2400msec 11 2600msec 12 2800msec 13 3000msec 14 3200msec 15 3400msec IncaseofMFC 0 12 0sec 1 5 5sec 2 7 0sec 3 8 5sec 4 10 0se...

Page 411: ...se in the case of Speed Calling Sys tem or Add ing digits 82 RSAX 0 0 0 0 Alwaysassigndata 0 83 CST 0 0 0 0 Alwaysassigndata 0 84 CSEG 0 0 0 0 Alwaysassigndata 0 85 CSEU 0 0 0 0 Alwaysassigndata 0 86 CSEL 0 0 0 0 Alwaysassigndata 0 87 CMP 0 0 0 0 Alwaysassigndata 0 88 TALK 0 0 0 0 Alwaysassigndata 0 89 FOT 0 0 0 0 Alwaysassigndata 0 90 RST 0 0 0 0 Alwaysassigndata 0 91 TOCI TrunkOverrideCalling 0 ...

Page 412: ... 103 TRPX 0 0 0 0 Alwaysassigndata 0 104 LDR 0 0 0 0 Alwaysassigndata 0 105 TSC 0 0 0 0 Alwaysassigndata 0 106 SATS 0 0 0 0 Alwaysassigndata 0 107 RVPX 0 0 0 0 Alwaysassigndata 0 108 DQ 0 0 0 0 Alwaysassigndata 0 109 SLOV SlumberTimeOverrideService 0 OutofService 1 InService 110 SDTO SystemmessageautomaticoutputwhenConnectionAcknowledge signalhasnotbeenreceived 0 OutofService 1 InService 111 ADVPR...

Page 413: ... 1 N 64K 119 HO1CH 0 0 0 0 Alwaysassigndata 0 120 IFR IndonesiaCompulsionCutService 0 OutofService 1 InService 0 0 0 0 Alwaysassigndata 0 121 CONV SMDRCalledNumberConversation 0 ConversationNumber 1 InService 122 ORRT OriginallyTrunkInformation 0 OutofService 1 InService 123 CNI CallingNumberIdentificationFormat 0 NoANI 1 FeatureGroupDFormat 2 Notused 3 Notused ...

Page 414: ... L T 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 8 RLP 2 2 2 2 0 2 2 0 9 TQ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 SMDR 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 11 TD 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 DR 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 13 AC 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 14 TNT 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 15 LSG 0 5 8 12 13 12 13 0 16 SMDR2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 17 H M 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 18 MC 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 ANI 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 20 D 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 21 MSB 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 22 MSW 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 23 TR 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 24 OC 0 0 0 0 ...

Page 415: ... 0 43 BT 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 44 PRV 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 45 A D 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 46 CW 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 47 TPQ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 48 BL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 49 TRKS 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 50 DPLY 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 51 ACD 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 52 2W 4W 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 53 FAAT 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 54 GW 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 55 TCMA 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 56 SMDR3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 57 HDT 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 58 CD 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 59 CCH 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 60 ...

Page 416: ...ONE 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 79 PPTM 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 80 MPTM 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 81 LPTM 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 82 RSAX 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 83 CST 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 84 CSEG 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 85 CSEU 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 86 CSEL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 87 CMP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 88 TALK 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 89 FOT 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 90 RST 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 91 TOCI 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 92 TOCD 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 93 ODGD 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 94 RLS 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9...

Page 417: ...0 0 0 0 0 0 106 SATS 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 107 RVPX 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 108 DQ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 109 SLOV 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 110 SDTO 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 111 ADVPRA 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 112 IND 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 113 UUI 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 114 DCH 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 115 CMRT 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 116 PREF 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 117 DFS 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 118 BOB 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 119 HO1CH 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 120 IFR 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 121 CONV 0 0 0 0 0 0...

Page 418: ...s command is also allocated to Route Class data ARTD If the Logical Route Class data is deleted by using this command however the Route Class data is not to be deleted Therefore use ARTD command to invalidate the Route Class data 3 The standard route class data is shown in the example which is listed after the parameter descriptions 4 Parameters TCMN through MT are effective only when 4 MF is assi...

Page 419: ...ake 6 Notused 7 DP 20pps 50 Make 8 PB 120msec Interruption 9 DP 10pps 40 Make 10 MFC 11 15 Notused 3 ISGS SignalInterfaceforIncoming 0 CCISNo 7 1 RingDown 2 SecondDialTone 3 Notused 4 Sender ImmediateStart Note 5 Notused 6 Sender DelayDialStart 7 Sender WinkStart 8 15 Notused Note The select signal in INSG should be DP 4 INSG SignalSelectionforIncoming 0 Notused 1 DP 10pps 33 Make 2 PB 60msec Inte...

Page 420: ...s 1 8 RLP TrunkReleasePattern 0 CallingPartyRelease Outgoingonly 1 Notused 2 FirstPartyRelease eitherstationortrunkside 3 Notused Normallyassigndata 2 9 TQ OutgoingTrunkQueuing 0 OutofService 1 InService 10 SMDR DetailedBillingInformation 0 SMDROutofService 1 SMDRInService ORTrequiredforreceivingalldialeddigits 11 TD TollDenialBatteryReversal 0 0 0 0 Alwaysassigndata 0 12 DR DistinctiveRingingPatt...

Page 421: ...Check 0 Tenantnumbercheckisnotrequiredintrunkselection Thisdatashouldalwaysbeas signedas 0 15 LSG LineSignal 0 Loop 1 GroundStart C O Line 2 CDH 3 CallerID Loop 4 Loop 5 E M TieLine 6 DX 7 24V4 8 LoopDID 9 11 Notused 12 SpeechLine forCCISNo 7orBchofISDN 13 SignalLine forCCISNo 7orDchofISDN 14 Notused 15 Notused 16 SMDR2 DetailedBillingInformation SeeFigure4 16 NextPage andTable4 22 page 416 17 H M...

Page 422: ... 2 3 Metering pulses are necessary Hexadecimal assignment is 01 Example b0 b1 b2 b3 0 0 0 1 8 4 2 1 b0 bit 0 b1 bit 1 The following explains what hexadecimal data 1 means for SMDR2 For incoming calls SMDR is required because Bit 0 is assigned as one 1 SMDR is required for toll and local outgoing calls because Bit 1 is assigned as zero 0 Metering pulses are detected by the system therefore Bit 2 is...

Page 423: ... 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 b0 0 Detailedbillingisnotrequiredforincomingcalls X X X X 1 Detailedbillingisrequiredforincomingcalls X X X X b1 0 Detailedbillingisrequiredfortollandlocaloutgo ingcalls X X X X 1 Detailedbillingisrequiredonlyfortolloutgoing calls X X X X b2 3 0 1 Meteringpulsesareused X X X X 2 3 ...

Page 424: ... 1 Answersignalisgiven 29 TELP TimeElapseIndicationService 0 OutofService 1 InService TELP TimeElapseIndica tion isawarningtonesent tothecallerafterapredeter minedperiodoftimehas elapsed usuallythreemin utes 30 PAD ThisdatadeterminesPadcontrolontheODT DTIcircuitcard TLT EMT DTI 0 Dependingonsetting 7 PadOff 0db PadOff 0db Pad 1 6 ActualPADvalue dependsonPADROMon theODT DTIcircuitcard Seethe Circui...

Page 425: ...7 14sec 8 16sec 9 18sec 10 20sec 11 22sec 12 24sec 13 26sec 14 28sec 15 30sec Normallyassigndata 0 34 GUARD GroundTimer Outgoinginhibittimingaftertrunkrelease 0 3072msec 1 512msec 2 1024msec 3 1536msec 4 2048msec 5 2560msec 6 3072msec 7 3584msec 8 4096msec 9 4608msec 10 5120msec 11 5632msec 12 6144msec 13 6656msec 14 7168msec 15 7680msec Normally assign data 0 For ISDN see Ta ble 4 23 page 427 Exa...

Page 426: ...rivacy 0 PrivacyOutofService 1 PrivacyInServiceForBusyVerification CallWaiting Executive RightofWay Paging Dictation DataCommunication etc 45 A D Analog DigitalLineData 0 Analog 1 Digital Assigndata 1 onlyfordig italT1routesorBchof ISDNroutes 46 CW CallWaitingService 0 OutofService 1 InService 47 TPQ PriorityOGQueuing 0 OutofService 1 InService 48 BL DetectionofBlockingSignal 0 Nodetection 1 Detec...

Page 427: ...0 OutofService 1 InService 59 CCH CommonChannelHandler 0 CCHisnotmounted normalsetting 1 CCHismounted ISDNorCCISline 0 0 0 0 Alwaysassigndata 0 even ISDN CCIS 60 TC EC 0 0 0 0 Alwaysassigndata 0 61 IRE Inter rearrangingsignal 1 Supervisory Whenassigningthisdata zero 0 shouldalwaysbeen tered 62 SCR StepCallRestrictionforTieLineCall 0 Stepcallisrestricted 1 Stepcallisnotrestricted 63 LYER1 Layer1 Fo...

Page 428: ...en ASYDN SYS INDEX79 b2 1 69 SMDR4 Detailedbillingforincomingintandemconnection 0 Required 1 Notrequired Assignthisfortheoutgoing route OGRT ifnecessary 70 TCMN NumberofdigitsofTCM SCode 0 Nodigit 1 1digit 2 2digits 3 Notused UsethiswhenONSG INSG 4 MF 71 TCMC TCMandKPSendingSequence 0 KP ST 1 KPTCM ST 2 TCMKP ST 3 KP TCM ST UsethiswhenONSG INSG 4 MF 72 MFSP SendingSpeed ToneONTone OFF Digit sec 0 ...

Page 429: ...t office Note Use this when ONSG INSG 4 MF 74 KPPT PauseafterKPsending 0 48msec 1 56msec 5 88msec 6 96msec 7 104msec 8 112msec 12 144msec 13 152msec 14 160msec 15 168msec IncaseofMFC 0 12 0sec 1 5 5sec 2 7 0sec 3 8 5sec 4 10 0sec 5 11 5sec 6 13 0sec 7 14 5sec 8 16 0sec 9 17 5sec 10 20 0sec 11 22 0sec 12 24 0sec 13 26 0sec 14 28 0sec 15 30 0sec Note Use this when ONSG INSG 4 MF 75 STC StopCode 0 11...

Page 430: ...5sec 8 16 0sec 9 17 5sec 10 20 0sec 11 22 0sec 12 24 0sec 13 26 0sec 14 28 0sec 15 30 0sec 80 MPTM SenderMinimumPause 0 10PPS 600msec 20PPS 450msec 1 600msec 2 800msec 3 1000msec 4 1200msec 5 1400msec 6 1600msec 7 1800msec 8 2000msec 9 2200msec 10 2400msec 11 2600msec 12 2800msec 13 3000msec 14 3200msec 15 3400msec IncaseofMFC 0 12 0sec 1 5 5sec 2 7 0sec 3 8 5sec 4 10 0sec 5 11 5sec 6 13 0sec 7 14...

Page 431: ...f Pause in the case of Speed Calling Sys tem or Add ing digits 82 RSAX 0 0 0 0 Alwaysassigndata 0 83 CST 0 0 0 0 Alwaysassigndata 0 84 CSEG 0 0 0 0 Alwaysassigndata 0 85 CSEU 0 0 0 0 Alwaysassigndata 0 86 CSEL 0 0 0 0 Alwaysassigndata 0 87 CMP 0 0 0 0 Alwaysassigndata 0 88 TALK 0 0 0 0 Alwaysassigndata 0 89 FOT 0 0 0 0 Alwaysassigndata 0 90 RST 0 0 0 0 Alwaysassigndata 0 91 TOCI TrunkOverrideCalli...

Page 432: ...102 TRM 0 0 0 0 Alwaysassigndata 0 103 TRPX 0 0 0 0 Alwaysassigndata 0 104 LDR 0 0 0 0 Alwaysassigndata 0 105 TSC 0 0 0 0 Alwaysassigndata 0 106 SATS 0 0 0 0 Alwaysassigndata 0 107 RVPX 0 0 0 0 Alwaysassigndata 0 108 DQ 0 0 0 0 Alwaysassigndata 0 109 SLOV SlumberTimeOverrideService 0 OutofService 1 InService 0 0 0 0 110 SDTO SystemmessageautomaticoutputwhenConnectionAcknowledge signalhasnotbeenrec...

Page 433: ...K 1 N 64K 0 0 0 0 119 HO1CH 0 0 0 0 Alwaysassigndata 0 120 IFR IndonesiaCompulsionCutService 0 OutofService 1 InService 0 0 0 0 Alwaysassigndata 0 121 CONV SMDRCalledNumberConversation 0 ConversationNumber 1 InService 122 ORRT OriginallyTrunkInformation 0 OutofService 1 InService 123 CNI CallingNumberIdentificationFormat 0 NoANI 1 FeatureGroupDFormat 2 Notused 3 Notused ...

Page 434: ...1 4 7 L T 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 8 RLP 2 2 2 2 0 2 2 0 9 TQ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 SMDR 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 11 TD 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 DR 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 13 AC 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 14 TNT 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 15 LSG 0 5 8 12 13 12 13 0 16 SMDR2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 17 H M 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 18 MC 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 ANI 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 20 D 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 21 MSB 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 22 MSW 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 23 TR 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 24 OC 0 0...

Page 435: ...0 0 0 0 43 BT 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 44 PRV 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 45 A D 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 46 CW 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 47 TPQ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 48 BL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 49 TRKS 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 50 DPLY 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 51 ACD 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 52 2W 4W 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 53 FAAT 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 54 GW 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 55 TCMA 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 56 SMDR3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 57 HDT 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 58 CD 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 59 CCH 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ...

Page 436: ... 78 TONE 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 79 PPTM 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 80 MPTM 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 81 LPTM 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 82 RSAX 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 83 CST 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 84 CSEG 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 85 CSEU 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 86 CSEL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 87 CMP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 88 TALK 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 89 FOT 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 90 RST 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 91 TOCI 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 92 TOCD 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 93 ODGD 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 94 RLS 0 0 0 0 0 0 ...

Page 437: ... 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 106 SATS 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 107 RVPX 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 108 DQ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 109 SLOV 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 110 SDTO 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 111 ADVPRA 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 112 IND 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 113 UUI 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 114 DCH 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 115 CMRT 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 116 PREF 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 117 DFS 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 118 BOB 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 119 HO1CH 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 120 IFR 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 121 CONV 0 0 0 ...

Page 438: ...trol Node NCN updating the NDM at each Local Node LN 2 Precautions 1 This command can be used only when logging in to NCN 2 When Route Class Data is assigned at FPC designated node the data is also assigned to NDM 3 In case of data deletion by this command Route Class Data of both NDM and FPC designated node are deleted As the DM data set by ARTD command is also deleted in this process when you wa...

Page 439: ...MF 5 DP 20 pps 33 Make 6 Not used 7 DP 20 pps 50 Make 8 PB 120 msec Interruption 9 DP 10 pps 40 Make 10 MFC 11 15 Not used 3 ISGS Signal Interface for Incoming 0 CCIS No 7 1 Ring Down 2 Second Dial Tone 3 Not used 4 Sender Immediate Start Note 5 Not used 6 Sender Delay Dial Start 7 Sender Wink Start 8 15 Not used Note The select signal in INSG should be DP 4 INSG Signal Selection for Incoming 0 No...

Page 440: ...attery Reversal 0 0 0 0 0 Always assign data 0 12 DR Distinctive Ringing Pattern This parameter designates whether distinctive ringing will be provided for an incoming call 0 DistinctiveRingingisnotrequired ASYD SYS 3 Index 3 Bit 0 0 1 DistinctiveRingingisrequired ASYD SYS 3 Index 3 Bit 0 1 13 AC Flexible Routing Pattern Designation When outgoing route selection pattern number is to be de termined...

Page 441: ...DR2 Detailed Billing Information See Figure 4 17 Next Page and Table 4 24 page 436 17 H M Hotel Service in CCIS No 7 0 Out of Service 1 In Service 18 MC 0 0 0 0 0 Always assign data 0 19 ANI E911 ANI Service 0 Out of Service 1 In Service 20 D 0 0 0 0 0 Always assign data 0 21 MSB 0 0 0 0 0 Always assign data 0 22 MSW 0 0 0 0 0 Always assign data 0 23 TR 0 1 ICPT transfer by group II signals used F...

Page 442: ... 2 3 Metering pulses are necessary Hexadecimal assignment is 01 Example b0 b1 b2 b3 0 0 0 1 8 4 2 1 b0 bit 0 b1 bit 1 The following explains what hexadecimal data 1 means for SMDR2 For incoming calls SMDR is required because Bit 0 is assigned as one 1 SMDR is required for toll and local outgoing calls because Bit 1 is assigned as zero 0 Metering pulses are detected by the system therefore Bit 2 is...

Page 443: ... 0 TN RT TK display 1 C O Line Number display 26 RVSD Trunk Reversal Identification This data is necessary when a specific Trunk route provides battery reversal for answer supervision 0 Battery Reversal System 1 Third Wire System 27 TL Tone Level 0 0 0 0 Always assign data 0 28 ANS Answer signal from Trunk side 0 No answer signal is given 1 Answer signal is given 29 TELP Time Elapse Indication Ser...

Page 444: ...c 14 1056 msec 15 1120 msec Normally assign data 0 For ISDN see Table 4 25 page 445 Example of Route Class Settings Note 160 msec in case of Loop Dialing Trunk 33 HD Trunk Hold Timing 0 10 sec 1 2 sec 2 4 sec 3 6 sec 4 8 sec 5 10 sec 6 12 sec 7 14 sec 8 16 sec 9 18 sec 10 20 sec 11 22 sec 12 24 sec 13 26 sec 14 28 sec 15 30 sec Normally assign data 0 34 GUARD Ground Timer Outgoing inhibit timing a...

Page 445: ...and 43 BT Inter office Busy Service 0 Out of Service 1 In Service For CCIS voice route as sign data 1 44 PRV Line Trunk Privacy 0 Privacy Out of Service 1 Privacy In Service For Busy Verification Call Wait ing Executive Right of Way Paging Dictation Data Communication etc 45 A D Analog Digital Line Data 0 Analog 1 Digital Assign data 1 only for digital T1 routes or Bch of ISDN routes 46 CW Call Wa...

Page 446: ...rvice 59 CCH Common Channel Handler 0 CCH is not mounted normal setting 1 CCH is mounted ISDN or CCIS line 0 0 0 0 Always assign data 0 even ISDN CCIS 60 TC EC 0 0 0 0 Always assign data 0 61 IRE Inter rearranging signal 1 Supervisory When assigning this da ta zero 0 should al ways be entered 62 SCR Step Call Restriction for Tie Line Call 0 Step call is restricted 1 Step call is not restricted 63 ...

Page 447: ...ry 70 TCMN Number of digits of TCM S Code 0 No digit 1 1 digit 2 2 digits 3 Not used Use this when ONSG INSG 4 MF 71 TCMC TCM and KP Sending Sequence 0 KP ST 1 KP TCM ST 2 TCM KP ST 3 KP TCM ST Use this when ONSG INSG 4 MF 72 MFSP Sending Speed Tone ON Tone OFF Digit sec 0 68 msec 68 msec 7 5 1 56 msec 56 msec CCITT No 5 Note 2 68 msec 32 msec 10 3 68 msec 36 msec 10 4 48 msec 48 msec 10 5 52 msec...

Page 448: ...KP sending 0 48 msec 1 56 msec 5 88 msec 6 96 msec 7 104 msec 8 112 msec 12 144 msec 13 152 msec 14 160 msec 15 168 msec In case of MFC 0 12 0 sec 1 5 5 sec 2 7 0 sec 3 8 5 sec 4 10 0 sec 5 11 5 sec 6 13 0 sec 7 14 5 sec 8 16 0 sec 9 17 5 sec 10 20 0 sec 11 22 0 sec 12 24 0 sec 13 26 0 sec 14 28 0 sec 15 30 0 sec Note Use this when ONSG INSG 4 MF 75 STC Stop Code 0 11 Not used 12 MF 13 Not used 14...

Page 449: ... 26 0 sec 14 28 0 sec 15 30 0 sec 80 MPTM Sender Minimum Pause 0 10 PPS 600 msec 20 PPS 450 msec 1 600 msec 2 800 msec 3 1000 msec 4 1200 msec 5 1400 msec 6 1600 msec 7 1800 msec 8 2000 msec 9 2200 msec 10 2400 msec 11 2600 msec 12 2800 msec 13 3000 msec 14 3200 msec 15 3400 msec In case of MFC 0 12 0 sec 1 5 5 sec 2 7 0 sec 3 8 5 sec 4 10 0 sec 5 11 5 sec 6 13 0 sec 7 14 5 sec 8 16 0 sec 9 17 5 s...

Page 450: ...ST 0 0 0 0 Always assign data 0 84 CSEG 0 0 0 0 Always assign data 0 85 CSEU 0 0 0 0 Always assign data 0 86 CSEL 0 0 0 0 Always assign data 0 87 CMP 0 0 0 0 Always assign data 0 88 TALK 0 0 0 0 Always assign data 0 89 FOT 0 0 0 0 Always assign data 0 90 RST 0 0 0 0 Always assign data 0 91 TOCI Trunk Override Calling 0 Override Inhibited Calling side 1 Tie Line Override Service is provided Calling...

Page 451: ... 108 DQ 0 0 0 0 Always assign data 0 109 SLOV Slumber Time Override Service 0 Out of Service 1 In Service 0 0 0 0 110 SDTO System message automatic output when Connection Ac knowledge signal has not been received 0 Out of Service 1 In Service 111 ADVPRA ISDN PRI Failure Routing Service 0 Out of Service 1 In Service This data is valid for dummy routes 112 IND Inter office Name Display 0 Out of Serv...

Page 452: ...S TIE LINE E M DID LINE CCIS LINE ISDN LINE PRI FUNCTION VOICE DATA B CH D CH 1 OSGS 2 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 ONSG 3 3 0 2 2 2 2 0 3 ISGS 1 7 7 0 0 0 0 0 4 INSG 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 0 5 TF 3 3 2 3 0 3 0 0 6 TCL 1 4 5 4 4 1 1 4 7 L T 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 8 RLP 2 2 2 2 0 2 2 0 9 TQ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 SMDR 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 11 TD 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 DR 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 13 AC 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 14 TNT 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 15 LSG 0 ...

Page 453: ... 0 0 33 HD 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 34 GUARD 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 35 WINK 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 36 VAD 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 37 CLD 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 38 FA 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 39 BC 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 40 TCM 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 41 TDMQ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 42 TRSC 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 43 BT 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 44 PRV 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 45 A D 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 46 CW 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 47 TPQ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 48 BL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 49 TRKS 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 50 D...

Page 454: ... TCMN 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 71 TCMC 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 72 MFSP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 73 KPST 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 74 KPPT 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 75 STC 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 76 MC 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 77 MT 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 78 TONE 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 79 PPTM 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 80 MPTM 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 81 LPTM 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 82 RSAX 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 83 CST 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 84 CSEG 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 85 CSEU 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 86 CSEL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ...

Page 455: ... 0 102 TRM 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 103 TRPX 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 104 LDR 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 105 TSC 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 106 SATS 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 107 RVPX 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 108 DQ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 109 SLOV 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 110 SDTO 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 111 ADVPRA 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 112 IND 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 113 UUI 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 114 DCH 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 115 CMRT 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 116 PREF 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 117 DFS 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 118 BO...

Page 456: ...sy control 5 The maximum number of Attendant Console is designated by the ASYD command SYS1 INDEX9 6 When an attendant console is assigned enter the followings additionally a RSC enter 0 normally b SFC enter 0 normally c TN tenant number which is handled by the ATT Note When less than 10 tenants press the Enter key to jump to WRT field Note The first tenant number entered in TN parameter becomes t...

Page 457: ...or the line concerned is not connected Therefore before deleting the CIC trunk confirm the line status by means of the DCON command 11 When the trunk data assigned by this command has been deleted the data assigned by the ACSI AMAT command is also cleared 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 HW 4 HW 14 PWR PWR 31 30 29 28 27 26 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 MUX TSW 1 M...

Page 458: ...ch1 Slot n 1 Bch30 Bch29 Bch28 Bch27 Bch26 Bch25 Bch24 Bch23 Bch22 Bch21 Bch20 Bch19 Bch18 Bch17 Bch16 The DTI mounted slot n Bch30 Bch29 Bch28 Bch27 Bch26 Bch25 Bch24 Bch23 Bch22 Bch21 Bch20 Bch19 Bch18 Bch17 Bch16 Bch15 Bch14 Bch13 Bch12 Bch11 Bch10 Bch9 Bch8 Bch7 Bch6 Bch5 Bch4 Bch3 Bch2 Bch1 The DTI mounted slot Odd Number Group Even Number Group Group n Group n 2 Group n 1 Group n 3 IN CASE O...

Page 459: ...Voice22 Voice21 Voice20 Voice19 Voice18 Voice17 Voice16 Signal The CCT mounted slot n Voice30 Voice29 Voice28 Voice27 Voice26 Voice25 Voice24 Voice23 Voice22 Voice21 Voice20 Voice19 Voice18 Voice17 Voice16 Signal Voice15 Voice14 Voice13 Voice12 Voice11 Voice10 Voice9 Voice8 Voice7 Voice6 Voice5 Voice4 Voice3 Voice2 Voice1 The CCT mounted slot Odd Number Group Even Number Group Group n Group n 2 Gr...

Page 460: ...27 Bch26 Bch25 Bch24 Bch23 Bch22 Bch21 Bch20 Bch19 Bch18 Bch17 Bch16 Dch1 The PRT mounted slot n Bch30 Bch29 Bch28 Bch27 Bch26 Bch25 Bch24 Bch23 Bch22 Bch21 Bch20 Bch19 Bch18 Bch17 Bch16 Dch1 Bch15 Bch14 Bch13 Bch12 Bch11 Bch10 Bch9 Bch8 Bch7 Bch6 Bch5 Bch4 Bch3 Bch2 Bch1 Dch2 The PRT mounted slot Odd Number Group Even Number Group Group n Group n 2 Group n 1 Group n 3 IN CASE OF 16 PORT SLOT IN C...

Page 461: ...LV0 Level Level Slot n 1 CKT 15 CKT 14 CKT 13 CKT 12 CKT 11 CKT 10 CKT 9 CKT 8 CKT 7 CKT 6 CKT 5 CKT 4 CKT 3 CKT 2 CKT 1 CKT 0 The COT mounted slot n CKT 15 CKT 14 CKT 13 CKT 12 CKT 11 CKT 10 CKT 9 CKT 8 CKT 7 CKT 6 CKT 5 CKT 4 CKT 3 CKT 2 CKT 1 CKT 0 The COT mounted slot Odd Number Group Even Number Group Group n Group n 2 Group n 1 Group n 3 IN CASE OF 16 PORT SLOT IN CASE OF 32 PORT SLOT ...

Page 462: ... 6 5 4 3 2 1 LV0 LV7 6 5 4 3 2 1 LV0 LV7 6 5 4 3 2 1 LV0 Level Level Slot n 1 CKT 7 CKT 6 CKT 5 CKT 4 CKT 3 CKT 2 CKT 1 CKT 0 The 8COT mounted slot n CKT 7 CKT 6 CKT 5 CKT 4 CKT 3 CKT 2 CKT 1 CKT 0 The 8COT mounted slot Odd Number Group Even Number Group Group n Group n 2 Group n 1 Group n 3 IN CASE OF 16 PORT SLOT IN CASE OF 32 PORT SLOT ...

Page 463: ...5 REG 4 SND 3 SND 2 SND 1 SND 0 REG 3 REG 2 REG 1 REG 0 The RST mounted slot n SND 7 SND 6 SND 5 SND 4 REG 7 REG 6 REG 5 REG 4 SND 3 SND 2 SND 1 SND 0 REG 3 REG 2 REG 1 REG 0 The RST mounted slot Odd Number Group Even Number Group Group n Group n 2 Group n 1 Group n 3 IN CASE OF 16 PORT SLOT IN CASE OF 32 PORT SLOT Note REG 0 REG 7 can be assigned as ORT RT902 IRT RT903 or PBR for Automated Attend...

Page 464: ... 4 3 2 1 LV0 LV7 6 5 4 3 2 1 LV0 LV7 6 5 4 3 2 1 LV0 Level SLOT23 Group 20 Group 22 Group 21 Group 23 IN CASE OF 32 PORT SLOT CKT 1 CKT 0 LV7 6 5 4 3 2 1 LV0 LV7 6 5 4 3 2 1 LV0 LV7 6 5 4 3 2 1 LV0 LV7 6 5 4 3 2 1 LV0 Level SLOT12 Group 20 Group 22 Group 21 Group 23 IN CASE OF 32 PORT SLOT CKT 1 CKT 0 ...

Page 465: ...LV7 6 5 4 3 2 1 LV0 LV7 6 5 4 3 2 1 LV0 LV7 6 5 4 3 2 1 LV0 LV7 6 5 4 3 2 1 LV0 Level Level Slot n 1 CKT 3 CKT 2 CKT 1 CKT 0 The 4DAT mounted slot n The 4DAT mounted slot Odd Number Group Even Number Group Group n Group n 2 Group n 1 Group n 3 IN CASE OF 16 PORT SLOT IN CASE OF 32 PORT SLOT CKT 3 CKT 2 CKT 1 CKT 0 ...

Page 466: ...K Figure 4 27 ATRK for CFT 3 party conference LV7 6 5 4 3 2 1 LV0 LV7 6 5 4 3 2 1 LV0 LV7 6 5 4 3 2 1 LV0 LV7 6 5 4 3 2 1 LV0 Level CFT 7 CFT 6 CFT 5 CFT 4 CFT 3 CFT 2 CFT 1 CFT 0 Group 20 Group 22 Group 21 Group 23 32 PORT SLOT of Odd number unit ...

Page 467: ... 939 947 Not used 1 255 1 2 3 9XX RT ROUTE NUMBER RT TRUNK NUMBER TK LINE EQUIPMENT NUMBER LENS 6 DIGITS MG U G LV TENANT NUMBER TN REMARKS The TN Parameter is appended when the external trunk route number is entered in RT parameter TN Enter unique trunk number with a range from 1 to 255 TK MG 00 07 Unit 0 3 Group 20 Level 0 and or 1 for ATT LENS SFC 0 should be assigned for ATT SFC REMARKS TENANT...

Page 468: ... Route Number with a range from 1 to 255 TK ROUTE NUMBER RT TRUNK NUMBER TK 1 255 LINE EQUIPMENT NUMBER LENS 6 DIGITS MG U G LV Enter the mounting location of each trunk MG 00 07 Unit 0 3 Group 1 5 9 No 0 system 3 7 11 No 1 system Note Level 7 Note A pair of DLMX card No 0 No 1 system must be mounted in the same Highway Block HW LENS ...

Page 469: ... deleted When you want to delete the allocated Logical Route data only use ALRTN command 3 To delete the ATRK data is failed only the deletion of allocated Logical Route is activated 4 This command is available since Release 7 software enhancement 3 Data Entry Instructions ROUTE NUMBER RT TRUNK NUMBER TK LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER LGRT FUSION POINT CODE FPC 1 253 LINE EQUIPMENT NUMBER LENS MG U G LV TEN...

Page 470: ...ed in the Night mode all incoming calls will be directed to TAS or a Night Connection Fixed station 3 The applicable tenant number TN range is designated by the ASYD command SYS 1 INDEX 8 4 The maximum number of Attendant Consoles Attendant Consoles should be assigned by the ASYD com mand SYS 1 INDEX 9 3 Data Entry Instructions Enter the desired Attendant Console to be operated as a master 1 Atten...

Page 471: ...NDEX 92 bit3 1 assign TN pa rameter as data 1 for all tenants 2 The specific attendant number cannot be a station number or LDN already being utilized 3 The maximum number of Attendant Consoles should be assigned by the ASYD command SYS 1 INDEX 9 3 Data Entry Instructions Enter the tenant number which affects the special attendant number TN TENANT NUMBER TN ACCESS CODE ACC MAXIMUM 5 DIGITS ATTENDA...

Page 472: ... Attendant Consoles should be assigned by the ASYDN command SYS 1 IN DEX 9 3 The telephone number for specifying the attendant console must be assigned by the ALGNN command pri or to this command 3 Data Entry Instructions FPC Enter the FPC of the node accommodating the specified attendant console ACC Enter the telephone number for special attendant number assigned by the ALGNN command ATN Enter th...

Page 473: ...hould be assigned by the ASYD command SYS 1 INDEX 9 2 The Trunk Group Busy Lamp is lit when the trunk routes specified by the RT parameter of this command are engaged 3 The number of Trunk Group Busy Lamps to be applied capable TGN data range is designated by the ASYD command SYS1 INDEX15 bit0 3 3 Data Entry Instructions Attendant Console number assigned by the ATRK command ATN REMARK ROUTE NUMBER...

Page 474: ...ified by the LGRT parameter of this command are engaged 3 The number of Trunk Group Busy Lamps to be applied capable TGN data range is assigned by the ASYD command SYS1 INDEX15 bit0 3 4 This command is available for 16 IMG system only since Release 8 software enhancement 3 Data Entry Instruction ATTTENDANT NUMBER ATN 1 30 LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER LGRT 1 899 TRUNK GROUP BUSY LAMP NUMBER TGN 1 10 LGRT D...

Page 475: ...lowing conditions a The ATI circuit card is not mounted b The ATT has been made busy by means of the MB switch on the ATI circuit card c The DAY NIGHT key on the ATT is set to the NIGHT position 3 When the location of keys has been changed the number of waiting call display ASYD SYS2 INDEX 8 and INDEX 9 becomes invalid for the ICI key Off Hook Alarm Priority Call programmed by this com mand 4 The ...

Page 476: ... T lk Cancel DEST Vol Position Busy Night Night Position Busy Position Available Alarm 6 TIE 2 EMG SCB 5 Busy 4 NANS 1 TF 3 CAS ICPT In this illustration the function indicated in each is the default function which becomes valid if no other function has been set by this command or if the function set has been deleted Therefore when the defalut function indicated in is to be used data entry is not ...

Page 477: ...ty Call 1 5 Priority Call 3 7 Wake Up Call 2 Off Hook Alarm 4 Priority Call 2 6 GST2 8 16 Not used FUNC Enter the attendant console number The number corresponds to the trunk number assigned by the ATRK command 1 1 1 2 ATN ATTENDANT CONSOLE NUMBER ATN KEY NUMBER KYN 1 6 FUNCTION CODE FUNC 1 16 ...

Page 478: ...mand is displayed on ATTCON and also Dterm in stead of the trunk number 2 The COC assigned by this command is used to specify a trunk by the Individual Trunk Access service feature 3 This command affects the trunk route assigned the R L 1 by the ARTD command 4 The Listed Directory Number LDN can be assigned as COC and is convenient to identify the trunk 3 Data Entry Instructions Enter 4 digits of ...

Page 479: ...data setting only for the self node is available Error message is indicated if you try to write the data of other Node 3 The Central Office Code COC assigned by this command is displayed on ATTCON and also Dterm instead of the trunk number 4 The COC assigned by this command is used to specify a trunk by the Individual Trunk Access service feature 5 This command affects the trunk route assigned the...

Page 480: ... DIGITS Ringer Pattern RGP 0 1 5 6 7 Service Kind 1 SRV1 Call Forwarding Index CFI 1 3 Tenant Number for Call Forwarding CFI TN Station Number for Call Forwarding CFI STN Abbreviated Digit Code for C F ADC 4 digits 1 Attendant Console 2 Station 3 Outside Caller ID CID 1 28 CFI SRV1 1 C F All Calls 2 C F Busy Line 3 C F Don t Answer 4 Incoming Permission 5 Call Block 6 Distinctive Ringing Caller ID...

Page 481: ...ller ID CID 1 28 CFI SRV2 1 Dial in 2 C O connection restriction RT When TYPE 2 Dial in C O connect restriction is assigned Input Type TYPE 2 RGP This parameter appears when SRV1 6 This parameter appears when CFI 3 ADC These parameters appear when CFI 2 CFI TN CFI STN Service Kind 3 SRV3 Caller ID CID 1 28 SRV3 1 Calling Party Number Representation Name NAME 24 digits at maximum When TYPE 3 Callin...

Page 482: ...ignment of this parameter is required only when KIND O Outgoing is designated This data should be assigned by the AMND command DC 0 No APAD Setting 1 14 Note1 15 PAD OFF 0dB ICPAD OGPAD This parameter is not required for the parameter KIND T Tandem Connec tion ICPAD is not required when assigning KIND as O Outgoing SFC KIND OF CONNEC TION KIND T S O I INCOMING ROUTE NUMBER ICRT OUTGOING ROUTE NUMB...

Page 483: ...ds of connection entering in this parameter are as follows T Tandem Connection S Station KIND This parameter is not required when KIND T Tandem Connection is assigned SFC 0 No APADN Setting 1 14 Note 15 PAD OFF 0dB ICPAD OGPAD Enter the Logical Route Number of Incoming Route When KIND S Station is assigned this parameter is not required Enter the Logical Route Number of Outgoing Route ICLGRT KIND ...

Page 484: ...QP number and the kind of service feature can be ar ranged by the AHSY command 3 Parameter LANG is appeared in the Hotel system provided Language Service SYS1 INDEX 161 b2 1 in the ASYD command 4 The data 0 Common of LANG parameter means that the guest will listen the Common message from the announcement equipment if the guest does not registered the language information through PMS 5 The R parame...

Page 485: ...t Disturb for Slumber Time Group 1 37 Slumber Time Do Not Disturb for Slumber Time Group 2 38 Slumber Time Do Not Disturb for Slumber Time Group 3 39 Slumber Time Do Not Disturb for Slumber Time Group 4 40 Slumber Time Do Not Disturb for Slumber Time Group 5 41 Slumber Time Do Not Disturb for Slumber Time Group 6 42 Slumber Time Do Not Disturb for Slumber Time Group 7 43 48 Not Used 49 53 Delay An...

Page 486: ...e connected trunk data and the condition related to Announcement Equip ment This data is written in Local Data Memory LDM 2 Precautions The applicable tenant number TN range is designated by the ASYD command SYS1 INDEX8 If data in this command is common for all tenants ASYDL command SYS1 INDEX800 bit7 1 assign TN parameter as data 1 for all tenants ...

Page 487: ...1st Announcement 35 Automated Attendant 2nd Announcement 36 Slumber Time Do Not Disturb for Slumber Time Group 1 37 Slumber Time Do Not Disturb for Slumber Time Group 2 38 Slumber Time Do Not Disturb for Slumber Time Group 3 39 Slumber Time Do Not Disturb for Slumber Time Group 4 40 Slumber Time Do Not Disturb for Slumber Time Group 5 41 Slumber Time Do Not Disturb for Slumber Time Group 6 42 Slum...

Page 488: ...Announcement Equip ment The data assigned by this command is written in the Network Data Memory NDM of the Network Con trol Node NCN updating the NDM at each Local Node LN 2 Precautions The applicable tenant number TN range is designated by the ASYDN command SYS1 INDEX8 If data in this command is common for all tenants ASYDN command SYS1 INDEX800 bit7 1 assign TN parameter as data 1 for all tenant...

Page 489: ...1st Announcement 35 Automated Attendant 2nd Announcement 36 Slumber Time Do Not Disturb for Slumber Time Group 1 37 Slumber Time Do Not Disturb for Slumber Time Group 2 38 Slumber Time Do Not Disturb for Slumber Time Group 3 39 Slumber Time Do Not Disturb for Slumber Time Group 4 40 Slumber Time Do Not Disturb for Slumber Time Group 5 41 Slumber Time Do Not Disturb for Slumber Time Group 6 42 Slum...

Page 490: ... 1 Extended Hold Music is in service ASYD SYS1 INDEX251 b7 0 Multiple Music On Hold is out of service b For Multiple Music On Hold ASYD SYS1 INDEX42 b3 0 Extended Hold Music is out of service ASYD SYS1 INDEX251 b7 1 Multiple Music On Hold is in service 3 The displayed parameter differs depending on the System data and selected TYPE KIND in this command See the table below for the required setting ...

Page 491: ...ernal hold music source RT Fixed to data 2 Route Number of held trunk KIND OPERATION TYPE TYPE OPERATION KIND KIND ROUTE NUMBER RT 1 255 MUSIC ON HOLD DATA HMSC 0 15 REMARKS 1 2 HMSC A DAT card is required for the Extended Hold Music feature The mounting location of DAT card is previously specified by system data as follows Note 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 000050 000070 000090 000110 Not used 000150 Not used ...

Page 492: ...tion and Route Number of held Trunk KIND OPERATION TYPE TYPE 1 2 OPERATION KIND KIND 1 3 MUSIC ON HOLD DATA HMSC 0 15 EXTENSION HOLD STATION DATA STA 0 1 REMARKS TENANT NUMBER TN ROUTE NUMBER RT 1 255 Music On Hold data Note HMSC External Route Number of DAT which provides the external hold music source Required for KIND 2 or KIND 3 RT 0 1 Specified Music on Hold is sent to station Required for KI...

Page 493: ...2 The PC is the decimal value from 1 to 16383 1 16367 For CCIS 1 16383 For ISDN 3 An arbitrary PC may be assigned for the ISDN interface unless the PC is duplicated in the CCIS network 4 The PC assigned by this command should correspond to the one assigned by the ACIC1 ACIC2 command 3 Data Entry Instructions For CCIS assign the route number of voice route For ISDN assign route numbers of both B ch...

Page 494: ...nt Code is desig nated by the ASYD command SYS1 INDEX180 and 181 2 The PC is the decimal value from 1 to 16367 in CCIS network 3 An arbitrary PC may be assigned for the ISDN interface unless the PC is duplicated in the CCIS network 4 The PC assigned by this command should correspond to the one assigned by the ACIC1 ACIC2 command 3 Data Entry Instructions For CCIS assign the Logical route number of...

Page 495: ...he OPC Originating Point Code is desig nated by the ASYD command SYS1 INDEX180 and 181 2 The PC is the decimal value from 1 to 16367 in CCIS network 3 The PC assigned by this command should correspond to the one assigned by the ACIC1N ACIC2 com mand 4 Once assigning the destination PC data for CCIS interface by this ADPCN NDM command the existing CCIS ISDN data in DM and LDM turns invalid 5 This c...

Page 496: ...ter of the even number CSCG within the CSCG pair The first group of the PRT DTI card is used for the location of the B channel in the CCH parameter of the odd number CSCG 6 The Common Channel Handler circuit handles the CICs B channels The relationship between GROUP and CICs are shown below 7 The D channel signal channel location should be entered in the CCH parameter as illustrated in Figure 4 29...

Page 497: ...ice24 Voice23 Voice22 Voice21 Voice20 Voice19 Voice18 Voice17 Voice16 Signal The CCT mounted slot n Voice30 Voice29 Voice28 Voice27 Voice26 Voice25 Voice24 Voice23 Voice22 Voice21 Voice20 Voice19 Voice18 Voice17 Voice16 Signal Voice15 Voice14 Voice13 Voice12 Voice11 Voice10 Voice9 Voice8 Voice7 Voice6 Voice5 Voice4 Voice3 Voice2 Voice1 CCH The CCT mounted slot Odd Number Group Even Number Group Gr...

Page 498: ...27 Bch26 Bch25 Bch24 Bch23 Bch22 Bch21 Bch20 Bch19 Bch18 Bch17 Bch16 Dch1 The PRT mounted slot n Bch30 Bch29 Bch28 Bch27 Bch26 Bch25 Bch24 Bch23 Bch22 Bch21 Bch20 Bch19 Bch18 Bch17 Bch16 Dch1 Bch15 Bch14 Bch13 Bch12 Bch11 Bch10 Bch9 Bch8 Bch7 Bch6 Bch5 Bch4 Bch3 Bch2 Bch1 Dch2 The PRT mounted slot Odd Number Group Even Number Group Group n Group n 2 Group n 1 Group n 3 IN CASE OF 16 PORT SLOT IN C...

Page 499: ... 5 4 3 2 1 LV0 LV7 6 5 4 3 2 1 LV0 LV7 6 5 4 3 2 1 LV0 LV7 6 5 4 3 2 1 LV0 Level ACSC ACSC Level Slot n 1 CCH DCH1 CCH DCH1 CCH DCH0 CCH DCH0 The CCH DCH mounted slot n The CCH DCH mounted slot ACSC ACSC Odd Number Group Even Number Group Group n Group n 2 Group n 1 Group n 3 IN CASE OF 16 PORT SLOT IN CASE OF 32 PORT SLOT ...

Page 500: ...nter the signal channel location of the CCT CCH For ISDN the following data should be assigned to this parameter Even number CSCG D Channel location Odd number CSCG The first group of B Channel location CCH Note CSC GROUP NUMBER CSCG CIC GROUP NUMBER GROUP COMMON CHANNEL SIGNALLING CONTROLLER CCH MG U G REMARKS When the PRT card is used the same location should be assigned at CSCGs for Bch and Dch...

Page 501: ...job When all of the CCHs within the even number CCHs load becomes high its consecutive odd num ber CSCG s CCHs share their work load 5 The Common Channel Handler circuit handles the CICs B channels The relationship between GROUP and CICs are shown below 6 The D channel signal channel location should be entered in the CCH parameter as illustrated in Figure 4 32 and Figure 4 33 CCT Next Page CCH pag...

Page 502: ... Voice27 Voice26 Voice25 Voice24 Voice23 Voice22 Voice21 Voice20 Voice19 Voice18 Voice17 Voice16 Signal The CCT mounted slot n Voice30 Voice29 Voice28 Voice27 Voice26 Voice25 Voice24 Voice23 Voice22 Voice21 Voice20 Voice19 Voice18 Voice17 Voice16 Signal Voice15 Voice14 Voice13 Voice12 Voice11 Voice10 Voice9 Voice8 Voice7 Voice6 Voice5 Voice4 Voice3 Voice2 Voice1 CCH The CCT mounted slot Odd Number...

Page 503: ...LV0 LV7 6 5 4 3 2 1 LV0 LV7 6 5 4 3 2 1 LV0 LV7 6 5 4 3 2 1 LV0 LV7 6 5 4 3 2 1 LV0 Level ACSCL ACSCL Level Slot n 1 CCH1 CCH1 CCH0 CCH0 The CCH mounted slot n The CCH mounted slot ACSCL ACSCL Odd Number Group Even Number Group Group n Group n 2 Group n 1 Group n 3 IN CASE OF 16 PORT SLOT IN CASE OF 32 PORT SLOT ...

Page 504: ... number and its consecutive odd number within 2 255 128 and 129 is not used 130 0 0 0 0 0 4 1 2 CSCG For CCIS enter the signal channel location of the CCT CCH CCH CSC GROUP NUMBER CSCG CIC GROUP NUMBER GROUP FUSION POINT CODE FPC 1 253 COMMON CHANNEL SIGNALLING CONTROLLER CCH MG U G REMARKS ...

Page 505: ... the even number CCHs load becomes high its consecutive odd num ber CSCG s CCHs share their work load 5 The Common Channel Handler circuit handles the CICs B channels The relationship between GROUP and CICs are shown below 6 The D channel signal channel location should be entered in the CCH parameter as illustrated in Figure 4 33 1 and Figure 4 33 2 CCT CCH respectively When it is a CCT card the S...

Page 506: ...28 Voice27 Voice26 Voice25 Voice24 Voice23 Voice22 Voice21 Voice20 Voice19 Voice18 Voice17 Voice16 Signal The CCT mounted slot n Voice30 Voice29 Voice28 Voice27 Voice26 Voice25 Voice24 Voice23 Voice22 Voice21 Voice20 Voice19 Voice18 Voice17 Voice16 Signal Voice15 Voice14 Voice13 Voice12 Voice11 Voice10 Voice9 Voice8 Voice7 Voice6 Voice5 Voice4 Voice3 Voice2 Voice1 CCH The CCT mounted slot Odd Numb...

Page 507: ...1 LV0 LV7 6 5 4 3 2 1 LV0 LV7 6 5 4 3 2 1 LV0 LV7 6 5 4 3 2 1 LV0 LV7 6 5 4 3 2 1 LV0 Level ACSCL ACSCL Level Slot n 1 CCH1 CCH1 CCH0 CCH0 The CCH mounted slot n The CCH mounted slot ACSCL ACSCL Odd Number Group Even Number Group Group n Group n 2 Group n 1 Group n 3 IN CASE OF 16 PORT SLOT IN CASE OF 32 PORT SLOT ...

Page 508: ...t to assign the CSCG duplicated to the one already used in existing ISDN data Enter any even number and its consecutive odd number within 2 255 128 and 129 is not used Note 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 CSCG For CCIS enter the signal channel location of the CCT CCH CCH CSC GROUP NUMBER CSCG CIC GROUP NUMBER GROUP FUSION POINT CODE FPC 1 253 COMMON CHANNEL SIGNALLING CONTROLLER CCH MG...

Page 509: ...quired for ISDN 3 The PC parameter should correspond to the data assigned by the ADPC command 4 The CSCG parameter should correspond to the one assigned by the ACSC command 5 When this command is used for CCIS all Point Codes PC within the network except the Originating Point Code should be assigned 3 Data Entry Instructions 1 130 Assign any even number with a range from 2 to 255 except 128 and 12...

Page 510: ...to the data assigned by the ADPCN command 3 The CSCG parameter should correspond to the one assigned by the ACSCN command 4 When this command is used for CCIS all Point Codes PC within the network except the PC of self node should be assigned 5 The existing CCIS ISDN data in DM turns invalid when the CCIS link data is assigned by this ACIC1 NDM command 6 This command is available for the software ...

Page 511: ...nel which is assigned by the ATRK command of the CCIS link 2 The CIC number assigned by this command must correspond to the one assigned in the direct facing node in the CCIS network 3 The ACIC2 command is not required for ISDN interface 3 Data Entry Instructions DETERMINATE POINT CODE PC 1 16383 CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION CODE CIC 1 999 LINE EQUIPMENT NUMBER LENS REMARKS CIC Assign unique CIC for all...

Page 512: ...l This command is used to assign Trunk Application Data 2 Precautions 1 The ARTD command should be assigned for the external trunk route 2 The applicable number of the external trunk route is designated by the ASYD command SYS1 INDEX65 3 Data Entry Instructions See Data Sheet on the following pages ...

Page 513: ...Speech 3 1kHz audioand7kHzaudiocallsarerestricted 3 15 Notused 4 TRSRST CallRestrictionbyInformationtransferratein BearerCapabilityInformationElement 0 Norestriction 1 384Kbps H0 callisrestricted 2 1536Kbps H11 1920Kbps H12 callis restricted 3 384Kbpsand1536 H11 1920Kbps H12 callsarerestricted 4 15 Notused 5 T309LNK AssignmentofTimerT309forDataLinkFail ure 0 Layer2AlarmwithT309forDataLink Failure ...

Page 514: ...d 1 DeletionofALL1alarmsignalasaLayer 1alarm 12 TMPRT TemporaryRouteInformationoverCCIS 0 Notused 1 InCCIS therouteinformationcanbe transferredbythecallcontrolmessages Moreover thecallrestrictioncanbe checkedreferringtothisrouteinforma tion 13 CODEC Whenassigningthisdata zero 0 shouldal waysbeentered 0 0 0 0 14 PASS Whenassigningthisdata zero 0 shouldal waysbeentered 0 0 0 0 15 IRL ClearcallwhenDT...

Page 515: ... 1 Restriction Note 1 This data is effective when TM PRT 1 22 ROCG OutgoingCallAccountbyTemporaryRoute Information Note 2 0 Notused 1 Effective Note 2 This data is effective when TMPRT 1 23 RICG IncomingCallAccountbyTemporaryRoute Information Note 3 0 Notused 1 Effective Note 3 This data is effective when TMPRT 1 24 STSENQ StatusInquiryMessageSend 0 Outofservice 1 Inservice 25 MMNPASS Whenassignin...

Page 516: ...t 5 Afterreceiving5thdigit 6 Afterreceiving6thdigit 7 Afterreceiving7thdigit 32 SRV Australiaonly AdditionalServiceSelection bit0 AdviceofCharge AOC 0 Valid 1 Invalid bit1 MaliciousCallTrace MCT Malicious CallIdentification MCID 0 Valid 1 Invalid bit2 bit6 Notused bit7 ForTONand orNPI 0 Invalid 1 Valid Note Input this data by a deci mal 33 TON TypeofNumber 0 Unknown 1 InternationalNumber 2 Nationa...

Page 517: ...d CCIS E CCIS Note 1 0 1 Invalid Valid 37 ECCISTM Release timer for E CCIS Line Note 1 0 3 minutes Default 1 15 seconds 2 30 seconds 3 1 minute 4 2 minutes 5 5 minutes 6 10 minutes 7 15 minutes 8 30 minutes 9 1 hour 10 13 Not used 14 Immediately after call completion for Speech Channel 1 minute for Single Channel 15 Not released 38 ECCISOB OG Billing for E CCIS Line Note 1 0 1 Not required Require...

Page 518: ... 0 0 46 VRD VoiceRecognizeDial Whenassigningthisdata Zero 0 shouldal waysbeentered 0 0 0 0 47 INTD InterfaceDetail Note 2 0 Q SIG 1 IS 11572 2 H 323 Note 5 48 JECCIS CommonUsewithE CCISRT Note 2 0 OutofService 1 InService 49 ECCIS2 E CCISSystem Note 2 0 OutofService 1 CommonChannelSystem 2 Notused 3 Notused 50 IPINT Japanonly PublicPCSProtocol 0 5 Notused 6 IPProtocol 2B D 7 PublicProtocol 2B D 8 ...

Page 519: ...ce Note 1 60 PR Path Replacement Additional Network Feature 0 1 Out of service In service Note 1 61 COT Continuity check for Signaling System No 7 0 1 Out of service In service Note 1 62 SS7 Signaling System No 7 0 1 CCITT No 7 SS7 Note 1 63 NI2ID Identifier for National ISDN2 0 15 Note 1 0 Out of service the local carrier doesn t sup port TBCT or PBX doesn t have it sub scribed with local carrier...

Page 520: ...ting the NDM at each Local Node LN 2 Precautions 1 This command can be used only when logging in to NCN Network Control Node 2 The data assigned by this command is also allocated to the Trunk Application data for physical route AR TI If the Trunk Application data is deleted by using this command however the data for physical route is not to be deleted Therefore use ARTI command to invalidate the T...

Page 521: ...riction Speech 3 1kHz audioand7kHzaudiocallsarerestricted 3 15 Notused 4 TRSRST CallRestrictionbyInformationtransferratein BearerCapabilityInformationElement 0 Norestriction 1 384Kbps H0 callisrestricted 2 1536Kbps H11 1920Kbps H12 callis restricted 3 384Kbpsand1536 H11 1920Kbps H12 callsarerestricted 4 15 Notused 5 T309LNK AssignmentofTimerT309forDataLinkFail ure 0 Layer2AlarmwithT309forDataLink ...

Page 522: ...0 Notused 1 DeletionofALL1alarmsignalasaLayer 1alarm 12 TMPRT TemporaryRouteInformationoverCCIS 0 Notused 1 InCCIS therouteinformationcanbe transferredbythecallcontrolmessages Moreover thecallrestrictioncanbe checkedreferringtothisrouteinforma tion 13 CODEC Whenassigningthisdata zero 0 shouldal waysbeentered 0 0 0 0 14 PASS Whenassigningthisdata zero 0 shouldal waysbeentered 0 0 0 0 15 IRL Clearca...

Page 523: ...iction 1 Restriction Note 1 This data is effective when TM PRT 1 22 ROCG OutgoingCallAccountbyTemporaryRoute Information Note 2 0 Notused 1 Effective Note 2 This data is effective when TM PRT 1 23 RICG IncomingCallAccountbyTemporaryRoute Information Note 3 0 Notused 1 Effective Note 3 This data is effective when TM PRT 1 24 STSENQ StatusInquiryMessageSend 0 Outofservice 1 Inservice 25 MMNPASS When...

Page 524: ...4thdigit 5 Afterreceiving5thdigit 6 Afterreceiving6thdigit 7 Afterreceiving7thdigit 32 SRV Australiaonly AdditionalServiceSelection bit0 AdviceofCharge AOC 0 Valid 1 Invalid bit1 MaliciousCallTrace MCT Malicious CallIdentification MCID 0 Valid 1 Invalid bit2 bit6 Notused bit7 ForTONand orNPI 0 Invalid 1 Valid Note Input this data by a deci mal 33 TON TypeofNumber 0 Unknown 1 InternationalNumber 2 ...

Page 525: ...nt Based CCIS E CCIS Note 1 0 1 Invalid Valid 37 ECCISTM Release timer for E CCIS Line Note 1 0 3 minutes Default 1 15 seconds 2 30 seconds 3 1 minute 4 2 minutes 5 5 minutes 6 10 minutes 7 15 minutes 8 30 minutes 9 1 hour 10 13 Not used 14 Immediately after call completion for Speech Channel 1 minute for Single Channel 15 Not released 38 ECCISOB OG Billing for E CCIS Line Note 1 0 1 Not required ...

Page 526: ... VoiceRecognizeDial Whenassigningthisdata Zero 0 shouldal waysbeentered 0 0 0 0 47 INTD InterfaceDetail Note 2 0 Q SIG 1 IS 11572 2 H 323 Note 4 48 JECCIS CommonUsewithE CCISRT Note 2 0 OutofService 1 InService 49 ECCIS2 E CCISSystem Note 2 0 OutofService 1 CommonChannelSystem 2 Notused 3 Notused 50 IPINT Japanonly PublicPCSProtocol 0 5 Notused 6 IPProtocol 2B D 7 PublicProtocol 2B D 8 15 Notused ...

Page 527: ...l Note 1 0 Transparent 1 µ lawoutput 2 A lawoutput 3 Notused 58 MCTFAC MCT MCID Service Send Message for Australia only 0 When using MCT MCID service send INFORMATION message 1 When using MCT MCID service send FACILITY message Note 2 59 RE Recall Supplementary Service 0 1 Out of service In service Note 2 60 PR Path Replacement Additional Network Feature 0 1 Out of service In service Note 2 61 COT ...

Page 528: ...R 1 899 TRUNK DATA 63 NI2ID Identifier for National ISDN2 Note 1 0 Out of service the local carrier doesn t support TBCT or PBX doesn t have it subscribed with lo cal carrier 1 14 In service only when own and opposite side NI 2 Trunks match this value Otherwise out of service Note 2 15 In service only when own and op posite side NI 2 routes serve a same node FPC Otherwise out of service Note 3 64 ...

Page 529: ...station number is assigned in the STN parameter and is displayed in CNT P STN box 5 Press ESC to skip forward to the SECRETARY parameter when all the desired member stations have been entered 6 Enter space blank in the SECRETARY parameter if a secretary station is not required 7 The Phantom station number which assigned by the APHN command cannot be assigned for the pilot station number of the Sta...

Page 530: ...icate 3 The Pilot station number is assigned in the TELN parameter 4 There is no limitation on the number of Pilot groups in a system 5 The data assigned at this command is invalid in Netfusing system 6 This command is available since Release 7 software enhancement 3 Data Entry Instructions Note Enter the Telephone Number to be assigned in EDIT TELN box on the display NUMBER OF STATIONS CNT NUMBER...

Page 531: ... stations within a Hunting Group is 100 not including the Secretary Sta tion It cannot be executed to assign a station belongs to other Station Hunting Group in duplicate 3 The Pilot station number is assigned in the TELN parameter 3 Data Entry Instructions Note Enter the Telephone Number to be assigned in EDIT TELN box on the display NUMBER OF STATIONS CNT NUMBER OF STATIONS CNT USER GROUP NUMBER...

Page 532: ... to assign a station belongs to other Station Hunting Group in duplicate 3 When assigning the Circular Hunting member station data the data entered in the STN text box must be reentered as CNT 1 text box Example When the station numbers 300 301 and 302 are the members of the Station Hunting Circular group assign the data as follows STN 300 CNT 1 300 CNT 2 301 CNT 3 302 4 The applicable tenant numb...

Page 533: ...ENANT NUMBER TN SECRETARY STATION NUMBER SECRET STN STATION NUMBER STN CNT 1 STN NUMBER OF STATIONS CNT STN NUMBER OF STATIONS CNT STN STN STATION NUMBER STN SECRETARY Enter the secretary station number if required STN CNT 1 CNT 2 100 Enter the station number specified in STN and CNT 1 parameters Enter the member station number 2 3 4 5 27 28 29 30 400 401 402 403 1 500 400 52 53 54 55 77 78 79 80 ...

Page 534: ...ongs to other Station Hunting Group in duplicate 3 There is no limitation on the number of Circular groups in a system 4 The data assigned at this command is invalid in Netfusing system 5 This command is available since Release 7 software enhancement 3 Data Entry Instructions Note Enter the Telephone Number to be assigned in EDIT TELN box on the display NUMBER OF STATIONS CNT NUMBER OF STATIONS CN...

Page 535: ...00 not including the Secretary Sta tion It cannot be executed to assign a station belongs to other Station Hunting Group in duplicate 3 Data Entry Instructions Note Enter the Telephone Number to be assigned in EDIT TELN box on the display NUMBER OF STATIONS CNT NUMBER OF STATIONS CNT USER GROUP NUMBER UGN SECRETARY TELEPHONE NUMBER SECRETARY TELN TELEPHONE NUMBER TELN CNT 1 TELN TELN TELN TELN NUM...

Page 536: ... the AUAD command if the Delay Announcement UCD service feature is required 6 Assign the AUCD command if the peripheral threshold as listed below is required a The number of call in UCD queuing which is used for the UCD Peg Count b The threshold of the UCD Call Waiting Lamp which accommodated on a Dterm starts to flash c Denial of the MCI call result text of the call terminated to the UCD group 7 ...

Page 537: ...er to be assigned in EDIT STN box on the display NUMBER OF STATIONS CNT NUMBER OF STATIONS CNT TENANT NUMBER TN STATION NUMBER STN STN NUMBER OF STATIONS CNT STN NUMBER OF STATIONS CNT STN STN STATION NUMBER STN STN Enter UCD pilot controlling station number 2 3 4 5 27 28 29 30 52 53 54 55 77 78 79 80 ...

Page 538: ... the WRT text box when all the desired stations have been entered 6 Assign the AUADN command if the Delay Announcement UCD service feature is required 7 Assign the AUCDN command if the peripheral threshold listed below is required a The number of call in UCD queuing which is used for the UCD Peg Count b The threshold of the UCD Call Waiting Lamp which can be accommodated on a Dterm starts to flash...

Page 539: ...IT TELN box on the display NUMBER OF STATIONS CNT NUMBER OF STATIONS CNT USER GROUP NUMBER UGN TELEPHONE NUMBER TELN Max 16 digits TELN TELN TELN TELN NUMBER OF STATIONS CNT NUMBER OF STATIONS CNT TELEPHONE NUMBER TELN Fixed to 1 UGN 2 3 4 5 27 28 29 30 52 53 54 55 77 78 79 80 TELN Enter UCD pilot station controlling station 1 ...

Page 540: ... TELN parameter 4 Press ESC to skip forward to the WRT text box when all the desired stations have been entered 5 Assign the AUADN command if the Delay Announcement UCD service feature is required 6 Assign the AUCDN command if the peripheral threshold as listed below is required a The number of call in UCD queuing which is used for the UCD Peg Count b The threshold of the UCD Call Waiting Lamp whi...

Page 541: ...ed in EDIT TELN box on the display NUMBER OF STATIONS CNT NUMBER OF STATIONS CNT USER GROUP NUMBER UGN TELEPHONE NUMBER TELN TELN NUMBER OF STATIONS CNT TELN NUMBER OF STATIONS CNT TELN TELN TELEPHONE NUMBER TELN TELN Enter UCD pilot station controlling station 2 3 4 5 27 28 29 30 52 53 54 55 77 78 79 80 UGN Fixed to 1 ...

Page 542: ...ommand 3 This command can be specified using the following UCD related options a The maximum number of calls in UCD queuing b The threshold of the UCD Call Waiting Lamp which accommodated on a Dterm start to flash c Denial of the MCI call result text of the call terminated to the UCD group 4 The following data should also be assigned for UCD Call Waiting lamp flashing ASYD command SYS1 INDEX 61 b5...

Page 543: ...m CWT STATION NUMBER STN UCD QUEUING PEG COUNT VALUE QTH ACT 0 1 UCD QUEUING PEG COUNT VALUE QTH 0 255 THRESHOLD VALUE OF CALL WAITING CWT 1 255 MCI DATA TRANSFER MCI 0 1 REMARKS TENANT NUMBER TN TN and STN QTH ACT UCD queuing value is 0 Invalid QTH parameter is not assigned 1 Valid QTH parameter is assigned MCI The call record to the UCD group is transferred to MCI 0 Valid 1 Invalid TN and STN UC...

Page 544: ...specify the following UCD related options a The maximum number of calls in UCD queuing b The threshold of the UCD Call Waiting Lamp which is accommodated on a Dterm starts to flash c Denial of the MCI call result text of the call terminated to the UCD group 3 The following data should also be assigned for UCD Call Waiting lamp flashing ASYD command SYS1 INDEX 61 b5 1 Call Waiting Display UCD in Se...

Page 545: ...UEUING PEG COUNT VALUE QTH ACT 0 1 UCD QUEUING PEG COUNT VALUE QTH 0 255 THRESHOLD VALUE OF CALL WAITING CWT 1 255 MCI DATA TRANSFER MCI 0 1 USER GROUP NUMBER UGN UGN and TELN QTH ACT UCD queuing value is 0 Invalid QTH parameter is not assigned 1 Valid QTH parameter is assigned MCI The call record to the UCD group is transferred to MCI 0 Valid 1 Invalid UGN and TELN UCD pilot station number parame...

Page 546: ...ation should be assigned by the ASHUN command 2 This command can be specified using the following UCD related options a The maximum number of calls in UCD queuing b The threshold of the UCD Call Waiting Lamp which accommodated on a Dterm start to flash c Denial of the MCI call result text of the call terminated to the UCD group 3 The following data should also be assigned for UCD Call Waiting lamp...

Page 547: ...CWT TELEPHONE NUMBER TELN UCD QUEUING PEG COUNT VALUE QTH ACT 0 1 UCD QUEUING PEG COUNT VALUE QTH 0 255 THRESHOLD VALUE OF CALL WAITING CWT 1 255 MCI DATA TRANSFER MCI 0 1 USER GROUP NUMBER UGN UGN and TELN QTH ACT UCD queuing value is 0 Invalid QTH parameter is not assigned 1 Valid QTH parameter is assigned MCI The call record to the UCD group is transferred to MCI 0 Valid 1 Invalid UGN and TELN ...

Page 548: ... UCD group They overflow from TN A STN A to TN B STN B 3 The applicable tenant number TN range is designated by the ASYD command SYS 1 INDEX 8 3 Data Entry Instructions STATION NUMBER STN A STATION NUMBER STN B REMARKS TENANT NUMBER TN A TENANT NUMBER TN B TN B and STN B TN B and STN B UCD pilot station number parameters should be assigned with respecting to the data assigned by the ASHU command T...

Page 549: ... designated group can overflow forward to another UCD group They overflow from UGN A TELN A to UGN B TELN B 3 This command is available since Release 9 software enhancement 3 Data Entry Instructions TELEPHONE NUMBER TELN A TELEPHONE NUMBER TELN B USER GROUP NUMBER UGN A USER GROUP NUMBER UGN B UGN B and TELN B UGN B and TELN B UCD pilot station number parameters should be assigned with respect to ...

Page 550: ...ion should be assigned by the ASHUN command 2 The calls terminate to the designated group can overflow forward to another UCD group They overflow from UGN A TELN A to UGN B TELN B 3 Data Entry Instructions TELEPHONE NUMBER TELN A TELEPHONE NUMBER TELN B USER GPOUP NUMBER UGN A USER GPOUP NUMBER UGN B UGN B and TELN B UGN B and TELN B UCD pilot station number parameters should be assigned with resp...

Page 551: ...f eight 8 external announcement machines can be assigned per a UCD group 3 As to the designation of sharing the UCD Announcement Information ASYD SYS1 INDEX7 bit6 0 1 Common per UCD group be sure to follow as mentioned below In case the system data ASYD SYS1 INDEX70 bit6 shall be modified after the UCD Announce ment Information has already been assigned first clear all the data assigned by this co...

Page 552: ...ithin the time specified by the INT parameter INT The INT parameter is appeared when RP 1 Enter the replay interval time value in second with a range of 0 30 seconds 2 seconds increments CNT The number of external trunks to be connected an external announcement machine DELAY TIMER DLYT 0 30 TRUNK NUMBER TK ROUTE NUMBER RT MESSAGE TIMER MSGT 0 30 ANNOUNCE MENT OUTPUT REPLAY RP 0 1 REPLAY INTERVAL I...

Page 553: ...y using the ASHUL command 2 A maximum of eight 8 external announcement machines can be assigned per a UCD group 3 As to the designation of sharing the UCD Announcement Information ASYDL SYS1 INDEX804 bit4 0 1 per UCD group Common be sure to follow the note as mentioned below In case the system data ASYDL SYS1 INDEX804 bit4 shall be modified after the UCD Announce ment Information has already been ...

Page 554: ...e INT parameter appears when RP 1 Enter the replay interval time value in seconds with a range of 0 30 seconds 2 seconds increments CNT The number of external trunks to be connected to an external announcement machine DELAY TIMER DLYT 0 30 TRUNK NUMBER TK 1 768 ROUTE NUMBER RT MESSAGE TIMER MSGT 0 30 ANNOUNCE MENT OUTPUT REPLAY RP 0 1 REPLAY INTERVAL INT 0 30 USER GROUP NUMBER UGN TELEPHONE NUMBER...

Page 555: ...ember station by using the ASHUN command 2 A maximum of eight 8 external announcement machines can be assigned per a UCD group 3 As to the designation of sharing the UCD Announcement Information ASYDL SYS1 INDEX804 bit4 0 1 per UCD group Common be sure to follow the notes as mentioned below Common in all the UCD groups b4 1 is assigned means the UCD Announcement Information is common in each Node ...

Page 556: ...he replay interval time value in seconds with a range of 0 30 seconds 2 seconds increments CNT The number of external trunks to be connected to an external announcement machine LGRT Enter the Logical Route Number of the Announcement Trunk Announcement Trunk should be mounted on the same node in which the UCD pilot station is accommodated DELAY TIMER DLYT 0 30 TRUNK NUMBER TK LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER L...

Page 557: ...he station can be assigned to only one Call Pickup Group 5 The phantom number assigned by the APHN command can not be a member station of the Call Pickup Group 6 The applicable tenant number TN range is designated by the ASYD command SYS 1 INDEX 8 3 Data Entry Instructions Note Enter the Station Number to be assigned in EDIT STN box on the display NUMBER OF STATIONS CNT NUMBER OF STATIONS CNT TENA...

Page 558: ...e assigned to the member of only one Call Pickup Group 5 Either Call Pickup Group for LDM or Call Pickup Group for NDM can be executed in a system Both services can t coexist in a system 6 The data assigned at this command is invalid in Netfusing system 7 This command is available since Release 7 software enhancement 3 Data Entry Instructions Note Enter the Telephone Number to be assigned in EDIT ...

Page 559: ...nd SSC SID 7 3 There is no limitation in a CALL Pickup Groups within a system 4 The station can be assigned to only one Call Pickup Group 5 Either Call Pickup Group for LDM or Call Pickup Group for NDM can be executed in a system Both ser vices can t coexist in a system 3 Data Entry Instructions Note Enter the Telephone Number to be assigned in EDIT TELN box on the display NUMBER OF STATIONS CNT N...

Page 560: ...Pickup Expand Group 4 The access code of the Call Pickup Expand Group is assigned by the ASPA command SRV SSCA SI DA 63 5 The applicable tenant number TN range is designated by the ASYD command SYS 1 INDEX 8 3 Data Entry Instructions Note Enter the Station Number to be assigned in EDIT STN box on the display NUMBER OF STATIONS CNT NUMBER OF STATIONS CNT TENANT NUMBER TN STATION NUMBER STN STATION ...

Page 561: ... can be assigned to the member of only one Call Pickup Group 5 Either Call Pickup Expand Group for LDM or Call Pickup Expand Group for NDM can be executed in a system Both services can t coexist in a system 6 The data assigned at this command is invalid in Netfusing system 7 This command is available since Release 7 software enhancement 3 Data Entry Instructions Note Enter the Telephone Number to ...

Page 562: ...There is no limit to the number of Call Pickup Expand Group 4 The access code of the Call Pickup Expand Group is assigned by the ASPAN command SRV SSCA SI DA 63 5 Either Call Pickup Expand Group for LDM or Call Pickup Expand Group for NDM can be executed in a system Both services can t coexist in a system 3 Data Entry Instructions Note Enter the Telephone Number to be assigned in EDIT TELN box on ...

Page 563: ...number and also originate a speed dial call 6 The SLV station user can originate a speed dial call but speed dial number registration is not available The speed dial number registration is done by the MST station only 7 The MST station and slave stations must be in the same MG 8 The AISD command allows the maintenance person to register the speed dial number 9 When assigning the individual speed c...

Page 564: ...ctions MST STATION NUMBER STN NIUMBER OF BLOCKS BLOCK 1 10 SLV STATION NUMBER STN TENANT NUMBER TN STATION TYPE MST SLV M S STN The STN parameter is displayed when MST SLV S MST SLV M MST S SLV BLOCK The BLOCK parameter is displayed when MST SLV M 1 300 M 1 1 300 S 330 ...

Page 565: ...ssigned a maximum of 18 digits for the long speed dial number 4 One 1 BLOCK consists of ten 10 Speed Calling Station memories 5 There are one hundred 100 BLOCKs per MG 6 The applicable tenant number TN range is designated by the ASYD command SYS1 INDEX8 7 The MST station user can register the speed dial number and also originate a speed dial call 8 The SLV station user can originate a speed dial c...

Page 566: ...MST SLV NUMBER OF BLOCKS BLOCK 1 10 TELEPHONE NUMBER TELN Max 16 digits TELN MST SLV Enter the Telephone Number of the Master Slave station to which Speed Calling Group data to be assigned MST SLV 1 BLOCK Assign the number of memory block for each station This parameter appears when MST is selected in Station Type MST Master Station SLV Slave Station MST SLV Enter the Telephone Number of Master St...

Page 567: ...arameter on this command is variable depending on the number of memory blocks assigned by the AISA command One memory block contents ten memories which stores ten dif ferent speed dialing numbers 3 Data Entry Instructions STATION NUMBER STN SPEED CALLING DIGIT CODE SPD 00 99 TENANT NUMBER TN STN Assign the station number designated as a master station MST SLV M by the AISA command TELEPHONE NUMBER...

Page 568: ...ommand should be assigned as a master station MST by the AISA AISA_T command beforehand 5 The data range of the SPD parameter on this command varies depending on the number of memory blocks assigned by the AISA AISA_T command One memory block contains ten memories which store ten different speed dialing numbers 6 This command is available since Release 8 software enhancement 3 Data Entry Instructi...

Page 569: ...le tenant number TN range is designated by the ASYD command SYS 1 INDEX 8 3 Since the GN parameter is an intermediate data to the ASID command enter a unique number for each spe cial group 3 Data Entry Instructions 1 2 5 6 4 5 0 1 STATION NUMBER STN FUNCTION NUMBER F 0 7 GROUP NUMBER GN 1 7 REMARKS TENANT NUMBER TN F 0 Off Hook Alarm 1 Do Not Disturb Only for Hotel System 2 Room Cut Off Only for H...

Page 570: ...ination of the special group is designated by the ASIDL command 2 Since the GN parameter is intermediate data to the ASIDL command enter a unique number for each spe cial group 3 This command is available since Release 11 software enhancement 3 Data Entry Instructions USER GROUP NUMBER UGN TELEPHONE NUMBER TELN Max 16 digits FUNCTION NUMBER F 0 7 GROUP NUMBER GN 1 255 REMARKS TELN Enter the Teleph...

Page 571: ... NDM at each Local Node LN 2 Precautions 1 The call destination of the special group is designated by the ASIDN command 2 Since the GN parameter is intermediate data to the ASIDN command enter a unique number for each spe cial group 3 This command is available since Release 11 software enhancement 3 Data Entry Instructions TELN Enter the Telephone Number of the station which belongs to the special...

Page 572: ...ommand is common for all tenants ASYD command SYS1 INDEX 94 bit7 1 assign TN pa rameter as data 1 for all tenants 3 Do not enter the S A A Attendant Console when F 3 Attendant Night Transfer is entered 4 The GN parameter should correspond to the one assigned by the ASGD command 3 Data Entry Instructions TENANT NUMBER TN SPECIAL STATION NUMBER SSTN SPECIFIC TERMINATING EQUIPMENT FUNCTION NUMBER F 0...

Page 573: ...ions which belong to the Special Group are assigned by the ASGDL command 2 The GN parameter should correspond to the one assigned by the ASGDL command 3 This command is available since Release 11 software enhancement 3 Data Entry Instructions F 0 Off Hook Alarm 1 Not used 2 Not used 3 Attendant Night Transfer 4 Priority Call 1 5 Priority Call 2 6 Priority Call 3 7 Not used S A S Telephone Number o...

Page 574: ... are categorized as Special Group The sta tions which belong to the Special Group are assigned by the ASGDN command 2 The GN parameter should correspond to the one assigned by the ASGDN command 3 This command is available since Release 11 software enhancement 3 Data Entry Instructions F 0 Off Hook Alarm 1 Not used 2 Not used 3 Attendant Night Transfer 4 Priority Call 1 5 Priority Call 2 6 Priority...

Page 575: ...ta for PTT Network programming 2 Precautions This command is not available for Australia 3 Data Entry Instructions SELECTION SIGNAL CODE DC Max 32 Digits TYPE 1 6 KC SIGNAL INPUT POSITION KCP 1 32 KCP This parameter appeas only when TYPE 5 TYPE 1 Local Call 2 Local Special Call 3 Toll Operator Call 4 Overseas Operator Call 5 Toll Call 6 Overseas Call ...

Page 576: ...its have been sent out If Test Tone TT or Ring Back Tone RBT has been acknowledged an error is indicated INFORMATION TYPE TYPE 1 2 ROUTE TYPE RT TYPE 1 2 ROUTE NUMBER RT 1 255 RESPONSE PATTERN RESP 1 3 LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER LGRT 1 899 DIAL CODE DC Max 24 Digits LGRT Enter the Logical Route Number when RT TYPE 2 is assigned TYPE TYPE 1 Trunk Test Parameters 2 LENS of the LTST circuit card 1 Route Nu...

Page 577: ...L TRUNK ACCESS CODE ACC Max 3 Digits STATION NUMBER STN Max 6 Digits ACC Enter the Access Code for designating the individual trunk TYPE 1 Trunk Test Parameters 2 LENS of the LTST circuit card Enter the Line Equipment Numbers of the station connected to LTST 2 LENS This parameter is displayed only TN This parameter is displayed only STN MG U G LV ...

Page 578: ...RCV can be assigned when ASYD SYS1 INDEX 79 b2 1 Split Call Forwarding is In Ser vice and data 2 Split Call Forwarding is assigned at the TYPE parameter 3 Data Entry Instructions CALL FORWARDING TYPE TYPE 1 2 TENANT NUMBER TN STATION NUMBER STN CALL FORWARDING KIND SRV V B D N CALL FORWARDING DESTINATION NUMBER CFD RESTRICTED CALL KIND RCV T S REMARKS SRV V All Calls B Busy Line D Don t Answer N P...

Page 579: ...range is designated by the ASYD command SYS1 INDEX8 4 The RCV parameter can be assigned when ASYD SYS1 INDEX79 b2 1 Split Call Forwarding is In Service and Split Call Forwarding is selected in TYPE parameter 5 This command is available since Release 8 software enhancement 3 Data Entry Instruction Note The existing data is readout by pressing Get button after UGN and TELN is entered UGN CALL FORWAR...

Page 580: ... can be skipped owing to the kind of Call Forwarding features DAY NIGHT MODE D N TENANT NUMBER TN SERVICE FEATURE CLASS SFC 0 15 CALL FORWARD ALL DESTINATION CFAD MAX 24 DIGITS 0 9 CALL FORWARD BUSY DESTINATION CFBD MAX 24 DIGITS 0 9 CALL FORWARD DO NOT ANSWER DESTINATION CFDD MAX 24 DIGITS 0 9 Maximum 24 digits can be assigned to the Call Forwarding destination number as to each feature SFC D N E...

Page 581: ...The slumber time period and the forwarded destination are assigned by the ASLU2 command 4 The G parameter on this command is an intermediate data to assign the ASLU2 command 5 Denial of the Slumber Time Do Not Disturb service feature can be assigned by the following commands a ARTD command SLOV 1 is assigned for trunk route or b ASFC command SFI 107 RES 1 is assigned for the class of the originati...

Page 582: ...lumber time 4 The Telephone Number of the station belongs to the slumber group is assigned by this command 5 The slumber time period and the forwarded destination are assigned by the ASLU2 command 6 The G parameter on this command is intermediate data to assign the ASLU2 command 7 Denial of the Slumber Time Do Not Disturb service feature can be assigned by either of the following commands a ARTD c...

Page 583: ...lumber group are assigned by ASLU1 command 3 Denial of the Slumber Time Do Not Disturb service feature can be assigned by the following commands a ARTD command SLOV 1 is assigned for trunk route or b ASFC command SFI 107 RES 1 is assigned for the class of the originating station 4 The AAED command should also be assigned if TFR 2 DAT card is assigned 5 Time data should be assigned as 24 hours a da...

Page 584: ...FER KIND TFR 1 2 CNT 1 4 FROM HOUR FROM MINUTE TO HOUR TO MINUTE SLUMBER TIME START TIME SLUMBER TIME END TIME SLUMBER TIME GROUP NUMBER G 1 7 SLUMBER TIME Enter the time period for restricting the incoming call TFR 1 Attendant 2 DAT G Enter the number assigned by the ASLU1 command ...

Page 585: ... STN Enter the Station Number to which this application service is applied when MODE 1 is set HOT LINE HL 0 1 INTERMEDIATE RATE IRA 0 3 ALARM ALM 0 1 MODE Assign 1 1 Station 2 Trunk 3 LENS IRA Assign Intermediate Rate based on the LLC information element within the range from 0 3 0 Not assigned 1 8kbps 2 16kbps 3 32kbps Assign the User Rate based on the LLC Low Layer Compatibility information elem...

Page 586: ...M ALM 0 1 MODE Assign 2 1 Station 2 Trunk 3 LENS IRA Assign Intermediate Rate based on the LLC information element 0 Not assigned 1 8kbps 2 16kbps 3 32kbps Assign the User Rate based on the LLC Low Layer Compatibility information element TTC Q931 Test Circuit Card 0 1 Not exist Exist TLC 0 1 Alarm ALM Hot Line Recognition 0 1 Use Hot Line HL 2 USPEED Enter the External Route Number only when MODE ...

Page 587: ...ssign 3 1 Station 2 Trunk 3 LENS IRA Assign Intermediate Rate based on the LLC information element 0 Not assigned 1 8kbps 2 16kbps 3 32kbps Assign the User Rate based on the LLC Low Layer Compatibility information element TTC Q931 Test Circuit Card 0 1 Not exist Exist TLC 0 1 Alarm ALM Hot Line Recognition 0 1 Use Hot Line HL 3 USPEED Enter the LENS to which this application service is applied whe...

Page 588: ...he Timer Value of No Answer Timer to each Station Miscellaneous Timer Counter MTC 0 F Timer Class TC 0 7 139MTC 139TC 0 15 0 F 0 7 139MTC TC Enter the Timer Value of No Answer Timer for Station Call from ATT Miscellaneous Timer Counter MTC 0 F Timer Class TC 0 7 141MTC 141TC 0 15 0 F 0 7 141MTC TC Enter the Timer Value of No Answer Timer for Recall on Call Transfer to each Station Miscellaneous Ti...

Page 589: ...y the ALGSL command is not available in this command 2 In case of logging in to a LN only the Telephone Numbers allocated to the stations within the logged in node can be used in this command When logging in to the NCN the data memory of the whole nodes with in the network can be written 3 Prior to this command logical route data must be allocated by using the ALRTN command 4 Only when logging in ...

Page 590: ...igned 1 8 Kbps 2 16 Kbps 3 32 Kbps 5 ALM Alarm 0 1 Alarm 6 139MTC No Answer Individual Timer overriding SYS1 INDEX139 of ASYD Miscellaneous Timer Class 0 15 139MTC 139TC 7 139TC No Answer Individual Timer overriding SYS1 INDEX139 of ASYD Miscellaneous Timer Class 0 7 139MTC 139TC 8 140MTC No Answer Individual Timer overriding SYS1 INDEX140 of ASYD Miscellaneous Timer Class 0 15 140MTC 140TC 9 140T...

Page 591: ...ps 3 32 Kbps 5 ALM Alarm 0 1 Alarm 6 139MTC No Answer Individual Timer overriding SYS1 INDEX139 of ASYD Miscellaneous Timer Class 0 15 139MTC 139TC 7 139TC No Answer Individual Timer overriding SYS1 INDEX139 of ASYD Miscellaneous Timer Class 0 7 139MTC 139TC 8 140MTC No Answer Individual Timer overriding SYS1 INDEX140 of ASYD Miscellaneous Timer Class 0 15 140MTC 140TC 9 140TC No Answer Individual...

Page 592: ...MTC No Answer Individual Timer overriding SYS1 INDEX139 of ASYD Miscellaneous Timer Class 0 15 139MTC 139TC 7 139TC No Answer Individual Timer overriding SYS1 INDEX139 of ASYD Miscellaneous Timer Class 0 7 139MTC 139TC 8 140MTC No Answer Individual Timer overriding SYS1 INDEX140 of ASYD Miscellaneous Timer Class 0 15 140MTC 140TC 9 140TC No Answer Individual Timer overriding SYS1 INDEX140 of ASYD ...

Page 593: ...Line 3 When assigning CSIA 3 Direct in Termination outside Day Only the ADC should be assigned by the ASPD command 4 Use the ACSI command instead of this command if Direct in Termination Day and Night Mode or Di rect in Termination Night Mode is required 5 The applicable tenant number TN range is designated by the ASYD command SYS 1 INDEX 8 3 Data Entry Instructions ROUTE NUMBER RT CONNECTION SERV...

Page 594: ...coming call from a C O line is terminated to the CAS Line 3 When assigning CSIA 3 Direct in Termination outside Day Only the ADC should be assigned by the ASPD command 4 Use the ACSIL command instead of this command if Direct in Termination Day and Night Mode or Di rect in Termination Night Mode is required 3 Data Entry Instructions UGN Fixed 1 LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER LGRT CONNECTION SERVICE INDEX A ...

Page 595: ... this command the ADC must be set by the ASPD command 3 Use the ACSA command instead of this command if Direct in Termination Day mode only is required 4 When the PFT control by the external key is required the following data assignments are needed a AUNT command TYPE 2 PFT b AEKD command c ANCD command d ACSI command CSI 4 Direct in Termination Night Mode Note 5 The applicable tenant number TN ra...

Page 596: ...DIGIT CODE ADC 4 DIGITS TERMINATING STATION CSI 1 Not used 2 Not used 3 Direct In Termination Day and Night Mode 4 Direct In Termination Night Mode 5 Remote Access to PBX 6 Night Connection Outside 7 Direct In Termination Outside Day and Night Mode 6 0 0 1 3 or 4 0 1 3 1 1 3 2 0 0 1 5 2 0 0 1 6 or 7 0 0 1 1 ADC The dialed number corresponds to the ADC and is assigned by the ASPD command ...

Page 597: ...re 2 When setting the CSI to 6 Night Connection Outside or 7 Direct in Termination Outside using this command the ADC must be set by the ASPD command 3 Use the ACSAL command instead of this command if Direct in Termination Day mode only is required 4 When the PFT control by the external key is required the following data assignments are needed a AUNT command TYPE 2 PFT b AEKD command c ANCD comman...

Page 598: ...E ADC 4 DIGITS TERMINATING STATION CSI 1 Not used 2 Not used 3 Direct In Termination Day and Night Mode 4 Direct In Termination Night Mode 5 Remote Access to PBX 6 Night Connection Outside 7 Direct In Termination Outside Day and Night Mode 6 0 0 1 3 or 4 0 1 3 1 1 3 2 0 0 1 5 2 0 0 1 6 or 7 0 0 1 1 ADC The dialed number corresponds to the ADC assigned by the ASPD command NND Enter the number of di...

Page 599: ...ded a AUNT command TYPE 2 PFT b AEKD command c ANCD command d ACSI command CSI 4 Direct in Termination Night Mode 3 Data Entry Instructions MODULE GROUP MG PORT NUMBER OF PFT CARD PORT 0 11 PFT CARD NUMBER NCU PKG 0 3 ROUTE NUMBER RT 1 255 REMARKS TRUNK NUMBER TK MG NCU PKG Enter the data assigned by the AUNT command PORT The port parameter corresponds to the circuit number of the PFT card RT TK E...

Page 600: ...the data of other Node 3 When the PFT control by the external key is required the following data assignments are needed a AUNT command TYPE 2 PFT b AEKD command c ANCD ANCD_LR command d ACSI command CSI 4 Direct in Termination Night Mode 4 This command is available since Release 9 software enhancement 3 Data Entry Instructions FUSION POINT CODE FPC 1 253 MODULE GROUP NUMBER MG PORT NUMBER OF PFT C...

Page 601: ...ommand SFI 13 and the ACFR command TS FI 5 4 The applicable tenant number TN range is designated by the ASYD command SYS 1 INDEX 8 If data of this command is common for all tenants ASYD command SYS1 INDEX 93 bit2 1 assign TN pa rameter as data 1 for all tenants 3 Data Entry Instructions TENANT NUMBER TN UNIT NUMBER UNIT 0 3 MODULE GROUP NUMBER MG CIRCUIT NUMBER CN 0 1 REMARKS TN Enter the tenant n...

Page 602: ...are needed a AUNT command TYPE 2 PFT b AEKD command c ANCD command d ACSI command CSI 4 Direct in Termination Night Mode 2 A maximum of eight 0 7 external keys can be assigned corresponding to each PFT circuit card The ex ternal key can control two PFT circuit cards per MG 16 circuits 3 Data Entry Instructions 1 2 Day Night Change 3 4 CP One external key can manage 8 tenants at the maximum TN MODU...

Page 603: ...r set in the parameter RT should have been designated in ARTD ANI 1 3 Data Entry Instructions STA ATT OUTGOING AT 0 1 MAIN SATELLITE CENTRAL CC 0 1 EXPAN SION OF STA NUMBER LENGTH KT 0 1 OUT GOING ROUTE NUMBER RT AT 0 STA outgoing 1 ATT outgoing These parameters vary depending on the assignment of the previous parameter CENTRAL OFFICE CODE COC MAX 5 DIGITS STA NUMBER LENGTH STNL 1 8 OFFICE CODE TO...

Page 604: ...rk If logging in to a LN Local Node data setting only for the self node is available Error message is indicated if you try to write the data of other Node 3 The Route number of RT parameter should have been designated in ARTD CDN19 ANI 1 4 This command is available since Release 9 software enhancement 3 Data Entry Instructions Office Code for the number of digits assigned to parameter ADD MAIN SAT...

Page 605: ...ANI 2 Precautions 1 This data is available when E911 ANI Office Code Expansion is in service the ASYD command SYS 1 INDEX 246 bit5 1 2 The applicable tenant number TN range is designated by the ASYD command SYS 1 INDEX 8 3 Data Entry Instructions NUMBER TN TENANT CALL ORIGINATOR DIGIT SKIP 0 10 OFFICE CODE TO BE ADDED ADD 1 10 OFFICE CODE DC MAX 10 DIGITS SKIP Enter the number of digits skipped fr...

Page 606: ...lling party is an Attendant or tandem connection LDN assigned in this command is sent If b2 0 LDN assigned in this command is sent 3 The ANI parameter of ARTD command should be assigned prior to this command 4 The applicable tenant number TN range is designated by the ASYD command SYS 1 INDEX 8 3 Data Entry Instructions NUMBER TN TENANT CALL NUMBER OF TOLL TS MAXIMUM 8 DIGITS LISTED DIRECTORY NUMB...

Page 607: ...tion data for each node 2 Precautions 1 The mode is divided into every 30 minute interval 3 Data Entry Instructions TENANT NUMBER TN DAY OF THE WEEK WEEK RESTRICTION TIME TIME MODE REMARKS RESTRICTION MODE 0 2 MODE 0 1 Day 2 Night START TIME END TIME WEEK SUN Sunday TUE Tuesday THU Thursday SAT Saturday MON Monday WED Wednesday FRI Friday 1 SUN 00 00 23 30 00 00 00 30 01 00 0 0 0 ...

Page 608: ... DATA TYPE NIGHT TRS0 TYPE 1 3 TRANSFER CALL DATA TYPE BUSY TRS1 TYPE 1 3 TRANSFER CALL DATA TYPE NO ANS TRS2 TYPE 1 3 TRANSFER CALL DATA TYPE ICPT TRS3 TYPE 1 3 TRS0 1 2 3 TYPE 1 Attendant 2 Station 3 Trunk STI Select STI 2 to assign MFC Special Transfer Call Data STI 0 1 is not used TRANSFER CALL DATA NIGHT TRS0 DATA TRANSFER CALL DATA BUSY TRS1 DATA TRANSFER CALL DATA NO ANS TRS2 DATA TRANSFER ...

Page 609: ...NDEX STI 0 3 DESTINATION CODE DC 0 9 NUMBER OF NECESSARY DIGIT NND 1 30 REMARKS NND Assign the maximum number of digits for ANI information Max 30 DC Enter the first digit code STI Select STI 3 ANI Request Control Data to assign the number of digit to ANI for MFC feature STI 0 1 is not used When assigning ANI Request Control Data STI 3 ...

Page 610: ...ll termination Day mode ACSI Ring down trunk incoming call termination Day and Night mode or Night mode AFCP Calling Party Recognition Service of ISDN AHLS Hot Line ALDN LDN diversion of DID call 4 The applicable tenant number TN range is designated by the ASYD command SYS 1 INDEX 8 If data for this command is common for all tenants ASYD command SYS1 INDEX 93 bit3 1 assign TN pa rameter as data 1 ...

Page 611: ... 591 Revision 3 0 ASPD 3 Data Entry Instructions NUMBER TN TENANT ABBREVIATED DIGITS ADC MAXIMUM 4 DIGITS TELEPHONE NUMBER CD MUXIMUM 24 DIGITS REMARKS ADC Enter an abbreviated digits code Enter desired speed calling number CD ...

Page 612: ...ed to the by the data of ARSC command and the ASFC command 3 When data 2 Allowed is entered in the ACR parameter neither the RSC nor SFC parameter appear In this case the trunk connection or service feature is allowed regardless of the ARSC ASFC data 4 A maximum of 10 digits of DC can be entered as the Authorization Code 5 Assign data 0 Separate in bit 6 INDEX93 SYS1 of the ASYD command to specify...

Page 613: ... applicable tenant number TN range is designated by the ASYD command SYS 1 INDEX 8 If data of this command is common for all tenants ASYD command SYS1 INDEX 93 bit1 1 assign TN pa rameter as data 1 for all tenants 3 Data Entry Instructions NUMBER TN TENANT REMARKS CALL FORWARDING SERVICE CF CALL FORWARDING DESTINATION AND STATION NUMBER CFI 1 2 STN ABBREVIATED DIGIT CODE ADC MAX 4 DIGITS CFI CF AD...

Page 614: ... ADC and the speed dial number are assigned by the ASPD command 2 This command is available since Release 11 software enhancement 3 Data Entry Instructions ADC Enter the ADC to the forwarded destination when CF Night Connection Outside is selected CFI ATT Forwarded to Attendant Console TELN Forwarded to Station CF Select the type of call forwarding service 1 Call Forwarding Busy Line 2 Call Forwar...

Page 615: ...de is selected in CF parameter The Abbreviated Digit Codes ADC and the speed dial number are assigned by the ASPD command 2 This command is available since Release 11 software enhancement 3 Data Entry Instructions ADC Enter the ADC to the forwarded destination when CF Night Connection Outside is selected CFI ATT Forwarded to Attendant Console TELN Forwarded to Station CF Select the type of call fo...

Page 616: ... AMND command prior to assigning the data for ACDN 2 As far as tenants are concerned the same conditions apply as the AMND command If the numbering plan is common for all tenants ASYD SYS1 INDEX 93 bit6 1 assign the TN parameter 1 for all tenants 3 The applicable tenant number TN range is designated by the ASYD command SYS 1 INDEX 8 3 Data Entry Instructions TENANT NUMBER TN DESTINATION CODE DC MA...

Page 617: ...hen they are to be restricted or to assign the existing restrictions when such service connections are to be can celed 2 Precautions If the data is not assigned the specified connections are to be restricted 3 Data Entry Instructions INCOMING ROUTE NUMBER ICRT OUTGOING ROUTE NUMBER OGRT RESTRICTION DATA RES 0 2 ROUTE SERVICE RSV 0 1 REMARKS 1 2 0 0 RSV RES 0 Not used 1 AMP Pool When RSV 1 AMP Pool...

Page 618: ...an celed The data assigned by this command is written in the Network Data Memory NDM of the Network Con trol Node NCN updating the NDM at each Local Node LN 2 Precautions 1 This command can be used only when logging in to NCN 2 If the data is not assigned the specified connections are to be restricted 3 Data Entry Instructions INCOMING LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER IC_LGRT 1 899 OUTGOING LOGICAL ROUTE NUMB...

Page 619: ...asis 2 Precautions 1 Enter the data 1 at the TN parameter when 1 is entered at the TNF parameter 2 The applicable tenant number TN range is designated by the ASYD command SYS 1 INDEX 8 3 The Station Number entered in the STN parameter must correspond to the one assigned at the first circuit No 0 circuit of the CFT card 3 Data Entry Instructions TENANT FLAG TNF 0 1 TENANT NUMBER TN STATION NUMBER S...

Page 620: ... the Message Center Interface CCIS service feature 2 The MCI is installed at the main office of the CCIS network and the MCI text is transmitted or received to from the external VMS when an event treated by the MCI service feature has occurred at the satellite office 3 Data Entry Instructions REMOTE POINT CODE COUNTER CNT 1 32 CENTRALIZED SERVICE NUMBER CSN 1 7 REMOTE POINT CODE RPC 1 16383 REMARK...

Page 621: ...ate SYS1 INDEX75 bit2 ATNR command Day Night table 0 1 common separate SYS1 INDEX75 bit3 ATDP command Day Night table 0 1 common separate SYS1 INDEX75 bit4 AEFR command Day Night table 0 1 common separate For the Satellite office the related indexes of the ASYD command are as follows SYS1 INDEX18 bit7 Day Night change is executed by the Main Office 0 1 Out In service SYS1 INDEX19 bit0 3 Tenant TN ...

Page 622: ...ry Instructions REMARKS DAY NIGHT MODE DAY NIGHT D N ROUTE NUMBER DIGIT CODE DC MAX 7 DIGITS CHANGE DIGIT CODE CDC MAX 24 DIGITS ADDITIONAL DIALING AD FORWARDING DATA XER DAY NIGHT D Day N Night DC Max 7 digits Number of digits for this DC must match the data in DC of the ARTD command RT Enter the B Channel Route Number in the parameter RT XFR Always assign data 0 in XFR parameter when ISDN DID Ad...

Page 623: ... 3 Data Entry Instructions TRANSFER SERVICE XER DAY NIGHT MODE D N LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER LGRT 1 899 DIGIT CODE DC MAX 7 DIGITS 0 9 CHANGE DIGIT CODE CDC MAX 24 DIGITS 0 9 P ADDITIONAL DIALING AD D N D Day Mode N Night Mode DC Number of digit for this DC must match the data in DC of the ARTD command LGRT When ISDN line is used enter the Logical Route Number of the B channel route XFR Always select I...

Page 624: ... command is available since Release 11 software enhancement 3 Data Entry Instructions TRANSFER SERVICE XER DAY NIGHT MODE D N LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER LGRT 1 899 DIGIT CODE DC MAX 7 DIGITS 0 9 CHANGE DIGIT CODE CDC MAX 24 DIGITS 0 9 P ADDITIONAL DIALING AD D N D Day Mode N Night Mode DC Number of digit for this DC must match the data in DC of the ARTD command LGRT When ISDN line is used enter the Logi...

Page 625: ...tion service 2 Precautions 1 Enter a B Channel Route Number in the RT parameter 2 The CNP is an intermediate parameter to assign the SID by the ACND command 3 Data Entry Instructions KING OF CONNECTION IC OG I O CALLING NUMBER PATTERN CNP 1 255 ROUTE NUMBER RT REMARKS RT Enter the route number of the B channel IC OG I Incoming Call Calling Party Recognition O Outgoing Call SID To Network Present C...

Page 626: ...one assigned by ACNDN command 3 Assign the Calling Number Pattern CNP to Incoming Call and Outgoing Call each 4 When the Calling Party Recognition is used in TAPI service this command is to be assigned to the incom ing route of COT which receives the calling number information from Central Office analog directly 5 This command is available since software Release 7 or later 6 This command must be u...

Page 627: ...e assigned by the ACND command 2 This command is available since Release 10 software enhancement 3 Data Entry Instructions ROUTE NUMBER RT INCOMING OR OUTGOING IC OG ACCESS CODE ACC MAX 16 DIGITS 0 9 CALLING NUMBER PATTERN CNP 1 255 DIALED NUMBER CONFIRMATION DC 1 7 REMARKS Assign an access code for specifying the destination ACC Further data assignment by using the ACND command is required This p...

Page 628: ...nd corresponds to the one assigned by the ACNDN command 2 This command is available since Release 10 software enhancement 3 Data Entry Instructions LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER LGRT 1 899 INCOMING OR OUTGOING IC OG ACCESS CODE ACC MAX 16 DIGITS 0 9 CALLING NUMBER PATTERN CNP 1 1023 DIALED NUMBER CONFIRMATION DC 1 7 REMARKS Assign an access code for specifying the destination ACC Further data assignment by...

Page 629: ...ervice 2 Precautions 1 The CNP parameter corresponds to the one assigned by the ACNP command 3 Data Entry Instructions CALLING NUMBER PATTERN CNP 0 255 NUMBER OF DIGITS OF THE ADDITIONAL NUMBER ADD 0 24 SKIP DIGIT SKIP 0 24 REMARKS SKIP The number of skip digits from the SID CNP 0 OG ID Service 1 255 Calling Number Pattern ADD The number of the digits for the additional number DIGIT CODE OF THE AD...

Page 630: ...sponds to the one assigned by the ACNPN command 2 Don t assign the data 0 to both SKIP and ADD parameters 3 For DC parameter assign the same number of digits designated at ADD parameter 4 This command is available since software Release 7 or later 5 This command must be used in a pair with ACNPN command 3 Data Entry Instructions CALLING NUMBER PATTERN CNP 0 1023 NUMBER OF DIGITS OF THE ADDITIONAL ...

Page 631: ...n the ASYD command SYS 1 INDEX 76 Bit 2 1 3 The applicable tenant number TN range is designated by the ASYD command SYS 1 INDEX 8 4 The CALLING PARTY parameter may be treated as a All digits Called Station Number Access code assigned by the DC parameter of the ACND com mand Calling party number b Some portions are ignored Example ignore 003 where 003 is the access code c The entire number is ignor...

Page 632: ... CODE ADC D 1 35119212661234 1 0 0 1 2 3611 000 DAY NIGHT CFSI ITC CALLING PARTY CFD STN ADC D DAY N NIGHT 0 Call Forwarding All Calls 1 Call Forwarding Busy Line 2 Call Forwarding Don t Answer 3 Direct In Termination 0 Speech 1 Unrestricted Digital Data 2 Audio MODEM 3 Not used Called Station Number ACC Note 1 Calling Party Number Note 1 Enter the Access Code assigned in the ACND command 0 Statio...

Page 633: ...network is to be written 3 When the Call Forwarding Destination is a trunk line assign the Abbreviated Digit Code for the trunk line using the ASPD command 4 Data can be entered on a Day Night basis if specified in the ASYD command SYS1 INDEX 76 b2 1 5 The applicable tenant number TN range is designated by the ASYD command SYS1 INDEX 8 6 The CALLING PARTY parameter may be treated as a All digits C...

Page 634: ...CALLING PARTY Max 32 digits CALLING PARTY Called Station Number ACC Note Calling Party Number Note Enter the Access Code assigned in the ACND command ITC Speech Unrestricted Digital Data Audio MODEM CFD Telephone Number ATT External Not used CFSI Call Forwarding All Calls Call Forwarding Busy Line Call Forwarding Don t Answer Direct In Termination ADC Enter the Abbreviated Digit Code for the trunk...

Page 635: ...signment of the INTF parameter of this command should correspond to the INT parameter of the ARTD command 4 The data assignment of the TON parameter of this command should correspond to the one assigned by the ARTI command Table 4 28 Data Assignments for ISDN Switch ACBC AT T NT Feature Access Service Access SDN Service Access MEGACOM etc Public etc Public etc TDPTN 0 7 0 7 0 7 0 7 0 7 OPR 0 4095 ...

Page 636: ...T 10 Q sig IS11572 The different range of data can be entered depending on the data of INTF SERV parameter See Table 4 29 Next Page CODE for applicable CODE data 0 Unknown 1 International 2 National 3 Not used 4 Local 5 7 Not used TDPTN is specified by the ATCP command OPR is specified by the AOPR command 0 Unknown 1 ISDN Telephony Numbering Plan 2 8 Not used 9 Private Network Numbering Plan 10 15...

Page 637: ...N SID Preferred 2 BN ANI Preferred 3 CPN SID Only 4 BN ANI Only 5 Operator 6 PCCO 9 Call Associated TSC 10 Notification of Call Associated TSC Clearing or Resource Unavailable INTF 5 AT T SERV 1 Service 1 SDN Including SDGN 2 MEGACOM 800 3 MEGACOM 5 WATS maximal subscribed band 6 ACCUNET 7 Long Distance Service 8 International 800 10 AT T Multi Quest INTF 7 Northern Telecom NT 0 Public 1 Private 2...

Page 638: ...and is used to assign Virtual Tie Line Numbers to be used in Virtual Tie Line Service 2 Precautions 1 This data is to be assigned at the terminating office 2 A Virtual Tie Line Number is a station number converted as a number for Virtual Tie Line Service from one of the subscriber numbers assigned on the ISDN line ...

Page 639: ...ignated by the Time Range on the days designated by the Week Range in the period designated by the Date Range Example DATE 09 01 09 30 WEEK MON FRI TIME 8 30 17 30 In the case of the above designation Virtual Tie Line service is valid from 8 30 through 17 30 from Monday through Friday of every week starting from September 1st through September 30th 4 The entry range DATE of the Date Range is withi...

Page 640: ...Range cannot be designated when the end time is earlier than the start time Example 00 10 20 00 From 0 10 to 19 59 05 20 05 30 From 5 20 to 5 29 10 10 09 10 Cannot be designated 10 50 10 10 Cannot be designated 3 Data Entry Instructions KIND OF TIE LINE TL SPC T S CALLING NUMBER CALLING MAX 24 DIGITS CALLED NUMBER CALLED MAX 24 DIGITS DATE MONTH DAY PATTERN NUMBER PTN 0 15 OUTGOING INCOMING IC OG ...

Page 641: ...ral This command is used to activate Virtual Tie Line urgently 2 Precautions This command is used in the following conditions a When a failure is occurred in a Virtual Tie Line causing a link release b When use the Virtual Tie Line urgently 3 Data Entry Instructions Enter a Y for Yes or a N for No ...

Page 642: ...TYPE 1 Separate Channel System 2 Separate Channel System for Call By Call 3 Common Channel System 4 Common Channel System When NPI and TON are assigned by the ACBC command DESTINATION E CCIS trunk identification number OPR Assign Outgoing Route Selection pattern number RA Assign the order of route advancing CALLED CALLED NUMBER CALLED 1 24 CCIS_RT 1 255 CCIS_TK 1 255 VRY 0 1 OPR 1 4000 RA 0 7 DID ...

Page 643: ...lection pattern number RA Assign the order of route advancing CALLED CALLED NUMBER CALLED 1 24 ISDN_RT 1 255 VRY 0 1 OPR Note 2 1 4000 RA Note 2 0 7 DID number for outgoing call CALLING DID number for incoming call from an E CCIS ISDN_RT Assign ISDN Dch s route VRY Verification of connection 0 Not required 1 Required Note 2 OPR and RA parameters appear for TYPE 4 FUNCTION ROUTE NUMBER RT 1 255 TRU...

Page 644: ...command is used to assign the related data for the connection route used for B channel and D channel in the Fusion Network link 2 Precautions 1 The available connection route numbers are 1 1023 2 For more detailed information see the Netfusing System Manual 3 Data Entry Instructions Refer to Data Sheet on the next page ...

Page 645: ...mation Fixed 0 0 SMDR is out of service 1 SMDR is in service 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 LSG Line Signal 0 11 12 B channel 13 D channel 14 15 6 PAD PAD control 0 Depending on the assignment of PAD parameter in ARTD command 1 8dB for sending 0dB for receiving 2 4dB 3 8dB for sending 12 dB for receiving 4 8dB 5 Not used 6 Not used 7 0dB Note Standard data 7 0 dB 7 TRKS Trunk Selection Sequence 0 Select from the t...

Page 646: ... 0 0 0 0 0 13 STSEQ Status ENQ Fixed 0 Fusion link status check 0 Available 1 Unavailable 0 0 0 0 0 0 14 FGH Fusion Gateway Handler 0 1 FCH FGH 15 MMN Kind of Multiple Equipment Note When CDN 8 TC EC 0 No MPC EC data setting for this parameter is not required 0 TDM 1 MM Node 2 Not Used 3 Not used 16 LKIND Kind of Fusion Link 0 DTI 1 ISW 2 Fusion over IP Router 3 IPTRK 4 5 Not used 17 IPLYR Voice o...

Page 647: ...IC_RT Assign the incoming route number ICPAD 1 14 Note 15 PAD OFF 0dB OG_C_RT 1 1 1 OGPAD Assign the outgoing connection route number Originated to the outside of the node When TYPE 1 is assigned TYPE OF CONNECTION TYPE OUTGOING CONNECTION ROUTE OG_C_RT 1 1023 INCOMING PAD DATA ICPAD 1 15 OUTGOING PAD DATA OGPAD 1 15 INCOMING ROUTE CONNECTION IC_C_RT 1 1023 TYPE 2 C_RT C_RT IC_C_RT Assign the inco...

Page 648: ... number C_RT Assign the connection route number When TYPE 3 is assigned TYPE OF CONNECTION TYPE CONNECTION ROUTE C_RT 1 1023 INCOMING PAD DATA ICPAD 1 15 OUTGOING PAD DATA OGPAD 1 15 SERVICE FEATURE RESTRICTION CLASS SFC 0 15 TYPE 4 STN C_RT OGPAD 4 4 ICPAD When TYPE 4 is assigned SFC 1 14 Note 15 PAD OFF 0 dB 1 14 Note 15 PAD OFF 0 dB 1 14 Note 15 PAD OFF 0 dB 1 14 Note 15 PAD OFF 0 dB Note PAD v...

Page 649: ...023 3 The available connection trunk numbers are 1 4095 4 When assigning the information for D channel the switch setting of TS on the FCH card is required 5 For more detailed information see the Netfusing System Manual 3 Data Entry Instructions CONNECTION ROUTE NUMBER C_RT 1 1023 CONNECTION TRUNK NUMBER C_TK 1 4095 REMARKS C_TK The Connection Trunk controlled by the connection route C_RT The rout...

Page 650: ... 2 Precautions 1 This command can be used only when the PBX and the MAT are connected in on line state 2 Before executing this command assign the connection route class data using the ACRD command 3 The available connection route numbers are 1 1023 4 The available connection trunk numbers are 1 4095 5 When assigning the information for D channel the switch setting of TS on the FCH card is required...

Page 651: ... consecutive connection trunk numbers to be assigned deleted Ex C_TK START 1 STEP 3 is entered connection trunk number is assigned deleted as follows 1 4 7 10 13 16 LEVEL Enter the first last level number START END START END START END START END C_TK The connection trunk controlled by the connection route Enter the range of trunk numbers to be assigned deleted TYPE This parameter determines how to ...

Page 652: ...examples when the 16 COT circuit cards are accommodated as shown below TYPE 1 Level Group Unit Trunk data is arranged in the following numerical order U 2 00 PIM C E U 3 05 10 15 20 16 C O PIM C E U 0 U 1 T 16 C O T 16 C O T 16 C O T 16 C O T 16 C O T LV7 LV6 LV5 LV4 LV3 LV2 LV1 LV0 LV0 LV1 LV2 LV3 LV4 LV5 LV6 LV7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 02 9 16 03 25 32 05 17 24 04 49 56 57 64 05 06 U 2 U 0 03 02 33 40 0...

Page 653: ...V3 LV2 LV1 LV0 LV0 LV1 LV2 LV3 LV4 LV5 LV6 LV7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 02 33 40 03 81 88 05 65 72 04 17 24 49 56 05 06 U 2 U 0 03 02 9 16 00 41 48 01 57 64 25 32 16 15 U 3 U 1 73 80 89 96 Group No Level No 1MG Slot No LV7 LV6 LV5 LV4 LV3 LV2 LV1 LV0 LV0 LV1 LV2 LV3 LV4 LV5 LV6 LV7 1 5 29 02 4 32 05 49 63 50 64 05 06 U 2 U 0 03 02 33 47 00 34 48 01 65 93 16 15 U 3 U 1 68 96 Group No Level No 1MG Slot No 8 ...

Page 654: ...V1 LV0 LV0 LV1 LV2 LV3 LV4 LV5 LV6 LV7 1 13 85 02 4 88 05 7 91 8 92 05 06 U 2 U 0 03 02 5 89 00 6 90 01 9 93 16 15 U 3 U 1 12 96 Group No Level No 1MG Slot No 16 17 18 2 03 3 04 19 20 21 24 LV7 LV6 LV5 LV4 LV3 LV2 LV1 LV0 LV0 LV1 LV2 LV3 LV4 LV5 LV6 LV7 1 5 29 02 81 95 05 3 31 35 63 05 06 U 2 U 0 03 02 2 30 00 34 62 01 4 32 16 15 U 3 U 1 82 96 Group No Level No 1MG Slot No 83 6 38 33 03 65 04 7 39...

Page 655: ... arranged in the following numerical order LV7 LV6 LV5 LV4 LV3 LV2 LV1 LV0 LV0 LV1 LV2 LV3 LV4 LV5 LV6 LV7 1 13 85 02 11 95 05 3 87 7 91 05 06 U 2 U 0 03 02 2 86 00 6 90 01 4 89 16 15 U 3 U 1 12 96 Group No Level No 1MG Slot No 23 14 18 5 03 9 04 15 19 16 24 92 94 20 22 8 10 17 21 89 93 ...

Page 656: ... Assign odd numbers for Group and 0 zero for Level in the parameter FCHEN Note 4 For more detailed information see the Netfusing System Manual Note When IPTRK is used in FCCS over IP feature assign even numbers for Group in the parameter FCHEN since Release 10 software enhancement 3 Data Entry Instructions FCCH NUMBER FCHN 1 255 REMARKS FCHN The unique number allocated to the FCH card at each node...

Page 657: ...mum number of the alternative FCH cards is 8 for 1 destination FPC In Netfusing Link using the FCH card 3 The maximum number of the alternative FPCs is 8 for 1 destination FPC In Netfusing Link using the LANI card 4 When FCCH 0 The FCH card is not used assign the Fusion Point Code Number of the final destination to the parameter FPCN 5 When FCCH 1 The FCH card is used assign the FCCH number to the...

Page 658: ...ion FCH B or B direct connection FCH B A direct connection FCH A When 1 FGH is selected FCH A A direct connection FCH B B direct connection or FCH B B direct connection FCH A A direct connection 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 CONNECTION ROUTE C_RT 1 1023 FCCH NUMBER FUSION POINT CODE NUMBER FCHN FPCN 1 255 1 253 CNT FUSION POINT CODE FPC 1 253 FCCH USE OR NOT USE F...

Page 659: ...cement 3 Data Entry Instructions DESTINATION FPC FPC 1 253 FCCH NUMBER FCHN 1 255 CONNECTION ROUTE C_RT 1 1023 DESTINATION IP ADDRESS DST_IP NEXT IP ADDRESS NEXT_IP DST_IP FCHN Enter the FCH assigned at AFCH command C_RT Enter the connection route number of speech channel NEXT_IP Enter the IP address of FGH IPTRK mounted on the destination node The data is input in decimal on MAT display Enter the...

Page 660: ...trunk data for the Fusion CIC is assigned by using the ACTK command 2 The FCIC given to each B channel should be identical to the originating node and its adjacent node 3 The available FCIC Fusion CIC Number is 1 4095 4 For more detailed information see the Netfusing System Manual 3 Data Entry Instructions FUSION POINT CODE FPC 1 253 REMARKS FPC FPC is a unique number allotted to each node Assign ...

Page 661: ...ents have already been completed a The FCCH number has been assigned by the AFCH command b The Connection Route data has been assigned by the ACRD command 2 The maximum of alternative connection routes for 1 FCHN FCCH No is 8 3 For more detailed information see the Netfusing System Manual 3 Data Entry Instructions FCCH NUMBER FCHN 1 255 FCHN A unique number allocated to the FCH card at each node C...

Page 662: ...ign the new data 3 Data Entry Instructions a When KIND FGH is selected KIND OF SELECTION KIND LINE EQUIPMENT NUMBER LENS MG U G FGH FGH IP ADDRESS FGH_IP IP ADDRESS FOR DEFAULT GATEWAY DG_IP NET MASK OF IP ADDRESS NETMSK FRAME TYPE OF ARP ARP VOICE CHANNEL CONTROL TYPE CONTTYP QSIG PRIME LINK NUMBER LINK_NUM 0 32 CLIENT SERVER CONNECTION MAX NUMBER CSLINK_NUM KIND Select FGH LENS Enter the Line Eq...

Page 663: ...ted 0x00 0x3F When DiffServ is selected QoS 1 2 Enter the IP address of the router DG_IP KIND OF MULT CONNECTION MULT PVC SVC 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 IP ADDRESS OF DESTINATION IPTRK DSTIP NETWORK ID NETID 0 15 INCOMMING ROUTE IRT FRAME TYPE OF ARP ARP CLIENT SERVER CONNECTION MAX NUMBER CSLINK_NUM MULT Point to Point Point to Multipoint IRT Maximum 8 routes can be assigned This parameter appears only when...

Page 664: ...ually default data 0 is set for all the parameters PKGLOSS Amount of Packet Loss 0 100 JIT_MAX Maximum Jitter Buffer 0 60 10ms JIT_MIN Minimum Jitter Buffer 0 60 10ms MNGS Interval of Jitter adjustment 0 255 times JIT_COUNT Interval of Jitter statistics 0 255 second BASE_COUNT Interval of Time base correction 0 255 second JIT_FAST Judging rate of fast arrived packet 0 100 TIME_FAST Time base corre...

Page 665: ...UMBER CSLINK_NUM CSLINK_NUM Select the maximum number of client server connections 4 line 8 line 16 line 24 line 32 line 48 line 64 line 96 line 128 line 192 line 255 line Select the Frame type of ARP when Detail check box is checked IEEE DIX standard setting ARP PKTLOSS JIT_MAX JIT_MIN MNGS JIT_ COUNT JIT_FAST TIME_ FAST BASE_ COUNT RTP Check the RTP check box for detail assignment Usually defaul...

Page 666: ...e read out by pressing the Get button ToS CONTROL Select the either IP Precedence DiffServ 0 7 When IP Precedence is selected 0x00 0x3F When DiffServ is selected QoS 1 2 Enter the IP address of the router DG_IP GATEWAY TYPE PREFIX GW_PREF MAX 24 DIGITS FRAME TYPE OF ARP ARP H 323 SIGNAL CONTROL HANDLER H 323 IP ADDRESS OF GATE KEEPER GT_IP PORT NUMBER OF GATE KEEPER GK_PORT 0 65535 IP ADDRESS OF G...

Page 667: ...efault JIT_MAX Maximum Jitter Buffer 0 60 10ms 0 600ms default JIT_MIN Minimum Jitter Buffer 0 60 10ms 0 80ms default MNGS Interval of Jitter adjustment 0 255 times 0 5 times default JIT_COUNT Interval of Jitter statistics 0 255 second 0 1 second default BASE_COUNT Interval of Time base correction 0 255 second 0 10 second default JIT_FAST Judging rate of fast arrived packet 0 100 0 100 default TIM...

Page 668: ...r H 323 only 2 Precautions 1 AVIPS and AGIP commands cannot be used simultaneously 2 IPTRK related data specified by the LENS must be assigned by the AGIP command in advance 3 The assignment on this command has priority over the switch setting on the IPTRK card 4 This command is available since Release 10 software enhancement for IPX only 3 Data Entry Instructions Continued on the next page KIND O...

Page 669: ...X Detection Available Timer after Starting Speech 2 min 5 FAX Detection Available Timer after Starting Speech 3 min 6 FAX Detection Available Timer after Starting Speech 4 min 7 FAX Detection Available Timer after Starting Speech 5 min PAY_SIZ 0 Conforms to switch setting on the IPTRK 1 10ms 2 20ms 3 30ms 4 40ms FAX_ECM 0 Conforms to switch setting on the IPTRK 1 ECM ON 2 ECM OFF FAX_TYP 0 T 30 1 ...

Page 670: ...l when line open is failed 1 Retain the call when line open is failed H245_OPEN 0 Tunneling Transmit by H 245 tunneling 1 Link Open Establish a H 245 signal link DTMF_TIM 0 200ms 1 255 Input Value 10ms DTMF_RELAY 0 In band Tone 1 H 245 Alphanumeric 2 H 245 Signal Not Used FAST NORMAL CONNECT PROCEDURE FAST_NORMAL 0 1 RTP SEND WHILE RINGING RING_RTP 0 1 H 245 SIGNAL LINK ESTABLISH TIMING EARLY_H245...

Page 671: ... assigned at CDN16 parameter of ACRD command 3 This command is available since Release 8 software enhancement 3 Data Entry Instructions Note LENS and RT_ACC parameters are to be adjusted to the ports of the Router Line Equipment Number of voice channel LENS FCH NUMBER FCHNO 1 255 LINE EQUIPMENT NUMBER OF FGH FGHEN MG U G LV MG U G LV LINE EQUIPMENT NUMBER OF QSIG PRIME Bch LENS ROUTER ACCESS NUMBE...

Page 672: ...is command is available for the software Release 9 or later 2 Station Terminal Number parameter for H 323 feature is available since Release 10 software enhancement 3 Data Entry Instructions NODE NUMBER NODE MAX 3 DIGITS 0 9 P FUSION POINT CODE FOR FCCS FPC 1 253 POINT CODE FOR CCIS PC 1 16383 STATION TERMINAL NUMBER NUMBER REMARKS Enter the Fusion Point Code FPC for FCCS Networking via IP service...

Page 673: ...3 If both NODE and IPG data for IC OG Terminal parameter are restricted this command cannot be used 4 This command is available for the software Release 9 or later 5 IPG parameter is available since Release 10 software enhancement IC TERMINAL OG TERMINAL IC PAD OG PAD DATA Trunk IPTRK X X RT Node Analog Telephone Dterm PAD OFF X Node SFC ISDN Terminal PAD OFF X Node SFC Connection Trunk X X C_RT N...

Page 674: ...dB 16dB 1 15 PAD value for SFC station is fixed to 1 PAD OFF See Note 4 for IPG setting IC OG PAD Check the required parameter according to each terminal Note 1 RT External Route Number for the trunk 1 255 SFC Service Feature Class for the station 0 15 C_RT Connection Route Number 1 1023 NODE Enter the Node Number on which IPTRK card is accommodated Node Number is assigned by the ANTI command Max ...

Page 675: ...e IPG data is re garded as 0 Note 4 When IPG is selected in IC OG Terminal parameter refer to the table below for the PAD value setting 1 2dB 6 12dB 2 4dB 7 14dB 3 6dB 8 16dB 4 8dB 9 15 0dB 5 10dB PAD Value and Data Assignment No data assignment Data assignment OG TERMINAL IC TERMINAL RT SFC C_RT NODE IPG RT X X SFC X C_RT X X NODE X X X X X IPG X X X X X IC PAD OG PAD IC PAD Value OG PAD Value X ...

Page 676: ...as the pattern shown in the table below X PAD data can be flexibly assigned by this command 3 If both NODE and IPG data for IC OG Terminal parameter is restricted this command cannot be used 4 This command is available for the software Release 9 or later 5 IPG parameter is available since Release 10 software enhancement IC TERMINAL OG TERMINAL IC PAD OG PAD DATA Trunk IPTRK X X LGRT Node Analog Te...

Page 677: ...the range of 0dB 16dB 1 15 PAD value for SFC station is fixed to 1 PAD OFF See Note 4 for IPG setting IC OG PAD Check the required parameter according to each terminal Note 1 LGRT Logical Route Number for the trunk 1 899 SFC Service Feature Class for the station 0 15 NODE Enter the Node Number on which IPTRK card is accommodated Node Number is assigned by the ANTI command Max 3 digits 0 9 P Note 2...

Page 678: ...ated the IPG data is re garded as 0 Note 4 When IPG is selected in IC OG Terminal parameter refer to the table below for the PAD value setting 1 2dB 6 12dB 2 4dB 7 14dB 3 6dB 8 16dB 4 8dB 9 15 0dB 5 10dB PAD Value and Data Assignment No data assignment Data assignment OG TERMINAL IC TERMINAL LGRT SFC NODE IPG LGRT X X SFC X NODE X X X X IPG X X X X IC PAD OG PAD IC PAD Value OG PAD Value X 0 dB th...

Page 679: ...e Echo Canceler data for IP services This data is written in the Local Data Memory LDM 2 Precautions 1 This command is valid when IPTRK service software is programmed 2 If both NODE and IPG parameters are restricted this command cannot be used 3 This command is available for Release 9 software or later 4 IPG parameter is available since Release 10 software enhancement ...

Page 680: ... the following patterns Note Pattern 1 A EC ON B EC ON Pattern 2 A EC ON B EC OFF Pattern 3 A EC OFF B EC ON Pattern 4 A EC OFF B EC OFF Click the required check box according to each terminal Then assign the data in RT TEC C_RT NODE IPG parameter RT Route Number of the trunk 1 255 901 947 not used now TEC Telephone Equipment Class of the station 1 4 12 14 23 26 28 C_RT Connection Route Number 1 1...

Page 681: ...gned by this command is written in the Network Data Memory NDM of the Network Control Node NCN upgrad ing the NDM at each Local Node LN 2 Precautions 1 This command is valid when IPTRK service software is programmed 2 If both NODE and IPG parameters are restricted this command cannot be used 3 This command is available for Release 9 software or later 4 IPG parameter is available since Release 10 s...

Page 682: ... 3 digits 0 9 P IPG IPELC Group Data 0 127 EC Select the Echo Canceler Control Type from the following patterns Note Pattern 1 A EC ON B EC ON Pattern 2 A EC ON B EC OFF Pattern 3 A EC OFF B EC ON Pattern 4 A EC OFF B EC OFF Click the required check box according to each terminal Then assign the data in LGRT TEC NODE IPG parameter LGRT Logical Route Number of the trunk 1 899 901 947 not used now T...

Page 683: ...a Entry Instructions Note 1 For G either 00 04 08 12 16 or 20 can be entered Note 2 The three parameters DRS IP Address RAS Port No and PROTIMS RTP Starting Port No are optionally used Assign each data if required DRS IP ADDRESS PRIMARY IPELC PKG LENS MG U G IPELC DEFAULT GATEWAY IP ADDRESS IPELC IP ADDRESS IPELC NETMASK DRS IP ADDRESS SECONDARY RAS PORT No 0 65535 PROTIMS RTP STARTING PORT No 0 6...

Page 684: ...R PRIORITY Assign the Virtual LAN Identifier 2 4094 For each IPELC only one Virtual LAN Identifier can be assigned The value needs to be assigned matching with the network environment Note Be sure not to assign 0 and 1 to VLAN ID VLAN ID Enter the IP Address of IPELC for VLAN VLAN IPELC IP ADDRESS Enter the NetMask for VLAN VLAN NETMASK USER PRIORITY 0 7 VIRTUAL LAN IDENTIFIER VLAN ID 2 4049 VLAN ...

Page 685: ...nitialize the IPELC card to validate the data assigned by this command 5 This command can be used since Release 10 software enhancement 6 Parameters PRIn PAYLOAD_TYPE and PRIn PAYLOAD_SIZE are available for IPELC Voice Compress feature in IPX system 3 Data Entry Instructions Note 1 JB_MIN data must not exceed the JB_MAX value PD JB_MIN JB_MAX JB_MIN JB_MAX PD JB_MIN JB_MAX 2 JB_MIN JB_MAX Note 2 C...

Page 686: ...ENCE S_PRECEDENCE 0 6 SIGNAL THROUGHPUT S_THROUGHPUT SIGNAL RELIABILITY S_RELIABILITY SIGNAL DELAY S_DELAY TYPE OF SERVICE SIGNAL V_DELAY Normal Low Delay V_PRECEDENCE Enter the data within the range 0 6 Low High Select either of radio buttons Normal High Reliability V_RELIABILITY V_COST Normal Cost Precedence Normal High Throughput V_THROUGHPUT VOICE COST V_COST VOICE PRECEDENCE V_PRECEDENCE 0 6 ...

Page 687: ...can be selected to the Payload Size For Payload Type G 723 1 5 3k and G 723 1 6 3k the value 30ms or 60ms can be selected 0 Not used 1 10ms 2 20ms 3 30ms 4 40ms 5 Not used 6 60ms 7 15 Not used The same Payload type cannot be assigned on the same terminal 0 Not used 1 G 711 2 G 729A 3 G 723 1 5 3k 4 G 723 1 6 3k 5 15 Not used THEn thPRIORITY PAYLOADTYPE PRInPAYLOAD_TYPE n 1 4 THEn thPRIORITY PAYLOA...

Page 688: ...t is required to initialize the IPELC card to validate the data assigned by this command 5 This command can be used since Release 10 software enhancement 6 Parameters PRIn PAYLOAD_TYPE and PRIn PAYLOAD_SIZE are available for IPELC Voice Com press feature in IPX system 3 Data Entry Instructions Note 1 JB_MIN data must not exceed the JB_MAX value PD JB_MIN JB_MAX JB_MIN JB_MAX PD JB_MIN JB_MAX 2 JB_...

Page 689: ...ENCE S_PRECEDENCE 0 6 SIGNAL THROUGHPUT S_THROUGHPUT SIGNAL RELIABILITY S_RELIABILITY SIGNAL DELAY S_DELAY TYPE OF SERVICE SIGNAL V_DELAY Normal Low Delay V_PRECEDENCE Enter the data within the range 0 6 Low High Select either of radio buttons Normal High Reliability V_RELIABILITY V_COST Normal Cost Precedence Normal High Throughput V_THROUGHPUT VOICE COST V_COST VOICE PRECEDENCE V_PRECEDENCE 0 6 ...

Page 690: ...can be selected to the Payload Size For Payload Type G 723 1 5 3k and G 723 1 6 3k the value 30ms or 60ms can be selected 0 Not used 1 10ms 2 20ms 3 30ms 4 40ms 5 Not used 6 60ms 7 15 Not used The same Payload type cannot be assigned on the same terminal 0 Not used 1 G 711 2 G 729A 3 G 723 1 5 3k 4 G 723 1 6 3k 5 15 Not used THEn thPRIORITY PAYLOADTYPE PRInPAYLOAD_TYPE n 1 4 THEn thPRIORITY PAYLOA...

Page 691: ...a Entry Instructions Allocate the physical Station Number to the MAC Address when TYPE STN is selected Enter the fixed MAC Address of each IP Enabled Dterm terminal in Hexadecimal notation USER GROUP NUMBER UGN STATION NUMBER STN MAX 6DIGITS 0 9 TENANT NUMBER TN INPUT STATION TYPE TYPE STN TELN IPEnabledDterm MACADDRESS MACADDRESS 6BYTEINHEX TELEPHONENUMBER TELN MAX 16DIGITS 0 9 MAC ADDRESS STN Al...

Page 692: ... 2 Precautions 1 The data assigned by this command determines the service condition which affects the other nodes in the Netfusing Network 2 Data for ASYDN assigned at NCN Network Control Node has priority over data for ASYDL assigned LN Local Node in the Netfusing Network 3 The ASYDN command consists of SYS1 INDEX 0 1535 4 For more details see the Netfusing System Manual ...

Page 693: ...0 1 0 0 0 0 The MDATA parameter designates whether your input data in the parameter DATA is valid or not in the Netfusing Network Each bit of MDATA is determined as 1 for valid 0 for invalid Then convert it to Hex to enter the data in the parameter MDATA EX When 10 Hex is entered in the parameter DATA and 90 Hex is entered in the parameter MDATA both bit4 data and bit7 data affect in the Netfusing...

Page 694: ...YDN QUICK REFERENCE TABLE FOR ASYDN SYS1 INDEX 0 1535 INDEX Page 0 4 656 5 7 657 8 15 658 16 19 659 20 660 21 28 661 29 41 662 42 66 663 67 69 664 70 73 665 74 77 666 78 90 667 91 93 668 94 303 669 304 513 670 514 533 671 534 803 672 804 1535 673 ...

Page 695: ... BIT CORRESPONDING DATA SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS MDATA DATA 0 1 BIT 1 0 00 Not Used 3 00 Not Used 4 b0 Control of ORT all Busy Status 0 1 ROT Wait for Off hook Queue 0 b1 Not Used b2 Releasing Method for Station to Station Calling Service 0 0 Calling Party release 0 1 Called Party release 1 0 First Party release 1 1 Both Party release Normally assign First Party release b3 b4 Temporary Class Conversio...

Page 696: ...10 or 12 in the ASPA command b1 Maximum number of Multiple Call Forwarding All Calls Busy Line occurrences Note This data is valid when SYS 1 INDEX 69 bit 7 is assigned as 1 b2 b3 b4 Miscellaneous Timer Counter MTC 0 7 Call Back Delay Timer TimerValue Setting is MTC 2 sec When this data is 000 Timer value is 2 sec b5 b6 b7 Call Back Delay Timer 0 1 Ineffective Effective 6 00 Not used 7 00 Not used...

Page 697: ...ATA 00 FF Hex BIT CORRESPONDING DATA SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS MDATA DATA 0 1 BIT 1 8 Number of Tenants 9 Number of Attendant Consoles 1 IMG 1 16 01 Hex 10 Hex 4 IMG 1 32 01 Hex 20 Hex 16 IMG 1 60 01 Hex 3C Hex Note When the attendant console desk console is not used assign 00H here 10 00 Not used 15 00 Not used ...

Page 698: ...tation Number 0 1 Out In Service b3 4 digits Station Number 0 1 Out In Service b4 5 digits Station Number 0 1 Out In Service b5 6 digits Station Number for Hotel System only 0 1 Out In Service 0 b6 Not used 0 b7 17 b0 This bit data 1 allows single line stations to switch hook flash and dial an access code while hearing RBT to place a voice call to a Dterm or activate the Dterm s Message Reminder K...

Page 699: ...tor in both cases SYSTEM DATA TYPE SYS SYSTEM DATA INDEX INDEX 0 1535 DATA DATA 00 FF Hex BIT CORRESPONDING DATA SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS MDATA DATA 0 1 BIT 1 20 0 b0 Not used 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 b7 Billing Party for a call transferred by Call Forwarding Outside Service Note 0 The Billing Party is the originator of the transferred call 1 The Billing Party is the station that has set Call For...

Page 700: ... DATA DATA 00 FF Hex BIT CORRE SPONDING DATA SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS MDATA DATA 0 1 BIT 1 21 00 Not used 22 00 Not used 23 00 Not used 24 00 Not used 25 00 Not used 26 00 Not used 27 0 b0 Not used 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 0 b7 Immediate Ring Back Tone Sending 0 1 Not Required Required 28 00 Not used ...

Page 701: ...st 0 1 Telephone that called last 1 0 First telephone after the call has been handled by ATT 1 1 Last telephone after the call has been handled by ATT b4 b5 Billing for Transferred Incoming Call 0 1 Split Total Billing Note 1 b6 Billing for Transferred Outgoing Call 0 1 Split Total Billing Note 1 0 b7 Not used 34 40 00 Not used 41 OG Queuing Override DDD Seizing Timer for Netfusing Service Timer C...

Page 702: ...ent Indication 0 1 CCS Indication Erlang Indication Note Available since Release 4 software 0 b1 b6 Not used b7 Traffic Measurement for Terminal and Route Traffic ATRFN 0 1 Out In Service Note Available since Release 4 software 48 00 Not used 58 00 Not used 59 0 b0 Not used 0 b1 Not used b2 DID Busy Condition 0 1 No Tone ROT 0 b3 Not used 0 b4 Not used 0 b5 Not used 0 b6 Not used 0 b7 Not used 60 ...

Page 703: ...sCodeandLastDigit AccessCode 0 b1 Not used 0 b2 Not used b3 OG Trunk Queuing On Hook Automatic Cancel for Netfusing Service 0 1 Out In Service 0 b4 Not used 0 b5 Not used 0 b6 Not used 0 b7 Not used 69 0 b0 Not used 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 0 b4 b5 Hunting Group when transferred party is busy Station Hunting after C F Busy Line for Netfusing Service 0 Hunt in Transferring Party s Group 1 Hunt in Transferred...

Page 704: ...ot used b6 Announcement Trunks used for Delay Announcement UCD service for Netfusing Service 0 1 Common Per UCD group b7 Send Warning Tone to interrupted parties when Executive Right of Way service is in operation 0 1 Required Not Required 71 b0 Call Back Automatic Cancel Timer Value TX X1H to XFH MTC 3 5 minutes This Timer can be assigned a value from 3 5 minutes to 52 5 minutes b1 b2 b3 0 b4 Not...

Page 705: ...ex BIT CORRESPONDING DATA SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS MDATA DATA 0 1 BIT 1 74 00 Not used 75 0 b0 Not used 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 0 b7 76 00 Not used 77 0 b0 Not used 0 b1 b2 MW Refresh 0 1 Required Not Required Note When message Waiting Lamp is provided this data should be assigned 0 0 b3 Not used 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 0 b7 ...

Page 706: ... 0 1 BIT 1 78 1 b0 Calling and Intermediate Station Number indication Dterm and ATTCON 0 1 Out In Service Always assign 1 1 b1 Kind of Service Class indication Dterm 0 1 Out In Service Always assign 1 0 b2 Not used 0 b3 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 0 b7 79 0 b0 Not used 0 b1 b2 Split Call Forwarding Service 0 1 Out In Service 0 b3 Not used 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 0 b7 80 00 Not used 90 00 Not used ...

Page 707: ...A 0 1 BIT 1 91 0 b0 Not used 0 b1 b2 Grades of System Message that can be Registered b3 0 b4 Not used 0 b5 0 b6 0 b7 92 00 Not used 93 00 Not used b3 0 0 1 b2 0 1 0 Register All System Message Data Register System Message Data higher than grade 1 SUP MN MJ Register System Message Data higher than grade 2 1 1 MN MJ 1 0 Register System Message Data higher than grade 3 1 1 MJ ...

Page 708: ...to 30 min This timer is effective when ASYDN SYS1 INDEX 68 b3 1 b7 Not used 160 00 Not used 161 b0 b5 Not used b6 Timing Start using code 0 1 Ineffective Effective b7 Timing Start using code 0 1 Ineffective Effective 162 169 Not used 170 b0 b3 Not used b4 Timing Start 0 1 Not required Required b5 b7 Not used 171 185 Not used 186 b0 0 1 Link Reconnection Not Involved Link Reconnection Involved Note...

Page 709: ... is valid when SYS1 INDEX 90 b1 1 b1 Call Forwarding Data Save 0 1 Out In Service This data is valid when SYS1 INDEX 90 b1 1 0 b2 Not used b3 Name Display Data Save 0 1 Out In Service This data is valid when SYS1 INDEX90 b1 1 0 b4 Not used 0 b5 0 b6 0 b7 305 00 Not used 320 00 Not used 321 0 b0 Not used 0 b1 b2 Termination on My Line0 1 Not Restricted Restricted 0 b3 Not used 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 b7 Voi...

Page 710: ...DEX 0 1535 DATA DATA 00 FF Hex BIT CORRESPONDING DATA SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS MDATA DATA 0 1 BIT 1 514 01 b0 NDM Network Data Memory usage Assign data 1 the memory block is used for the corresponding memory block Note b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7 515 532 Not used 533 b0 b7 FPC that accommodates center VND 1 253 Note Assign the FPC of ACDP accommodated node bit Memory Block b0 Memory Block 0 b1 Memory Block 1...

Page 711: ...up Number table development of Network Data Memory NDM 0 1 Separate Common b1 ASPAN command tenant table development of Net work Data Memory NDM 0 1 Separate Common b2 ANPDN command tenant data table development of Network Data Memory NDM 0 1 Separate Common b3 APCNN command tenant data table development of Network Data Memory NDM 0 1 Separate Common b4 AFRSN ASTPN command tenant table development...

Page 712: ...0 1 Invalid Valid Note Available for the software Release 10 or later b3 The number of digit for Internal Zone Paging group ID 0 1 2 digits 3 digits Note Available for software Release 9 or later 0 b4 b7 Not used 805 863 Not used 864 0 b0 b2 Not used b3 Multiple ACDP 0 1 Out of service In service Note Available since Release 8 software enhance ment 0 b4 b7 Not used 865 869 Not used 870 b0 FLF Netf...

Page 713: ...work 2 Precautions 1 NID allocation is required for the Netfusing Network only 2 For more detail see the Netfusing System Manual 3 Data Entry Instructions FUSION POINT CODE FPC 1 253 UNIT NUMBER U 0 3 MODULE GROUP NUMBER MG 0 7 U Assign Unit No of the node respectively FPC FPC is the unique number allocated to each node Assign FPC of all nodes in the Netfusing Network MG Assign MG No of the node r...

Page 714: ...oute Class Data ARTD and TrunkApplication Data AR TI for Physical Route are also allocated to Logical Route Data ARTDN ARTIN on the same condition 3 For more detailed information see the Netfusing System Manual 3 Data Entry Instructions NUMBER LGRT LOGICAL ROUTE FUSION POINT CODE FPC 1 253 EXTERNAL ROUTE NUMBER RT 1 255 REMARKS 1 899 Assign all external routes including dummy routes in the Netfusi...

Page 715: ...he numbering plan is common for all tenants ASYDN SYS1 INDEX 800 bit2 1 assign TN param eter as 1 for all tenants 3 The system data assignment ASYDN SYS 1 INDEX 514 bit0 1 is needed to provide the Network Data Memory NDM 4 For more detail see the Netfusing System Manual 3 Data Entry Instructions TENANT NUMBER TN 1st DIGIT CODE 1st DC CONNECTION STATUS INDEX CI N H B NUMBER OF NECESSARY DIGITS NND ...

Page 716: ... 3 For more detail see the Netfusing System Manual 3 Data Entry Instructions Access code Max 6 digits 2 Dial Access to Attendant Operator Call 38 Priority Call 2 37 Priority Call 1 39 Priority Call 3 FPC appears when the following SID is entered TENANT NUMBER TN ACCESSCODE ACC MAX 6 DIGITS CONNECTIONSTATUS INDEX CI N H B KIND OF SERVICE SRV ACC CI SRV SERVICE INDEX SID 1 63 FUSION POINT CODE FPC S...

Page 717: ...l Park Local Retrieve 20 OG Trunk Queuing Cancel 63 Call Park Remote Retrieve SIDA SERVICE NAME SIDA SERVICE NAME 1 49 118 Calling Party CLIR CLIP Control Note ValidsinceRelease8forAustraliaonly 50 UCD Busy Out Entry 51 UCD Busy Out Cancel 119 52 62 120 Selectable Station Call Pickup 63 Call Pickup Expand 121 Selectable Station Call Pickup Group 64 97 122 98 Internal Zone Paging Originate Note Val...

Page 718: ...ost routing is assigned When SRV LCRS Register sender LCR is assigned MAXIMUM NUMBER OF DIGIT NND 1 16 When SRV TELN Telephone Number LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER LGRT 1 899 When SRV PAGA Paging Answer is assigned When SRV PAGC Paging Cancel is assigned LGRT Enter the Logical Route Number of Paging Trunk Assign the announce equipment number See Table 4 6 When SRV ANNC Announcement service is assigned ANNO...

Page 719: ... plan is common for all tenants ASYDN SYS1 INDEX 800 bit0 1 assign TN parameter as 1 for all tenants 2 The system data assignment ASYDN SYS 1 INDEX 514 bit1 1 is needed to provide the Network Data Memory NDM 3 Before assigning this command ANPDN ASPAN commands are required for the numbering plan of the Telephone Number TELN 4 A unique Telephone Number TELN should be given within a User Group Numbe...

Page 720: ...Network Control Node NCN 2 The TYPE parameter allows the user to choose the programming method of the physical station TYPE 1 LENS Telephone number to be given to the LENS TYPE 2 STN Telephone number to be given to the station 3 The applicable tenant number TN range is designated by the ASYDN command SYS1 INDEX8 If the data in this command is common for all tenants ASYDN SYS1 INDEX800 bit0 1 assig...

Page 721: ...specify the Telephone number LENS LENS of the physical station UGN 1 User Group Number 1 Fixed TELN Telephone number assigned by the ALGNN command FPC Fusion Point Code FPC of the designated LENS FPC is assigned by the AFMU com mand TN Tenant number of the physical station TYPE 1 2 USER GROUP NUMBER UGN TELEPHONE NUMBER TELN MAX 16 DIGITS TENANT NUMBER TN STATION NUMBER STN 2 1 11 2 1 4 0 0 0 0 2 ...

Page 722: ...o the allocated Station Number can be deleted The data assigned by this command is written in Network Data Memory NDM of the Network Control Node NCN updating the NDM at each Local Node LN 2 Precautions 1 This command can be used only when logging in to NCN 2 If the Telephone Number is deleted by this command the station data assigned at ASDT command is also to be deleted When you want to delete t...

Page 723: ...EATURE CLASS SFC 0 15 Enter the RSC defined by the ARSC command Since RSC 0 is preserved for ATTCON a station can be used the RSC with a range from 1 to 15 RSC Enter the SFC defined by the ASFC command Since SFC 0 is preserved for ATTCON a station can be used the SFC with a range from 1 to 15 SFC LENS LENS of the physical station USER GROUP NUMBER UGN TELEPHONE NUMBER TELN MAX 16 DIGITS FUSION POI...

Page 724: ...gged in NCN 4 When the input new station already has other Telephone Number changing the station data cannot be exe cuted 5 In case NUMBER SHARING is set to the old station designated by UGN TELN Dterm must be used at the new station If other equipment than Dterm is used for the new station station data change cannot be activated 6 Station data changing cannot be executed for the UCD station 7 If ...

Page 725: ...Number NEW FPC Enter the Fusion Point Code of the Local Node to which the new station to be allocated belongs USER GROUP NUMBER UGN NEW TENANT NUMBER NEW TN NOW LINE EQUIPMENT NUMBER OLD LENS NEW STATION NUMBER NEW STN NOW TENANT NUMBER OLD TN NOW STATION NUMBER OLD STN NOW FUSION POINT CODE OLD FPC 1 253 NEW FUSION POINT CODE NEW FPC 1 253 TELEPHONE NUMBER TELN INPUT TYPE TYPE TELN Enter the desi...

Page 726: ... using this command 2 Precautions 1 When SIGN 0 HOUR and MINUTE are not available Therefore if SIGN 0 the data will be deleted 2 For more detail see the Netfusing System Manual 3 Data Entry Instructions Enter the digits ranged from 0 12 HOUR REMARKS FPC Enter FPC which has Time difference FUSION POINT CODE FPC 1 253 0 0 0 3 6 6 10 11 0 0 1 1 SIGN OF DIFERRENCE TIME SIGN 0 2 HOUR OF DIFERRENCE TIME...

Page 727: ...ntrol 2 Precautions 1 This data is necessary at the center node having Message Center Interface 2 This command is available in the software Release 2 or later 3 Data Entry Instructions Remote FPC Assignment Number CNT 0 252 Remote FPC for Message Waiting Function Control REMOTE FPC 1 253 FPC of Self Node CENTER FPC 1 253 REMARKS This parameter is for display only CENTER FPC Enter FPC of Remote nod...

Page 728: ...is command is available since the release 5 software 2 Prior to this command assignment the following data should be set a The numbering plan data for the alternative route to be designated here is allowed b The station to station calling activated via FCCS is allowed 3 Data Entry Instructions TN Enter the tenant number of the calling party FPC Enter the fusion point code of the terminating node A...

Page 729: ... 1 Dual Station Call LM 0 Only Main Telephone Number is used for SMDR and MCI Mail Box Numbers 1 Both Main Telephone Number and Sub Telephone Number are used for SMDR and MCI and VPS Mail Box Numbers Note When this parameter is set to 0 the mail box for Sub Station must be deleted OD SERVICE SPECIFICATION LM 0 1 OUTPUT EXTERNAL EQUIPMENT OD 0 1 MESSAGE WAITING CONTROL MW 0 1 TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT NU...

Page 730: ...aring 1 Dual Station Call LM 0 Only Main Telephone Number is used for SMDR and MCI Mail Box Numbers 1 Both Main Telephone Number and Sub Telephone Number are used for SMDR and MCI and VPS Mail Box Numbers Note When this parameter is set to 0 the mail box for Sub Station must be deleted OD SERVICE SPECIFICATION LM 0 1 OUTPUT EXTERNAL EQUIPMENT OD 0 1 MESSAGE WAITING CONTROL MW 0 1 TELEPHONE EQUIPME...

Page 731: ...he corresponding NCN_FPC 3 A single FUG is to be designated as the Center FUG 4 This command is available since Release 8 software enhancement 3 Data Entry Instructions SELF FUSION GROUP NUMBER SELF_FUG 0 4 CENTER FUSION GROUP CENTER CONNECTION FUSION GROUP CON_FUG 0 4 NCN Fusion Point Code NCN_FPC 0 253 REMARKS SELF_FUG Enter the Self Fusion Group Number CON_FUG 0 Delete Data 1 4 Fusion Group Num...

Page 732: ... is not valid when the Self Fusion Group Number has not been allocated by the AFUGN command 2 Self Fusion Group Number cannot be entered in FUG parameter 3 This command is available since Release 8 software enhancement 3 Data Entry Instructions FUSION GROUP NUMBER FUG 1 4 FUSION POINT CODE FPC 1 253 POINT CODE PC 1 16383 REMARKS FUG Destination Fusion Group Number connected to Self FUG FPC Enter a...

Page 733: ...alid when the Self Fusion Group Number has not been assigned by the AFUGN command 2 Self Fusion Group Number cannot be assigned at this command 3 This command is available since Release 8 software enhancement 3 Data Entry Instructions FUSION GROUP NUMBER FUG 1 4 TENANT NUMBER TN ABBREVIATED DIGIT CODE ADC MAX 6 DIGITS REMARKS FUG Fusion Group Number of destination group Note Self Fusion Group cann...

Page 734: ...er has not been assigned by the AFUGN command 2 Only the readout function is activated in this command when both Self FUG Number and Connected FUG Number are already assigned provided that Self FUG is not the Center FUG 3 Telephone Numbers used in the multiple FCCS networks and the existing Telephone Numbers used in self FUG only assigned by the ALGSN command are managed in different table in NDM ...

Page 735: ... IVS2 Check either of the check box depending on the system type NEAX7400 IMX 1 4 16 IMG system or NEAX2000 IVS system 2 FUSION POINT CODE FPC 1 253 LINE EQUIPMENT NUMBER LENS POINT CODE PC 1 16383 STATION NUMBER STN MAX 6 DIGITS CONNECTION FUSION GROUP CON_FUG 1 4 PC FPC Enter the Fusion Point Code of the station belongs TN Enter the Tenant Number when STN is checked in TYPE parameter LENS Enter ...

Page 736: ...ND 70348 E CHAPTER 4 Page 697 Revision 3 0 COMMAND DESCRIPTION AND DATA SHEET 4 2 Specific Command for the Hotel System This section explains the specific command for the Hotel system ...

Page 737: ...gnment of Hotel System Parameter 1 General This command is used to assign and display the Hotel System parameters 2 Precautions 1 This command is used for the Hotel Application only 2 Data of Hotel System parameters should be entered using hexadecimal numbers ...

Page 738: ...TEL SYSTEM DATA CONTENTS DATA DATA BIT BIT DATA Hex 1 b0 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 n n 1 FF 03 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 b0 b1 b2 Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Number of zzz b3 b4 b5 b6 b7 xxx service 0 1 Not to be provided To be provided yyy service 0 1 Not to be provided To be provided Convert from Binary DATA to Hexadecimal and enter the Hex value at DATA text box 0 0 0 0...

Page 739: ...4 100s 100 101 706 264 267 725 102 104 707 268 269 726 105 106 708 270 273 727 107 709 274 275 728 108 109 710 276 292 729 110 111 711 293 303 730 112 114 712 300s 115 134 713 304 307 731 135 146 714 308 313 732 147 162 715 314 359 733 163 165 716 360 361 734 166 178 717 362 363 735 179 182 718 364 365 736 183 184 719 366 375 737 185 186 720 376 399 738 400s 400 402 739 187 188 721 403 2047 500s 2...

Page 740: ... 3 GER Language 4 FR Language 5 SP Language 6 CHIN Language 7 RUSS 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 ASCII Code Table Hex Char Hex Char Hex Char Hex Char Hex Char Hex Char 20 30 0 40 50 P 60 70 p 21 31 1 41 A 51 Q 61 a 71 q 22 32 2 42 B 52 R 62 b 72 r 23 33 3 43 C 53 S 63 c 73 s 24 34 4 44 D 54 T 64 d 74 t 25 35 5 45 E 55 U 65 e 75 u 26 36 6 46 F ...

Page 741: ...5 8 Language 2 Index 9 12 Language 3 Index 13 16 Language 4 Index 17 20 Language 5 Index 21 24 Language 6 Index 25 28 Language 7 Index 29 32 Language 0 Index 1 and 2 Assign 00 Hex Language 1 Index 3 and 4 Language 2 Index 5 and 6 Language 3 Index 7 and 8 Language 4 Index 9 and 10 Language 5 Index 11 and 12 Language 6 Index 13 and 14 Language 7 Index 15 and 16 Language 8 Index 17 and 18 Language 9 ...

Page 742: ... 34 Cleaning Index 35 36 Inspection Index 37 38 Inspection has been completed Index 39 40 Out of Order Index 41 42 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 00 Not used 44 00 Not used 45 00 Not used 46 00 Not used 47 00 Not used 48 00 Not used 49 For information display at the time of Stay assign the related data by two char acters of ASCII code Stay Index 49 50 Stay Cleaning Index 51 52 Stay Inspection Index...

Page 743: ... 59 60 61 62 63 00 Not used 64 00 Not used 65 b0 PMS Interface Dial Digits 0 1 16 digits 32 digits b1 b7 Not used 66 00 Not used 67 00 Not used 68 00 Not used 69 00 Not used 70 00 Not used 71 00 Not used 72 00 Not used 73 00 Not used 74 00 Not used 75 00 Not used 76 00 Not used 77 b0 LCD Indication of Wake Up time on the Dterm 0 1 Remains lit b1 LCD Indication of DND Do Not Disturb on the Dterm 0 ...

Page 744: ... INDEX 0 2047 DATA DATA 00 FF Hex BIT CORRESPONDING DATA CONTENTS DATA 0 1 BIT 84 Note b7 Room Cut off Set 85 Note b7 Room Cut off Reset 86 Note b7 Message Waiting Set 87 Note b7 Message Waiting Reset 88 Note b7 Check In 89 Note b7 Checkout 90 Note b7 Status 91 Note b7 Audit 92 Note b7 Reserved 93 Note b7 Reserved 94 Note b7 Reserved 95 Note b7 Reserved 96 Note b7 Reserved 97 Note b7 ENT 98 Note b...

Page 745: ... Admin Gst go to Attendant Console 1 Gst only goes to Attendant Console b7 Key that means the P M in a case where Wake Up time is set by the 12 hour system For Automatic Wake Up Service 0 1 Key Key 101 b0 LANG 0 Incoming calls terminating to the Attendant Con sole from a guest station of the language category correspond to each bit The key to which the call terminates 0 GST1 Key 1 GST2 Key Languag...

Page 746: ...e PMS b1 LANG 9 b2 LANG 10 b3 LANG 11 b4 LANG 12 b5 LANG 13 b6 LANG 14 b7 LANG 15 103 Tenant Number of Paging Console 2 63 255 02 FF Hex 104 b0 Miscellaneous Timer Counter MTC is to be as signed a value from 0 Hex to F Hex 0 15 Paging Console Auto matic Recall Timer Timer Value Setting is MTC TC sec Note When this data is 00 Hex ROM data is automati cally set to 3 min b1 b2 b3 b4 Timer Class TC is...

Page 747: ...equired Not Required b4 Pattern of Wake Up Time Indication on the Attendant Console 0 1 24 Hour 12 Hour System 0 b5 Not used 0 b6 b7 Guest Name Display on Attendant Console 0 1 Interface Type Model 60 90 120 Model 90 120 106 00 Not used 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 1 2 3 4 Guest Name Display Area 15 characters SPACE SPACE SPACE Wake Up Time 4 characters Language 4 characters Room Cla...

Page 748: ...origination b3 b4 Display Pattern for answering a call or the caller an swers a call originated by Dterm b5 b6 Tenant of Dterm that displays Guest Name 0 1 All Tenants Only Tenant No 1 b7 Guest Name Display on Dterm 1 Display pattern is determined as per the contents of b0 through b6 OptionA and B 0 IP and LANG Note b1 b0 b1 b0 0 0 Pattern 1 1 0 0 1 Pattern 2 1 1 Pattern 3 b3 b2 b3 b2 0 0 0 1 Patt...

Page 749: ...Originating station assigned INDEX 107 b3 and b2 0 Hex Standard Timer Value 2 4 sec 1 Hex F Hex Timer Value 1 15 1 sec b5 b6 b7 109 0 b0 Not used b1 Charging Method ofAttendant Console If No 7 CCIS service is provided 1 must be assigned 0 9 Trunk Number 1 Specific Attendant Number b2 When Admin or GST STA dials the unused number of the Dead level number 0 1 The call is transferred to the Hotel Con...

Page 750: ...vice 0 b4 Not used 0 b5 0 b6 b7 Guest Name Display Dterm Guest Information Display Dterm PMS Termi nal Model 120 0 1 Out In Service 111 0 b0 Fixed Data 0 b1 b2 Restriction for hooking when an outgoing C O line call has originated from a suite room 0 1 Restriction No Restriction b3 Setting of Message Registration Data to be sent out to the PMS b4 b3 0 0 The pilot number is sent out for the Suite Ro...

Page 751: ...Operation 0 1 Out In Service b6 Not used b7 113 00 Not used 114 0 b0 Not used 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 0 b4 b5 Hotel Console key designation 0 1 Depending on SYS 1 INDEX 160 Bits 3 and 4 ASYD PI 115 126 AHSY 0 b6 Not used b7 Consecutive Dialing from Attendant Console for service such as VMM 0 1 Not Required Required If 1 Required is assigned switch settings for the ATI card are necessary ...

Page 752: ... Not used 133 00 Not used 134 00 Not used 121 122 123 124 125 126 7 8 9 11 12 10 115 116 117 118 119 120 1 2 3 5 6 4 INDEX INDEX Operation Key Operation Key ENT CE END 81H WU SET 91H CHECK IN 82H WU RESET 92H CHECKOUT 83H MW SET 93H 84H MW RESET 94H 85H DD SET 95H C O CHANGE 86H DD RESET 96H BOSS SEC ENT 87H RC SET 97H BOSS SEC RESET 88H RC RESET 98H 89H STATUS 99H 8AH AUDIT 9AH 8BH 9BH 8CH 9CH 8D...

Page 753: ... of Message Waiting 0 1 Lights Steadily Flashes b5 MW Lamp Indication of Message Waiting 0 1 Not Required Required b6 2 Line Guest Name Display on a Dterm 0 1 Out In Service 0 b7 Not used 140 00 Not used 141 00 Not used 142 00 0 b0 Not used 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 b4 Morning Call Busy Condition Transfer to Attendant b5 Morning Call Don t Answer Condition Transfer to Attendant b6 Morning Call Block Conditio...

Page 754: ...00 Not used 148 00 149 b0 Hotel service in CCIS No 7 0 1 Out In Service 0 b1 b7 Not used 150 b0 PMS Interface Designation b2 b1 b0 b2 b1 b0 0 0 0 1 0 0 Model 120 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 Model 60 1 1 0 0 1 1 Model 90 1 1 1 b1 b2 0 b3 b7 Not used 151 00 Not used 152 00 153 00 154 00 155 00 156 00 157 00 158 00 159 00 160 00 161 00 162 00 ...

Page 755: ... LP b5 b4 b5 b4 0 0 512 Calls 1 0 128 Calls 0 1 64 Calls 1 1 256 Calls b5 b6 The number of Retry when a Wake Up Call encounters busy status b7 b6 b7 b6 0 0 3 Times 1 0 Once 0 1 Twice 1 1 No Retry b7 164 00 Not used 165 b0 EQP Type for Maid Status 0 15 0 EQP16 1 F EQP1 EQP15 b1 b2 b3 b4 Tone Type when Maid Status To be Cleaned has been set 0 1 Tone designated in ASYD SYS 1 INDEX 163 b5 b6 SST b5 To...

Page 756: ...on Man ual Change service is provided or not is set on the basis of each TN Tenant corresponding to each bit 0 1 Out In Service b1 TN 3 b2 TN 4 b3 TN 5 b4 TN 6 b5 TN 7 0 b6 Not used 0 b7 167 00 Not used 168 00 Not used 169 00 Not used 170 00 Not used 171 00 Not used 172 00 Not used 173 00 Not used 174 00 Not used 175 00 Not used 176 00 Not used 177 00 Not used 178 00 Not used ...

Page 757: ...d out by Alert Service if that guest station is Busy Locked out or under Make Busy status that information is printed out 0 1 Not Required Required 0 b3 STA Answers Printout 0 1 No Yes b4 When a guest station has been called out by Alert Service if that guest station does not answer the information is printed out 0 1 Not Required Required 0 b5 Not used 0 b6 0 b7 b7 b6 b5 b4 ACC CODE b7 b6 b5 b4 AC...

Page 758: ...tion terminated to the Attendant Console 0 1 Not Required Required 0 b5 Not used b6 In the case of All Event No Printout the Hotel printer prints out only the in formation pertaining to outgoing calls 0 1 Out In Service The outgoing call data is assigned by INDEXes 360 through 367 0 b7 Not used 184 0 b0 Not used 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 0 b4 0 b5 b6 Processing for No Answer at the Attendant Console in the c...

Page 759: ... DATA 00 FF Hex BIT CORRESPONDING DATA CONTENTS DATA 0 1 BIT 185 0 b0 Not used b1 Guest Room Calling Attendant Console Service 0 1 Out In Service 0 b2 Not used 0 b3 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 0 b7 186 b0 Not used b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7 Double Suite Room Service 0 1 Out In Service ...

Page 760: ...e Station Calling 0 b3 Not used 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 0 b7 188 b0 Processing for Suite Room Station Connecting Room Station Busy b1 b0 0 0 Busy Tone 0 1 An idle station within the room is called 1 0 From a station the call is transferred to the Attendant Console if the caller is not the console operator b1 0 b2 Fixed Data 0 b3 0 b4 Not used b5 When a call terminates to the Double Suite Room 0 1 All stati...

Page 761: ...nt Console 1 An individual Suite Room station can be called from a Special Administra tion Station and Attendant Console b6 Ringing at the time of general calling in the Connecting Room or Suite Room stations 0 Ringing all stations 1 Ringing the station in the main room for the Connecting Room ringing the Master station for a Suite Room b7 Number to be dialed for general calling of the stations in...

Page 762: ...or the software Release 11 or later 0 b5 b7 Not used 253 00 Not used 254 00 Not used 255 00 Not used 256 00 Not used 257 00 Not used 258 0 b0 Not used b1 Maid Status Cleaning Start via Guest Station Feature Code 11 Function Code 1 Sending Service Feature Text Information to PMS 0 1 In Service Out of Service When the text is not to be sent to PMS 1 is assigned to the corresponding bit b2 Maid Statu...

Page 763: ...esponding bit b2 Maid Status Cleaning End via Special Ad min Station Feature Code 12 function Code 2 b3 Maid Status Inspection End via Special Ad min Station Feature Code 12 Function Code 3 0 b4 Not used 0 b5 0 b6 0 b7 261 00 Not used 262 0 b0 Not used Sending Service Feature Text Information to PMS 0 1 In Service Out of Service When the text is not to be sent to PMS 1 is assigned to the correspon...

Page 764: ...sent to PMS 1 is assigned to the corresponding bit 0 b1 b2 Call Detail Data Feature Code 14 Function Code 2 b3 Not used 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 0 b7 265 00 Not used 266 0 b0 Not used Sending a Service Feature Text Information to PMS 0 1 In Service Out of Service When the text is not to be sent to PMS 1 is assigned to the corresponding bit 0 b1 b2 Room Cutoff and Do Not Disturb Feature Code 15 Function Code...

Page 765: ...en the text is not to be sent to PMS 1 is assigned to the corresponding bit 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 0 b4 b5 Checkout Message Off Report Feature Code 16 Function Code 5 b6 Checkout Message On Report Feature Code 16 Function Code 6 0 b7 Not used 269 0 b0 Not used 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 b4 Checkout C O line Outgoing Call Report Feature Code 16 Function Code C b5 Checkout Message Waiting Report Feature Code 16 Functio...

Page 766: ... b3 Not used b4 Room Data Image Room Data Exchange Feature Code 17 Function Code 4 0 b5 Not used b6 Room Data Image Room Data Report Feature Code 17 Function Code 6 0 b7 Not used 271 b0 Room Data Image Room Data Exchange Feature Code 17 Function Code 8 0 b1 Not used b2 Room Data Image Room Data Report Feature Code 17 Function Code A 0 b3 Not used b4 Room Data Image Room Data Exchange Feature Code ...

Page 767: ...bit b1 Automatic Wake Up is set Feature Code 19 Function Code 1 b2 Automatic Wake Up is canceled Feature Code 19 Function Code 2 b3 Automatic Wake Up Result Feature Code 19 Function Code 3 0 b4 Not used 0 b5 b6 Automatic Wake Up Group Announce ment is set Feature Code 19 Function Code 6 b7 Automatic Wake Up Group Announce ment is canceled Feature Code 19 Function Code 7 275 b0 Automatic Wake Up Gr...

Page 768: ...86 00 Not used 287 00 Not used 288 00 Not used 289 00 Not used 290 00 Not used 291 00 Not used 292 0 b0 Not used Sending Service Feature Text Information to PMS 0 1 In Service Out of Service When the text is not to be sent to PMS 1 is assigned to the corresponding bit b1 Check In via a Dterm Feature Code 46 Function Code 1 0 b2 Not used b3 Bill Inquiry via a Dterm Feature Code 46 Function Code 3 0...

Page 769: ... Sending Service Feature Text Information to PMS 0 1 In Service Out of Service When the text is not to be sent to PMS 1 is assigned to the cor responding bit Note These Texts are used for Maid Status Answer Back System b2 Maid Status Guest Room 2 Feature Code 51 Function Code 2 b3 Maid Status Guest Room 3 Feature Code 51 Function Code 3 b4 Maid Status Guest Room 4 Feature Code 51 Function Code 4 b...

Page 770: ...ial Answer Back System b2 Maid Status Admin 2 Feature Code 52 Function Code 2 b3 Maid Status Admin 3 Feature Code 52 Function Code 3 b4 Maid Status Admin 4 Feature Code 52 Function Code 4 0 b5 Not used 0 b6 0 b7 305 00 Not used 306 0 b0 Not used Sending Service Feature Text Information to PMS 0 1 In Service Out of Service When the text is not to be sent to PMS 1 is assigned to the cor responding b...

Page 771: ...e cor responding bit 0 b2 Not used 0 b3 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 0 b7 309 00 Not used 310 00 Not used 311 00 Not used 312 0 b0 Not used Sending Service Feature Text Information to PMS 0 1 In Service Out of Service When the text is not to be sent to PMS 1 is assigned to the cor responding bit 0 b1 0 b2 0 b3 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 b7 Provisional Check In Feature Code 56 Function Code 7 313 b0 Provisional Checkout Fea...

Page 772: ...3 00 Not used 324 0 b0 Not used Sending Service Feature Text Information to PMS 0 1 In Service Out of Service When the text is not to be sent to PMS 1 is assigned to the corresponding bit 0 b1 b2 Guest Room Secretary Telephone Setting Can cellation Feature Code 62 Function Code 2 0 b3 Not used 0 b4 0 b5 0 b6 0 b7 325 00 Not used 359 00 Not used ...

Page 773: ...RRESPONDING DATA CONTENTS DATA 0 1 BIT 360 b0 Digits Code 0 Outgoing Call Access Code No 1 Note When the dial access code contains 0 enter A for 0 Example When the dial access code is 9 202 b1 b2 b3 b4 Digits Code 1 b5 b6 b7 361 b0 Digits Code 2 b1 b2 b3 b4 Digits Code 3 b5 b6 b7 2 9 2 A ...

Page 774: ...RRESPONDING DATA CONTENTS DATA 0 1 BIT 362 b0 Digits Code 0 Outgoing Call Access Code No 2 Note When the dial access code contains 0 enter A for 0 Example When the dial access code is 9 202 b1 b2 b3 b4 Digits Code 1 b5 b6 b7 363 b0 Digits Code 2 b1 b2 b3 b4 Digits Code 3 b5 b6 b7 2 9 2 A ...

Page 775: ...RRESPONDING DATA CONTENTS DATA 0 1 BIT 364 b0 Digits Code 0 Outgoing Call Access Code No 3 Note When the dial access code contains 0 enter A for 0 Example When the dial access code is 9 202 b1 b2 b3 b4 Digits Code 1 b5 b6 b7 365 b0 Digits Code 2 b1 b2 b3 b4 Digits Code 3 b5 b6 b7 2 9 2 A ...

Page 776: ... CONTENTS DATA 0 1 BIT 366 b0 Digits Code 0 Outgoing Call Access Code No 4 Note When the dial access code contains 0 enter A for 0 Example When the dial access code is 9 202 b1 b2 b3 b4 Digits Code 1 b5 b6 b7 367 b0 Digits Code 2 b1 b2 b3 b4 Digits Code 3 b5 b6 b7 368 00 Not used 375 00 Not used 2 9 2 A ...

Page 777: ... the Hotel printer Note b1 Maid Status Guest Feature Code 11 b2 Maid Status Admin Feature Code 12 b3 Message Waiting Lamp Feature Code 13 0 b4 Not used b5 Room Cut Off and Do Not Disturb Feature Code 15 b6 Check In Checkout Feature Code 16 b7 Room Data Image Feature Code 17 377 00 Not used 378 b0 Room Change and Room Swap Feature Code 20 Text sent to PMS printout 0 1 Not Required Required If 1 is ...

Page 778: ...2 30 p m This data is entered as 14 The time at which the printer periodi cally prints out the setting status of such Service Fea tures as Automatic Wake Up Group Announcement etc 401 Minute data is assigned using a decimal number Mil itary Time Example 2 00 a m This data is entered as 00 Example 2 30 p m This data is entered as 30 402 0 b0 Not used b1 Wake Up Result Answer Printout 0 1 Out In Ser...

Page 779: ...g information of 2nd Wake Up Call 0 1 Required Not Required b1 Hotel printer prints out the Cancel information of 2nd Wake Up Call 0 1 Required Not Required b2 Hotel printer prints out the result of 2nd Wake Up Call 0 1 Required Not Required 0 b3 b6 Not used b7 Wake Up Call information Set Cancel Result are printed out with 0 1 Two Lines One Line 406 00 Not used 488 00 Not used 449 0 b0 b4 Not use...

Page 780: ...range is designated by the ASYD command SYS1 INDEX 8 Enter the tenant number in which this command effects If data of this command is common for all tenants ASYD command SYS1 INDEX 92 bit2 1 assign TN parameter as data 1 for all tenants 4 When changing any of the numbering plan data the old data must be deleted before new data is assigned 3 Data Entry Instructions The first digit of station number...

Page 781: ... is designated by the ASYD command SYS1 INDEX 8 Enter the tenant number in which this command effects If data of this command is common for all tenants ASYD command SYS1 INDEX 92 bit2 1 assign TN parameter as data 1 for all tenants 4 When changing any of the numbering plan data the old data must be deleted before new data is assigned 3 Data Entry Instructions The first digit of station number serv...

Page 782: ...tures are available in TN1 only If the numbering plans are separated by tenants the purpose for each tenant is completely separated Admin Station required of the guest room call must be allocated in TN1 3 Use this command to assign the numbering data for the operator call and the priority call terminating to ATT in the Netfusing Network 4 The numbering data for Telephone numbers may be programmed ...

Page 783: ...r this parameter NND CONNECTIONSTATUSINDEX CI N H B NUMBEROFNECESSARYDIGITS NND MAXIMUM 6 DIGITS BUSYLAMPFIELD BLF 0 1 N Normal Idle H Hooking B Busy 0 Out of Service 1 In service The status of the 1st DC dialed The primarily analyzed digits prior to the ASPAL command Assign necessary Minimum number of digits for each Access Code Basically To assign diferrent number of digits such as Timing Start ...

Page 784: ...ANPDN command Note Hotel features are available in TN1 only If the numbering plans are separated by tenants the purpose for each tenant is completely separated Admin Station required of the guest room call must be allocated in TN1 3 The system data assignment ASYDN SYS 1 INDEX 514 bit0 1 is needed to provide the Network Data Memory NDM 3 Data Entry Instructions TENANT NUMBER TN 1st DIGIT CODE 1st ...

Page 785: ...mmand is common for all tenants ASYD command SYS1 INDEX 92 bit1 1 assign TN parameter as data 1 for all tenants 5 The access code for C F Busy Line and C F Don t answer service should be assigned by the ASYD com mand SYS1 INDEX 5 bit0 0 Same or 1 Separate 6 The access code for Call Back and OG Trunk Queuing service should be assigned by the ASYD command SYS2 INDEX 4 bit0 0 Separate or 1 Same 7 To ...

Page 786: ...t cost routing N Normal service H Hooking service B Busy service SSC Service code OGC Outgoing call UNIF Office termination ANNC Announcement service single announcement ANNCM Announcement service multiple announcement PAGA Paging answer LCRS Register sender LCR PAGC Paging cancel When SRV SSC Service code except SID36 56 and 57 is assigned 15 Speed Calling System Access 41 Account Code Dial 15 Au...

Page 787: ...ding All Calls for trunk Cancel Note 43 Flash Signal Sending to Main office across CAS line 10 Call Forwarding Busy Line Split Call Forwarding Busy Line for trunk Entry Note 44 Last Number Call 11 Call Forwarding Busy Line Split Call Forwarding Busy Line for trunk Cancel Note 45 12 Call Forwarding Don t Answer Split Call Forwarding Don t Answer for trunk Entry Note 46 Faulty Trunk Report 13 Call F...

Page 788: ... Guest Station Secretary Telephone Boss Secretary Calling 35 Boss Secretary Busy out Set 36 Boss Secretary Busy out Cancel 37 38 Automatic Wake Up Hotel Attendant Assistance Stop 39 Automatic Wake Up Hotel Attendant Assistance Stop Cancel 40 Alert Service Start Hotel ATT 41 Alert Service Stop Hotel ATT 42 Guest Service Telephone Screen Initialized 43 Guest Service Telephone Guest Room Information ...

Page 789: ...r specifies the Split Access Parameter Classification The data to be assigned here depends on how the Guest and Administration stations are differentiated The Guest and Administration stations may be assigned to separate TNs RSCs and or SFCs or they may only be differentiated by their respective designations as Administration or Guest 0 Administration Guest Assign this if the access code is to be ...

Page 790: ... Classification After assigning the PNO go to the AOSP command to skip this ACC After skipping the access code the system refers to the numbering data designated in the next parameter A G A G Numbering table designation for redevelopment A Admin G Guest When SRV SSCA Service code appendix except SIDA56 is assigned When SRV SSCA Service code appendix SIDA56 Guest Admin Service is assigned See Table...

Page 791: ...ll Calls Entry Note 1 Call Forwarding Busy Line Entry Note 1 Call Forwarding Don t Answer Entry Note 1 Call Forwarding All Calls Cancel Note 1 Call Forwarding Busy Line Cancel Note 1 Call Forwarding Don t Answer Cancel Note 1 106 107 Follow phone Call Hold Conference Internal Zone Paging Originate 108 104 Pad Lock ID Code Cancel 105 Number Sharing Entry Note 2 109 Number Sharing Cancel 119 120 Sel...

Page 792: ...ATION CODE AH 0 1 SUB ADRESS DIALING SUB 0 1 Index Counter Count INDEX ROUTE NUMBER RT When SRV OGC Outgoing call is assigned When SRV PAGA Paging answer is assigned When SRV PAGC Paging cancel is assigned When SRV OGCA Outgoing call with route advance is assigned When SRV LCR Least cost routing is assigned When SRV LCRS Register sender LCR is assigned INDEX INDEX is the route advance order 1 2 3 ...

Page 793: ...for ACIS only For CCIS use the AUNE command Assign the skip digits to terminate the call Assign the announce equipment number EQP3 and 5 14 can be used for SRV ANNC Single announcement Assign the tenant number of the announcement trunk When SRV ANNCM Announcement service Multiple announcement is assigned TN TENANT NUMBER TN 1 255 ANNOUNCEMENT EQUIPMENT NUMBER EQP 122 125 Assign the announcement eq...

Page 794: ...SYS1 INDEX 160 bit6 1 this command may be used to assign the Admin Special Access code as well 4 The applicable tenant number TN range is designated by the ASYD command SYS1 INDEX 8 Enter the tenant number in which this command effects If data of this command is common for all tenants ASYD command SYS1 INDEX 92 bit1 1 assign TN parameter as data 1 for all tenants 5 To dialing the different number ...

Page 795: ...N H B KIND OF SERVICE SRV ACC CI SRV NND1 SERVICE INDEX SID 1 63 NECESSARY DIGIT NND NECESSARY DIGIT FOR SPEED CALLING NND1 1 24 NND SID Number of digits for NND SSCA Service code appendix OGCA Outgoing call with route advance LCR Least cost routing N Normal service H Hooking service B Busy service SSC Service code OGC Outgoing call UNIF Office termination ANNC Announcement service single announce...

Page 796: ... Back with ID code 3 28 Maid Dial Answer Back with ID code 4 29 Maid Dial Answer Back with ID code 5 30 Maid Dial Answer Back with ID code 6 31 Maid Dial Answer Back with ID code 7 32 Access Code for Administration Station Call 33 Automatic Wake Up Setting Cancel Same Special code 34 For Guest Station Secretary Telephone Boss Secretary Calling 35 43 44 Direct Data Entry Station via Guest Station 4...

Page 797: ...r specifies the Split Access Parameter Classification The data to be assigned here depends on how the Guest and Administration stations are differentiated The Guest and Administration stations may be assigned to separate TNs RSCs and or SFCs or they may only be differentiated by their respective designations as Administration or Guest 0 Administration Guest Assign this if the access code is to be ...

Page 798: ...ring Parameter Classification After assigning the PNO go to the AOSP command to skip this ACC After skipping the access code the system refers to the numbering data designated in the next parameter A G A G Numbering table designation for redevelopment A Admin G Guest When SRV SSCA Service code appendix SIDA56 Guest Admin Service is assigned ...

Page 799: ...ation number 0 Out of Service 1 In Service AH ISDN Sub Address Dialing 0 Out of Service 1 In Service SUB ROUTE NUMBER RT SECOND DIAL TONE 2nd DT 0 1 AUTHORIZATION CODE AH 0 1 SUB ADDRESS DIALING SUB 0 1 Index Counter Count INDEX ROUTE NUMBER RT When SRV OGC Outgoing call is assigned When SRV PAGA Paging answer is assigned When SRV PAGC Paging cancel is assigned When SRV OGCA Outgoing call with rou...

Page 800: ...n SRV ANNC Announcement service Single announcement is assigned SKIP ANNOUNCEMENT EQUIPMENT NUMBER EQP 0 127 EQP Note This data is available for ACIS only For CCIS use the AUNE command Assign the tenant number of the announcement trunk When SRV ANNCM Announcement service Multiple announcement is assigned TN TENANT NUMBER TN 1 255 ANNOUNCEMENT EQUIPMENT NUMBER EQP 122 125 Assign the announcement eq...

Page 801: ...ss code use the ASPAL command Note Hotel features are available in TN1 only If the numbering plans are separated by tenants the purpose for each tenant is completely separated Admin Station required of the guest room call must be allocated in TN1 3 If the numbering plan for Admin and Guest is common the ASYD command SYS1 INDEX 160 bit6 1 this command may be used to assign the Admin Special Access ...

Page 802: ...etrieve NND appears when the following SID is entered NND data is variable depending on SID NND1 appears when SID 15 The number of ADC Abbreviation Digit Code digits should be assigned in NND1 NND1 SERVICE INDEX SID 1 63 NECESSARY DIGIT NND NECESSARY DIGIT FOR SPEED CALLING NND1 1 24 NND SID Number of digits for NND Access Code 1 24 Access Code 1 3 When SRV SSC Service Code except SID2 15 19 20 36...

Page 803: ... Back with ID code 3 28 Maid Dial Answer Back with ID code 4 29 Maid Dial Answer Back with ID code 5 30 Maid Dial Answer Back with ID code 6 31 Maid Dial Answer Back with ID code 7 32 Access Code for Administration Station Call 33 Automatic Wake Up Setting Cancel Same Special code 34 For Guest Station Secretary Telephone Boss Secretary Calling 35 43 44 Direct Data Entry Station via Guest Station 4...

Page 804: ...er specifies the Split Access Parameter Classification The data to be assigned here depends on how the Guest and Administration stations are differentiated The Guest and Administration stations may be assigned to separate TNs RSCs and or SFCs or they may only be differentiated by their respective designations as Administration or Guest 0 Administration Guest Assign this if the access code is to be...

Page 805: ...ering Parameter Classification After assigning the PNO go to the AOSP command to skip this ACC After skipping the access code the system refers to the numbering data designated in the next parameter A G A G Numbering table designation for redevelopment A Admin G Guest When SRV SSCA Service code appendix SIDA56 Guest Admin Service is assigned ...

Page 806: ... number 0 Out of Service 1 In Service AH ISDN Sub Address Dialing 0 Out of Service 1 In Service SUB LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER LGRT SECOND DIAL TONE 2nd DT 0 1 AUTHORIZATION CODE AH 0 1 SUB ADDRESS DIALING SUB 0 1 Index Counter Count INDEX LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER LGRT When SRV OGC Outgoing call is assigned When SRV PAGA Paging answer is assigned When SRV PAGC Paging cancel is assigned When SRV OGCA Outgoin...

Page 807: ...ANNC Single announcement SKIP DIGITS SKIP 0 5 When SRV UNIF Office termination is assigned When SRV ANNC Announcement service Single announcement is assigned SKIP ANNOUNCEMENT EQUIPMENT NUMBER EQP 0 127 EQP Note This data is available for ACIS only For CCIS use the AUNE command Assign the tenant number of the announcement trunk When SRV ANNCM Announcement service Multiple announcement is assigned ...

Page 808: ...tel Application only 2 If the Guest and Admin Numbering are separated the ASYD command SYS1 INDEX 160 bit6 0 use this command for the Guest Special Access code For the Admin Special Access code use the ASPAN command Note Hotel features are available in TN1 only If the numbering plans are separated by tenants the purpose for each tenant is completely separated Admin Station required of the guest ro...

Page 809: ...ss 63 Call Park Retrieve NND appears when the following SID is entered NND data is variable depending on SID NND1 appears when SID 15 The number of ADC Abbreviation Digit Code digits should be assigned in NND1 NND1 SERVICE INDEX SID 1 63 NECESSARY DIGIT NND NECESSARY DIGIT FOR SPEED CALLING NND1 1 24 NND SID Number of digits for NND Access Code 1 24 Access Code 1 3 When SRV SSC Service code except...

Page 810: ... Back with ID code 3 28 Maid Dial Answer Back with ID code 4 29 Maid Dial Answer Back with ID code 5 30 Maid Dial Answer Back with ID code 6 31 Maid Dial Answer Back with ID code 7 32 Access Code for Administration Station Call 33 Automatic Wake Up Setting Cancel Same Special code 34 For Guest Station Secretary Telephone Boss Secretary Calling 35 43 44 Direct Data Entry Station via Guest Station 4...

Page 811: ...er specifies the Split Access Parameter Classification The data to be assigned here depends on how the Guest and Administration stations are differentiated The Guest and Administration stations may be assigned to separate TNs RSCs and or SFCs or they may only be differentiated by their respective designations as Administration or Guest 0 Administration Guest Assign this if the access code is to be...

Page 812: ...s the Admin Guest Numbering Parameter Classification After assigning the PNO go to the AOSP command to skip this ACC After skipping the access code the system refers to the numbering data designated in the next parameter A G A G Numbering table designation for redevelopment A Admin G Guest When SRV SSCA Service code appendix SIDA56 Guest Admin Service is assigned SERVICE INDEX A SIDA 1 255 When SR...

Page 813: ...of Service 1 In Service AH ISDN Sub Address Dialing 0 Out of Service 1 In Service SUB LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER LGRT SECOND DIAL TONE 2nd DT 0 1 AUTHORIZATION CODE AH 0 1 SUB ADDRESS DIALING SUB 0 1 CNT 1 15 LOGICAL ROUTE NUMBER LGRT When SRV OGC Outgoing call is assigned When SRV PAGA Paging answer is assigned When SRV PAGC Paging cancel is assigned When SRV OGCA Outgoing call with route advance is as...

Page 814: ...vice Single announcement is assigned SKIP ANNOUNCEMENT EQUIPMENT NUMBER EQP 0 127 EQP Note This data is available for ACIS only For CCIS use the AUNE command Assign the tenant number of the announcement trunk When SRV ANNCM Announcement service Multiple announcement is assigned TN TENANT NUMBER TN 1 255 ANNOUNCEMENT EQUIPMENT NUMBER EQP 122 125 Assign the announcement equipment number range from 1...

Page 815: ...on number 3 When data is to be deleted in this command the data assigned for the access code in either the AASP or AGSP command SRV 2 SID 57 must be deleted as well however be sure to delete the this command first 4 For the parameter NO enter the data assigned by the AASP or AGSP command 5 Parameters KIND in the AASP AGSP command and F specify the Split Access Parameter Classifi cation The data to...

Page 816: ...IF Office termination ANNC Announcement service single announcement ANNCM Announcement service multiple announcement PAGA Paging answer PAGC Paging cancel F For KIND 0 Administration Guest For KIND 1 Tenant F 0 Administration F 0 TN 0 1 Guest 2 15 Not used 15 TN 15 For KIND 2 RSC For KIND 3 SFC F 0 RSC 0 F 0 SFC 0 15 RSC 15 15 SFC 15 NO D N Enter NO 0 63 assigned in the AASP AGSP command Designate...

Page 817: ...NND data is variable depending on SID NND1 appears when SID 15 The number of ADC Abbreviation Digit Code digits should be assigned in NND1 NND1 SERVICE INDEX SID 1 63 NECESSARY DIGIT NND NECESSARY DIGIT FOR SPEED CALLING NND1 1 24 NND SID Number of digits for NND Access Code 1 24 Access Code Account code 1 15 Access Code ID 1 15 Access Code 1 5 Access Code 1 3 When SRV SSC Service code except SID3...

Page 818: ...ll Calls for trunk Cancel Note 42 Authorization Code Forced Account Code Pad Lock Set 10 Call Forwarding Busy Line Split Call Forwarding Busy Line for trunk Entry Note 43 Flash Signal Sending to Main office across CAS line 11 Call Forwarding Busy Line Split Call Forwarding Busy Line for trunk Cancel Note 44 Last Number Call 12 Call Forwarding Don t Answer Split Call Forwarding Don t Answer for tru...

Page 819: ...Cancel Same Special code 34 For Guest Station Secretary Telephone Boss Secretary Calling 35 37 38 Automatic Wake Up Hotel Attendant Assistance Stop 39 Automatic Wake Up Hotel Attendant Assistance Stop Cancel 40 Alert Service Start Hotel ATT 41 Alert Service Stop Hotel ATT 42 Guest Service Telephone Screen Initialized 43 Guest Service Telephone Guest Room Information Retrieval 44 Direct Data Entry ...

Page 820: ...ote When programming Floor Service data ASYD SYS1 INDEX 165 Bit7 1 must have been assigned When SRV SSC Service code SID56 Floor Service is assigned NND appears when SIDA 97 Call Hold Conference The number of digits for an access code should be assigned in NND NND SERVICE INDEX A SIDA 1 255 NECESSARY DIGIT NND 1 6 When SRV SSCA Service code appendix except SIDA56 is assigned See Table 4 34 Next Pa...

Page 821: ...l Calls Entry Note 1 Call Forwarding Busy Line Entry Note 1 Call Forwarding Don t Answer Entry Note 1 Call Forwarding All Calls Cancel Note 1 Call Forwarding Busy Line Cancel Note 1 Call Forwarding Don t Answer Cancel Note 1 106 107 Follow phone Call Hold Conference Internal Zone Paging Originate 108 104 Pad Lock ID Code Cancel 105 Number Sharing Entry Note 2 109 Number Sharing Cancel 119 120 Sele...

Page 822: ... route advance is assigned INDEX INDEX is the route advance order 1 2 3 SERVICE INDEX A SIDA 1 255 PNO 1 15 A G 56 PNO This parameter specifies the Admin Guest Numbering Parameter Classification After assigning the PNO go to the AOSP command to skip this ACC After skipping the access code the system refers to the numbering data designated in the next parameter A G A G Numbering table designation f...

Page 823: ...rvice SUB ROUTE NUMBER RT SECOND DIAL TONE 2nd DT 0 1 AUTHORIZATION CODE AH 0 1 SUB ADDRESS DIALING SUB 0 1 When SRV LCR Least cost routing is assigned When SRV LCRS Register sender LCR is assigned Assign the skip digits to terminate the call Assign the announce equipment number EQP3 and 5 14 can be used for SRV ANNC Single announcement SKIP DIGITS SKIP 0 5 When SRV UNIF Office termination is assi...

Page 824: ...enant number of the announcement trunk When SRV ANNCM Announcement service Multiple announcement is assigned TN TENANT NUMBER TN 1 255 ANNOUNCEMENT EQUIPMENT NUMBER EQP 122 125 Assign the announcement equipment number range from 122 to 125 Multi announcement EQP ...

Page 825: ...ricted by this command 3 Data Entry Instructions CALLING TN RSC Calling Tenant Number respective Route Restriction Class DAIL ATT Designate whether restriction applies to stations or attendant 0 Station Direct 1 Attendant via Attendant Station CALLING TENANT NUMBER CALLING TN CALLING RESTRICTION CLASS RSC 0 15 CALLED RESTRICTION CLASS RSC 0 15 DAY NIGHT MODE D N D N DIRECT DIAL FROM STA ATT DIAL A...

Page 826: ...14 Hot Line 15 CAS Line 16 Data Terminal via Data Module 17 Not Used 18 Virtual Line Appearance for D term Multi Line 19 22 Not Used 23 ISDN Terminal 24 25 Not Used 26 Not Used 27 Eight Conference Equipment 28 30 Not Used 31 ATT CALLED TEC Called Telephone Equipment Class 1 DP 10pps 2 PB 3 DP PB 4 DP 20pps 5 DP 10pps Guest 6 PS Guest 7 DP PB Guest 8 DP 20pps Guest 9 House Phone 10 House Phone Gues...

Page 827: ... affected if the day and night tables are used 4 For time designation use military time 24 hour cycle in units of 10 minutes 5 End time must be later than Start time If the same time is specified for both Start and End the restriction period will be 10 minutes 6 Night time assignment should be input twice because midnight is assigned as hour 00 00 One for the period before midnight and one for the...

Page 828: ... D N ROUTE RESTRICTION CLASS RSC 0 15 RESTRICTION START TIME START TIME 00 00 23 50 RESTRICTION END TIME END TIME 00 00 23 50 START TIME END TIME D Day Mode N Night Mode RSC 0 ATT RSC 1 15 Station Assign in military time 24 hour cycle in units of 10 minutes Assign in military time 24 hour cycle in units of 10 minutes ...

Page 829: ... command is used to change the station number and the AACL command is used to change the Class data TEC RSC SFC etc 3 Assignment of Room Class 15 is not available 4 The number of digits for a station number are designated by the ASYD command SYS1 INDEX 16 The maximum number of digits for a station is 6 5 The first digit of the station number is designated by the AANP command 6 The RSC and SFC data...

Page 830: ...T CLASS TEC 1 31 ROUTE RESTRICTION CLASS RSC 0 15 SERVICE FEATURE CLASS SFC 0 15 ROOM CLASS 0 15 ANNEX ANX 0 3 GROUND UNDERGROUND G 0 1 FLOOR FLR 1 127 LINE EQUIPMENT NUMBER LENS MG U G LV ANNEX 0 Main Building 1 Annex 1 2 Annex 2 3 Annex 3 RSC Enter the RSC defined by the ARSC command Since RSC 0 is preserved for ATTCON a station can be used the RSC range from 1 to 15 SFC Enter the SFC defined by...

Page 831: ... station number and the AGCL command is used to change the Class data TEC RSC SFC etc 3 Only Telephone Equipment Classes TECs 5 8 10 and 12 may be assigned Guest station 4 The number of digits for a station number are designated by the ASYD command SYS1 INDEX 16 The maximum number of digits for a station is 6 5 The first digit of a station number is designated by the AGNP command 6 The RSC and SFC...

Page 832: ...ex 1 2 Annex 2 3 Annex 3 RSC Enter the RSC defined by the ARSC command Since RSC 0 is preserved for ATTCON a station can be used the RSC range from 1 to 15 SFC Enter the SFC defined by the ASFC command Since SFC 0 is preserved for ATTCON a station can be used the SFC range from 1 to 15 Imput Data 0 15 Note When the D term is used for Guest station ROOM CLASS is fixed to 15 Room Class STN Enter the...

Page 833: ...otel Application only 2 Input a number which is not currently assigned If a station number currently being used is to be assigned as a new number delete the station first via the AAST command 3 When the PKG CHECK message is displayed during assignment confirm the LENS location of the cir cuit card PA 16LC etc accommodating the station then press the ENTRY key 4 When you have changed the station nu...

Page 834: ...D STN Enter the Current station number to be changed TN Enter the tenant number of the station NEW STN Enter the new station number according to the numbering plan Update the data sheet for the AAST command TENANT NUMBER TN NEW STATION NUMBER NEW STN OLD STATION NUMBER OLD STN ...

Page 835: ...elephone Equipment Class TEC Service Feature Class SFC Route Restriction Class RSC ROOM CLASS and Floor Service Data 2 Precautions 1 This command is used for the Hotel Application only 2 Floor Service Data is displayed only in the case of the ASYD command SYS1 INDEX 165 b7 1 Floor Service is provided 3 When you have changed the station class update the data sheet for the AAST command ...

Page 836: ... 25 Not Used 26 Not Used 27 Eight Conference Equipment 28 31 Not Used Enter the RSC defined by the ARSC ASCR ADNR command Since RSC 0 is preserved for ATTCON a station can be used the RSC range from 1 to 15 0 Main Building 1 Annex 1 2 Annex 2 3 Annex 3 0 Ground 1 Underground Enter the station number with regard to the followings The number of station number STN digits is designated by the ASYD com...

Page 837: ...lication only 2 Input a number which is not currently assigned If a station number currently being used to be assigned as a new number delete the station first via the AGST command 3 When the PKG CHECK message is displayed during assignment conform the LENS location of the cir cuit card PA 16LC etc accommodating the station then depress the ENTER key 4 When you have changed the station number upda...

Page 838: ...D STN Enter the current station number to be changed NEW STN Enter the new station number according to the numbering plan Update the data sheet for the AGST command TENANT NUMBER TN NEW STATION NUMBER NEW STN OLD STATION NUMBER OLD STN TN Enter the tenant number of the station ...

Page 839: ...Class RSC ROOM CLASS and Floor Service Data Annex ANX Ground Underground G Floor FLR 2 Precautions 1 This command is used for the Hotel Application only 2 Only Telephone Equipment Classes TECs 5 8 10 and 12 may be assigned via this command 3 Floor Service Data is displayed only in the case of the ASYD command SYS1 INDEX 165 b7 1 Floor Service is provided 4 When you have changed the station class u...

Page 840: ...ge from 1 to 15 0 Main Building 1 Annex 1 2 Annex 2 3 Annex 3 0 Ground 1 Underground Enter the station number with regard to the followings The number of station number STN digits is designated by the ASYD command SYS1 INDEX 16 Enter the SFC defined by the ASFC command Since SFC 0 is preserved for ATTCON a station can be used the SFC range from 1 to 15 When you have changed the station class updat...

Page 841: ...form beforehand the system data the AHSY command INDEX 187 188 189 pertaining to Suite Room Service inclusive of Suite Room service Provided Not Provided the number of Guest Stations belonging to one Suite Room etc 3 The station to be assigned as a suite room station must have already been assigned as a guest room 4 A phantom number can be assigned to the master guest station of a suite room 5 Bra...

Page 842: ...ION NUMBER 1 MASTER STN 1 MASTER STATION NUMBER 2 MASTER STN 2 MASTER STN 1 MASTER STN 2 Master station number of Master Suite Room Master station number of Slave Suite Room When phantom number is not assigned enter the return key When slave number is not assigned enter the return key 0 Single Suite Room 1 Double Suite Room Note Note When assigning Double Suite Room Single Suite Room data assignme...

Page 843: ...t Station Select key 2 Precautions 1 This command is used for the Hotel Application only 2 The DSS function is only valid for the Hotel Attendant Console and may not be assigned for Business Sys tem Console 3 DSS Function Key Numbers are 1 to 10 These ten numbers correspond to values 1 to 10 for the DSS pa rameter of this command 4 This feature must be enabled in ASYD SYS1 INDEX 161 bit5 in order ...

Page 844: ...s ATT Enter the Attendant number DC Destination number to be called frequently station number the specific outside party number including the originating ACC DSS Enter DSS Key number 1 10 ATTENDANT NUMBER ATT DIRECT STATION SELECT KEY NUMBER DSS DIGIT CODE DC Max 14 DIGITS ...

Page 845: ...been assigned by the AASP AGSP command SSC 2 SID 56 4 When deleting data for this command the Access Code for Floor Service must be deleted in advance by the AASP AGSP command 3 Data Entry Instructions D N ANX FLR NO G DC D Day Mode N Night Mode CALLED PARTY INFORMATION CALLING PARTY INFORMATION CALLED NUMBER DC Max 6 digits DAY NIGHT MODE D N D N TENANT NUMBER TN SERVICE INDEX NUMBER NO 0 15 ANNE...

Page 846: ...3 3 4 3 5 5 3 6 3 7 3 5 8 3 4 5 8 1 5 9 3 4 5 10 3 4 11 3 12 3 5 13 3 4 5 14 3 4 5 15 3 4 5 16 3 4 5 17 3 4 5 18 3 4 5 19 3 4 5 19 1 4 5 20 3 21 3 22 3 23 3 5 24 3 5 25 3 26 3 27 3 28 3 29 3 30 3 4 31 3 32 3 33 3 34 3 35 3 36 3 37 3 4 38 3 39 3 40 3 41 3 42 3 43 3 44 3 45 3 46 3 47 3 48 3 49 3 50 3 51 3 52 3 53 3 54 3 55 3 56 3 57 3 58 3 59 3 60 3 61 3 62 3 63 3 64 3 65 3 66 3 67 3 68 3 69 3 70 3 ...

Page 847: ...5 85 3 86 3 87 3 88 3 89 3 90 3 91 3 92 3 93 3 94 3 4 95 3 96 3 5 97 3 98 3 99 3 100 3 101 3 102 3 103 3 104 3 105 3 106 3 4 107 3 108 3 109 3 110 3 111 3 112 3 PAGE No ISSUE No 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 113 3 114 3 115 3 116 3 117 3 118 3 119 3 120 3 121 3 122 3 123 3 124 3 125 3 126 3 127 3 128 3 4 129 3 130 3 131 3 132 3 133 3 134 3 135 3 4 136 3 137 3 138 3 139 3 140 3 141 3 142 3 143 3 144 3 145 3 146...

Page 848: ...163 3 164 3 165 3 166 3 167 3 4 168 3 169 3 170 3 171 3 172 3 5 173 3 174 3 175 3 176 3 177 3 4 178 3 4 179 3 4 5 180 3 4 181 3 182 3 183 3 184 3 5 185 3 186 3 187 3 188 3 PAGE No ISSUE No 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 189 3 190 3 191 3 192 3 193 3 194 3 195 3 196 3 197 3 198 3 4 199 3 200 3 201 3 4 202 3 203 3 4 203 1 4 5 204 3 205 3 206 3 207 3 208 3 209 3 210 3 5 211 3 212 3 213 3 214 3 215 3 4 216 3 217 3 ...

Page 849: ...235 3 4 5 236 3 237 3 238 3 239 3 240 3 241 3 5 242 3 4 5 243 3 244 3 245 3 246 3 247 3 248 3 249 3 250 3 251 3 252 3 253 3 254 3 255 3 256 3 257 3 258 3 259 3 260 3 261 3 PAGE No ISSUE No 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 262 3 263 3 264 3 265 3 266 3 267 3 268 3 269 3 4 270 3 4 271 3 4 5 272 3 4 5 273 3 274 3 275 3 276 3 277 3 278 3 279 3 280 3 281 3 282 3 283 3 284 3 285 3 286 3 287 3 288 3 289 3 290 3 291 3 4 ...

Page 850: ...12 3 313 3 5 314 3 4 5 315 3 316 3 317 3 4 318 3 319 3 320 3 321 3 322 3 323 3 324 3 325 3 326 3 327 3 328 3 329 3 330 3 331 3 332 3 333 3 334 3 335 3 336 3 337 3 PAGE No ISSUE No 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 338 3 339 3 340 3 341 3 342 3 343 3 344 3 345 3 346 3 347 3 348 3 4 5 349 3 350 3 351 3 352 3 353 3 354 3 355 3 356 3 4 5 357 3 358 3 359 3 4 5 360 3 361 3 362 3 4 362 1 4 5 362 2 4 5 363 3 364 3 365 3 3...

Page 851: ... 385 3 386 3 387 3 388 3 389 3 390 3 391 3 392 3 4 393 3 394 3 395 3 396 3 397 3 398 3 399 3 400 3 401 3 402 3 403 3 404 3 405 3 406 3 407 3 5 408 3 409 3 410 3 4 411 3 PAGE No ISSUE No 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 412 3 413 3 414 3 415 3 416 3 417 3 418 3 419 3 420 3 421 3 422 3 423 3 424 3 425 3 426 3 427 3 5 428 3 429 3 430 3 4 431 3 432 3 433 3 434 3 435 3 436 3 437 3 438 3 439 3 440 3 441 3 442 3 443 3 4...

Page 852: ...63 3 464 3 465 3 466 3 467 3 5 468 3 469 3 470 3 471 3 472 3 473 3 474 3 475 3 476 3 477 3 5 478 3 5 479 3 480 3 5 481 3 482 3 5 483 3 4 484 3 4 484 1 4 485 3 486 3 5 PAGE No ISSUE No 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 486 1 5 487 3 488 3 489 3 490 3 491 3 492 3 493 3 494 3 495 3 495 1 5 495 2 5 495 3 5 495 4 5 496 3 496 1 5 497 3 498 3 499 3 500 3 501 3 502 3 503 3 504 3 4 504 1 5 505 3 506 3 507 3 508 3 509 3 510...

Page 853: ...27 3 528 3 529 3 530 3 531 3 532 3 533 3 534 3 535 3 536 3 537 3 538 3 539 3 540 3 4 541 3 542 3 543 3 544 3 545 3 546 3 4 547 3 548 3 549 3 550 3 551 3 552 3 553 3 5 PAGE No ISSUE No 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 553 1 5 554 3 555 3 5 555 1 5 556 3 557 3 558 3 559 3 560 3 561 3 562 3 563 3 564 3 565 3 566 3 567 3 568 3 569 3 570 3 571 3 572 3 573 3 574 3 575 3 576 3 4 577 3 578 3 4 579 3 580 3 581 3 582 3 583...

Page 854: ... 5 602 1 5 603 3 604 3 604 1 4 604 2 4 605 3 606 3 607 3 608 3 609 3 610 3 611 3 612 3 613 3 614 3 615 3 616 3 617 3 618 3 619 3 620 3 621 3 622 3 PAGE No ISSUE No 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 623 3 624 3 625 3 626 3 627 3 628 3 629 3 630 3 631 3 632 3 4 633 3 634 3 635 3 636 3 637 3 638 3 4 639 3 4 640 3 641 3 4 642 3 4 642 1 4 642 2 4 5 642 3 4 642 4 4 5 643 3 644 3 4 645 3 4 5 646 3 4 5 646 1 4 647 3 4 5 6...

Page 855: ...54 3 655 3 656 3 657 3 658 3 659 3 660 3 661 3 662 3 663 3 664 3 665 3 666 3 667 3 668 3 669 3 5 670 3 671 3 672 3 673 3 4 674 3 675 3 676 3 677 3 678 3 4 5 679 3 680 3 681 3 4 682 3 683 3 PAGE No ISSUE No 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 684 3 685 3 686 3 687 3 688 3 689 3 690 3 691 3 692 3 693 3 694 3 695 3 696 3 697 3 698 3 699 3 700 3 701 3 702 3 703 3 704 3 705 3 706 3 707 3 708 3 709 3 710 3 711 3 712 3 713...

Page 856: ... 733 3 734 3 735 3 736 3 737 3 738 3 739 3 740 3 5 741 3 742 3 743 3 744 3 745 3 746 3 747 3 4 747 1 4 748 3 749 3 750 3 4 750 1 4 751 3 752 3 753 3 754 3 755 3 756 3 757 3 PAGE No ISSUE No 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 758 3 759 3 760 3 761 3 762 3 763 3 764 3 765 3 766 3 767 3 768 3 769 3 770 3 771 3 772 3 773 3 774 3 775 3 776 3 4 776 1 4 777 3 778 3 4 778 1 4 779 3 780 3 781 3 782 3 783 3 784 3 785 3 786 3...

Page 857: ...01 DATE DECEMBER 2001 DATE ISSUE 7 ISSUE 8 ISSUE 9 ISSUE 10 DATE DATE DATE DATE NEAX7400 ICS IMX Command Manual Revision Sheet 12 12 ND 70348 E 794 3 795 3 796 3 797 3 798 3 799 3 800 3 801 3 802 3 PAGE No ISSUE No 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 PAGE No ISSUE No 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 ...

Reviews:

No comments

Brands by name

Popular brands

Load more brands